Sei sulla pagina 1di 644

HYDRAULIC FILTRATION

PRODUCTS

PASSION TO PERFORM
A WORLDWIDE LEADER IN THE FIELD
OF HYDRAULIC FILTRATION EQUIPMENT.

Our company started life in 1964, when Bruno Pasotto decided


to attempt to cater for the requests of a market still to be fully
explored, with the study, design, development, production and
marketing of a vast range of filters for hydraulic equipment,
capable of satisfying the needs of manufacturers in all sectors.
The quality of our products, our extreme competitiveness
compared with major international producers and our constant
activities of research, design and development has made us a
worldwide leader in the field of hydraulic circuit filtering.
Present for over 50 years in the market, we have played a
truly decisive role in defining our sector, and by now we are
a group capable of controlling our entire chain of production,
monitoring all manufacturing processes to guarantee superior
quality standards and to provide concrete solutions for the rapidly
evolving needs of customers and the market.

1
MARKET LEADER
Our work is based on a skillful interaction between advanced
technology and fine workmanship, customizing products
according to specific market requests, focusing strongly
on innovation and quality, and following every step in
the manufacturing of both standard and special products,
fully respecting customer expectations.

Our customer-oriented philosophy, which enables us to


satisfy all customer requests rapidly and with personalized
products, makes us a dynamic and flexible enterprise.
The possibility of constantly controlling and monitoring
the entire production process is essential to allow us
to guarantee the quality of our products.

Introduction 2
WORLDWIDE PRESENCE
Our foreign Branches enable us to offer a diversified
range of products that allow us to successfully face
the aggressive challenge of international competition,
and also to maintain a stable presence at a local level.

The Group boasts 8 business branches

UNITED KINGDOM RUSSIA


GERMANY
CANADA
FRANCE
USA ITALY
P.R. CHINA

INDIA

3 Introduction
TECHNOLOGY

Our constant quest for excellence in quality


and technological innovation allows us to offer
only the best solutions and services for applications
in many fields, including general industry, test rigs,
l u b r i c a t i o n , h e a v y e n g i n e e r i n g, r e n e w a b l e
energies, naval engineering, offshore engineering,
aviation systems, emerging technologies and mobile
plant (i.e. tractors, excavators, concrete pumps, platforms).

Introduction 4
AND PRODUCTION

Our high level of technological expertise means we can


rely entirely on our own resources, without
resorting to external providers. This in turn enables
us to satisfy a growing number of customer requests,
also exploiting our constantly updated range of machines
and equipment, featuring fully-automated
workstations capable of 24-hour production.

5 Introduction
SUCTION RETURN RETURN / SPIN-ON LOW & MEDIUM HIGH
FILTERS FILTERS SUCTION FILTERS PRESSURE PRESSURE
FILTERS FILTERS FILTERS

Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates
up to 875 l/min up to 3000 l/min up to 300 l/min up to 365 l/min up to 3000 l/min up to 750 l/min

Mounting: Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure from 110 bar


- Tank immersed up to 20 bar up to 80 bar up to 35 bar up to 80 bar up to 560 bar
- In-Line
- In tank with Mounting: Mounting: Mounting: Mounting: Mounting:
shut off valve - In-Line - In-Line - In-Line - In-Line - In-Line
- In tank - Tank top - Tank top - Tank top - Parallel manifold version - Manifold
with flooded suction - In single - In single - In single
and duplex designs and duplex designs and duplex designs

Introduction 6
PRODUCT RANGE
MP Filtri can offer a vast and articulated range of products for the global market, suitable for all
industrial sectors using hydraulic equipment.

This includes filters (suction, return, return/suction, spin-on, pressure, stainless steel pressure)
and structural components (motor/pump bell-housings, transmission couplings, damping rings,
foot brackets, aluminium tanks, cleaning covers).

We can provide all the skills and solutions required by the modern hydraulics industry to monitor
contamination levels and other fluid conditions.

Mobile filtration units and a full range of accessories allow us to supply everything necessary for a
complete service in the hydraulic circuits.

STAINLESS STEEL CONTAMINATION MOBILE POWER ACCESSORIES


HIGH PRESSURE MONITORING FILTRATION TRANSMISSION
FILTERS PRODUCTS UNITS PRODUCTS

Flow rates up to 150 l/min - Online, in-line particle counters Flow rates from 15 l/min - Aluminium bell-housings - Oil filler and
Pressure from 320 bar - Off-line Bottle sampling up to 200 l/min for motors air breather plugs
up to 1000 bar products from 0.12 kW to 400 kW - Optical and electrical
- Fully calibrated using relevant - Couplings in Aluminium level gauges
Mounting: ISO standards Cast Iron - Steel - Pressure gauge valve
- In-Line - A wide range of variants to - Damping rings selectors
- Manifold support fluid types and - Foot bracket - Pipe fixing brackets
- In single and duplex designs communication protocols - Aluminium tanks - Pressure gauges
- Cleaning covers

7 Introduction
HYDRAULIC FILTRATION PRODUCTS

1 page INTRODUCTION
1 COMPANY
6 PRODUCT RANGE
11 CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
22 FILTER SIZING
24 CORRECTIVE FACTOR

up to Qmax
28 page SUCTION FILTERS l/min gpm

31 STR & MPA - MPM Submerged suction filter, with bypass or magnetic column 875 231
39 SF2 250 - 350 Semi-submerged positive head suction filter, low flow rate 160 42
47 SF2 500 Semi-submerged positive head suction filter, high flow rate 800 211
57 CLOGGING INDICATORS

up to Pmax up to Qmax
60 page RETURN FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm

63 MPFX Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 8 116 750 198
91 MPLX Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 10 145 1800 476
99 MPTX Tank top semi-immersed filter, easy filter element disassembly 8 116 300 79
117 MFBX Bowl assembly 8 116 500 132
125 MPF Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 8 116 750 198
153 MPT Tank top semi-immersed filter, easy filter element disassembly 8 116 300 79
171 MFB Bowl assembly 8 116 500 132
179 MPH Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 10 145 3000 793
203 MPI Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 10 145 3000 793
215 FRI Tank top semi-immersed filter, easy filter element disassembly, it can be used also as in-line filter 20 290 1500 396
231 RF2 Semi-immersed under-head filter, easy filter element disassembly 20 290 350 92
238 CLOGGING INDICATORS
248 ACCESSORIES

up to Pmax up to Qmax
250 page RETURN / SUCTION FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm

Unique TANK TOP filter for mobile machinery, with combined filtration on
253 MRSX 10 145 300 79
return and suction to the inlet at the hydrostatic transmissions in closed circuit
Unique IN-LINE filter for mobile machinery, with combined filtration on return
265 LMP 124 MULTIPORT 80 1160 200 53
and suction to the inlet at the hydrostatic transmissions in closed circuit
273 CLOGGING INDICATORS

up to Pmax up to Qmax
286 page SPIN-ON FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm

Low pressure filter, available with single cartridge (CS) for in-line or flange
289 MPS 12 174 365 96
mounting or with two cartridge on the same axis on the opposite sides
305 MSH In-line low and medium pressure filter available with single cartridge (CH) 35 508 195 52
311 CLOGGING INDICATORS

Introduction 8
INDEX
up to Pmax up to Qmax
322 page LOW & MEDIUM PRESSURE FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm

325 LMP 110 - 120 - 123 MULTIPORT In-line filter with Multiport design for multiple choice connection 80 1160 200 53
341 LMP 210 - 211 In-line low & medium pressure filter, low flow rate 60 870 330 87
351 LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 In-line low & medium pressure filter, high flow rate 60 870 740 195
363 LMP 950 - 951 In-line filter, available with 2 and up to 6 different heads 30 435 2400 634
371 LMP 952 - 953 - 954 In-line low pressure filter specifically designed to be mounted in series 25 363 3000 793
383 LMD 211 In-line duplex medium pressure filter 60 870 330 87
391 LMD 400 - 401 & 431 In-line duplex low pressure filter 16 232 590 156
407 LMD 951 In-line duplex filter, available with 2 up to 6 different heads 16 232 1200 317

415 Filter elements designed according to DIN 24550


417 LDP - LDD In-line and duplex medium pressure filter 60 870 330 87
427 LMP 900 - 901 In-line low pressure filter 30 435 2000 528
435 LMP 902 - 903 In-line filter specifically designed to be mounted in series 20 290 3000 793
444 CLOGGING INDICATORS
450 ACCESSORIES

up to Pmax up to Qmax
452 page HIGH PRESSURE FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm

455 FMP 039 Filter high pressure, low flow rate applications 110 1595 80 21
463 FMP Filter high pressure, high flow rate applications 320 4641 475 125
475 FHP Typical high pressure filter for mobile applications, high flow rate 420 6092 750 198
491 FMM Typical high pressure filter for mobile applications, low flow rate 420 6092 250 66
501 FHA 051 Filter optimized for use in high pressure operating systems, low flow rate 560 8122 140 37
509 FHM High pressure filter with intermediate manifold construction 320 4641 450 119
527 FHB High pressure for block mounting 320 4641 485 128
541 FHF 325 In-line manifold top mounting 350 5076 500 132
551 FHD In-line duplex high pressure filter 350 5076 345 91
564 CLOGGING INDICATORS

up to Pmax up to Qmax
572 page STAINLESS STEEL HIGH PRESSURE FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm

575 FZP In-line pressure filter with threaded mount 420 6092 150 40
585 FZH In-line pressure filter with threaded mount for higher pressure 700 10153 50 13
595 FZX In-line pressure filter with threaded mount up to 1000 bar 1000 14504 10 3
603 FZM Manifold top mounting 320 4641 70 18
611 FZB Manifold side mounting 320 4641 75 20
619 FZD Duplex pressure filter for continuous operation requirements 350 5076 90 24
629 CLOGGING INDICATORS

634 page CLOGGING INDICATORS


637 QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE

9 Introduction
Introduction 10
Introduction

CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
INDEX

Page
1 HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12

2 FLUIDS CONTAMINATION 12

3 EFFECTS OF CONTAMINATION ON HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 12

4 MEASURING THE SOLID CONTAMINATION LEVEL 13

5 FILTRATION TECHNOLOGIES 16

6 RECOMMENDED CONTAMINATION CLASSES 17

7 TYPES OF FILTERS 17

8 FILTER SIZING PARAMETERS 18

9 APPLICABLE STANDARDS FOR FILTER DEVELOPMENT 18

10 WATER IN HYDRAULIC AND LUBRICATING FLUIDS 19

11 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

1 HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
The fluid is the vector that transmits power, energy within an oleodynamic circuit. - ANTIOXIDANT STABILITY AND WEAR PROTECTION
In addition to transmitting energy through the circuit, it also performs additional These features translate into the capacity of a hydraulic oil to avoid corrosion
functions such as lubrication, protection and cooling of the surfaces. of metal elements inside the system.
The classification of fluids used in hydraulic systems is coded in many regulatory
references, different Standards. - HEAT TRANSFER CAPACITY
It is the characteristic that indicates the capacity of hydraulic oil to exchange
The most popular classification criterion divides them into the following families: heat with the surfaces and then cool them.
- MINERAL OILS
Commonly used oil deriving fluids.

- FIRE RESISTANT FLUIDS


2 FLUID CONTAMINATION
Fluids with intrinsic characteristics of incombustibility or high flash point.
Whatever the nature and properties of fluids, they are inevitably subject to
- SYNTHETIC FLUIDS contamination. Fluid contamination can have two origins:
Modified chemical products to obtain specific optimized features.
- INITIAL CONTAMINATION
- ECOLOGICAL FLUIDS Caused by the introduction of contaminated fluid into the circuit, or by incorrect
Synthetic or vegetable origin fluids with high biodegradability characteristics. storage, transport or transfer operations.

The choice of fluid for an hydraulic system must take into account several - PROGRESSIVE CONTAMINATION
parameters. Caused by factors related to the operation of the system, such as metal
These parameters can adversely affect the performance of an hydraulic system, surface wear, sealing wear, oxidation or degradation of the fluid, the
causing delay in the controls, pump cavitation, excessive absorption, excessive introduction of contaminants during maintenance, corrosion due to chemical
temperature rise, efficiency reduction, increased drainage, wear, jam/block or air or electrochemical action between fluid and components, cavitation.
intake in the plant. The contamination of hydraulic systems can be of different nature:

The main properties that characterize hydraulic fluids and affect their choice are: - SOLID CONTAMINATION
- DYNAMIC VISCOSITY For example rust, slag, metal particles, fibers, rubber particles, paint particles
It identifies the fluid’s resistance to sliding due to the impact of the particles - or additives
forming it.
- LIQUID CONTAMINATION
- CINEMATIC VISCOSITY For example, the presence of water due to condensation or external infiltration
It is a widespread formal dimension in the hydraulic field. or acids
It is calculated with the ratio between the dynamic viscosity and the fluid
density. - GASEOUS CONTAMINATION
Cinematic viscosity varies with temperature and pressure variations. For example, the presence of air due to inadequate oil level in the tank,
drainage in suction ducts, incorrect sizing of tubes or tanks.
- VISCOSITY INDEX
This value expresses the ability of a fluid to maintain viscosity when the
temperature changes.
A high viscosity index indicates the fluid’s ability to limit viscosity variations 3 EFFECTS OF CONTAMINATION ON HYDRAULIC
by varying the temperature. COMPONENTS
- FILTERABILITY INDEX
Solid contamination is recognized as the main cause of malfunction, failure and
It is the value that indicates the ability of a fluid to cross the filter materials.
early degradation in hydraulic systems. It is impossible to delete it completely,
A low filterability index could cause premature clogging of the filter material.
but it can be effectively controlled by appropriate devices.
- WORKING TEMPERATURE CONTAMINATION IN PRESENCE OF CONTAMINATION IN PRESENCE OF
Working temperature affects the fundamental characteristics of the fluid. LARGE TOLERANCES NARROW TOLERANCES
As already seen, some fluid characteristics, such as cinematic viscosity, vary
with the temperature variation.
When choosing a hydraulic oil, must therefore be taken into account of the
environmental conditions in which the machine will operate.

- COMPRESSIBILITY MODULE
Every fluid subjected to a pressure contracts, increasing its density.
The compressibility module identifies the increase in pressure required to
Solid contamination mainly causes surface damage and component wear.
cause a corresponding increase in density.
- ABRASION OF SURFACES
- HYDROLYTIC STABILITY
Cause of leakage through mechanical seals, reduction of system performance,
It is the characteristic that prevents galvanic pairs that can cause wear in
failures.
the plant/system.

Introduction 12
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

- SURFACE EROSION - MODIFICATION OF FLUID PROPERTIES


Cause of leakage through mechanical seals, reduction of system performance, (COMPRESSIBILITY MODULE, DENSITY, VISCOSITY)
variation in adjustment of control components, failures. Cause of system’s reduction of efficiency and of control.
It is easy to understand how a system without proper contamination
- ADHESION OF MOVING PARTS management is subject to higher costs than a system that is provided.
Cause of failure due to lack of lubrication.
- MAINTENANCE
- DAMAGES DUE TO FATIGUE Maintenance activities, spare parts, machine stop costs
Cause of breakdowns and components breakdown.
- ENERGY AND EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and performance reduction due to friction, drainage, cavitation.

ABRASION EROSION
4 MEASURING THE SOLID CONTAMINATION LEVEL

The level of contamination of a system identifies the amount of contaminant


contained in a fluid.
This parameter refers to a unit volume of fluid.
The level of contamination may be different at different points in the system.
ADHESION FATIGUE
From the information in the previous paragraphs it is also apparent that the level
of contamination is heavily influenced by the working conditions of the system,
by its working years and by the environmental conditions.

What is the size of the contaminating particles that we must handle in our
hydraulic circuit?

Liquid contamination mainly results in decay of lubrication performance and


protection of fluid surfaces.

DISSOLVED WATER
HUMAN HAIR MINIMUM DIMENSION TYPICAL CONTAMINANT
- INCREASING FLUID ACIDITY (75 µm) VISIBLE HUMAN EYES DIMENSION IN A
Cause of surface corrosion and premature fluid oxidation (40 µm) HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
(4÷14 µm)

- GALVANIC COUPLE AT HIGH TEMPERATURES


Cause of corrosion
Contamination level analysis is significant only if performed with a uniform
FREE WATER - ADDITIONAL EFFECTS and repeatable method, conducted with standard test methods and suitably
calibrated equipment.
- DECAY OF LUBRICANT PERFORMANCE To this end, ISO has issued a set of standards that allow tests to be conducted
Cause of rust and sludge formation, metal corrosion and increased solid and express the measured values in the following ways.
contamination
- GRAVIMETRIC LEVEL - ISO 4405
- BATTERY COLONY CREATION
Cause of worsening in the filterability feature The level of contamination is defined by checking the weight of particles
collected by a laboratory membrane. The membrane must be cleaned, dried and
- ICE CREATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES desiccated, with fluid and conditions defined by the Standard.
Cause damage to the surface The volume of fluid is filtered through the membrane by using a suitable suction
system. The weight of the contaminant is determined by checking the weight of
- ADDITIVE DEPLETION the membrane before and after the fluid filtration.
Free water retains polar additives

Gaseous contamination mainly results in decay of system performance.

- CUSHION SUSPENSION
Cause of increased noise and cavitation.

- FLUID OXIDATION
Cause of corrosion acceleration of metal parts.
CLEAN CONTAMINATED
MEMBRANE MEMBRANE

13 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

- CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PARTICLES SIZE - ISO 4406 ISO 4406:2017 Cleanliness Code System
Microscope counting examines the particles differently to APCs and the code is
The level of contamination is defined by counting the number of particles of given with two scale numbers only.
certain dimensions per unit of volume of fluid. Measurement is performed by These are at 5 µm and 15 µm equivalent to the 6 µm(c) and 14 µm(c) of APCs.
Automatic Particle Counters (APC).
Following the count, the contamination classes are determined, corresponding to
the number of particles detected in the unit of fluid.
Cleanliness Code Chart
The most common classification methods follow ISO 4406 and SAE AS 4059 with 100 ml sample volume
(Aerospace Sector) regulations.
NAS 1638 is still used although obsolete. 1.6
107 24
8

Classification example according to ISO 4406 23


The code refers to the number of particles of the same size or greater than 4
4, 6 or 14 μm in a 1 ml fluid. 22
2
Example Code
22/19/14 21

22/1
106
Class Number of particles per ml

9/14
20
Over Up to 5
28 1 300 000 2 500 000 19
27 640 000 1 300 000 2.5
26 320 000 640 000
25 160 000 320 000 18
24 80 000 160 000 1.3
23 40 000 80 000 105
22 20 000 40 000 17
21 10 000 20 000 6.4
20 5 000 10 000
19 2 500 5 000 16
18 1 300 2 500 3.2
17 640 1 300 15
16 320 640
15 160 320 1.6
14 80 160 14
13 40 80 104
12 20 40 8
11 10 20 13
10 5 10
4
9 2.5 5
8 1.3 2.5 12
7 0.64 1.3 2
6 0.32 0.64
5 0.16 0.32 11
4 0.08 0.16 103
3 0.04 0.08
2 0.02 0.04 10
1 0.01 0.02 5
0 0 0.01
9
> 4 µm(c) = 350 particles 2.5
> 6 µm(c) = 100 particles
Number of particles per 100ml larger than indicated size

> 14 µm(c) = 25 particles 8


16 / 14 / 12 1.3
102
7
6.4
6
3.2
5
1.6
4
10
8
ISO 4 Code numbers

3
4
2
2
1
1

4 6 14 New ISO 4406 standard µm(c)


5 15 Old standard

Introduction 14
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

- CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PARTICLES SIZE - SAE AS 4059-1 - CLASSES OF CONTAMINATION ACCORDING TO NAS 1638 (January 1964)
and SAE AS 4059-2
The NAS system was originally developed in 1964 to define contamination classes
Classification example according to SAE AS 4059-1 and SAE AS 4059-2 for the contamination contained within aircraft components.
The code, prepared for the aerospace industry, is based on the size, quantity, and The application of this standard was extended to industrial hydraulic systems
particle spacing in a 100 ml fluid sample. The contamination classes are defined simply because nothing else existed at the time.
by numeric codes, the size of the contaminant is identified by letters (A-F). The coding system defines the maximum numbers permitted of 100ml volume
at various size intervals (differential counts) rather than using cumulative counts
It can be made a differential measurement (Table 1) or a cumulative as in ISO 4406:1999. Although there is no guidance given in the standard on
measurement (Table 2) how to quote the levels, most industrial users quote a single code which is the
highest recorded in all sizes and this convention is used on MP Filtri APC’s.
Table 1 - Class for differential measurement
The contamination classes are defined by a number (from 00 to 12) which
Class Dimension of contaminant indicates the maximum number of particles per 100 ml, counted on a differential
basis, in a given size bracket.
6÷14 µm(c) 14÷21 µm(c) 21÷38 µm(c) 38÷70 µm(c) >70 µm(c)
00 125 22 4 1 0 Size Range Classes (in microns)
0 250 44 8 2 0
1 500 89 16 3 1 Maximum Contamination Limits per 100 ml
2 1 000 178 32 6 1
3 2 000 356 63 11 2 Class 5÷15 15÷25 25÷50 50÷100 >100
4 4 000 712 126 22 4 00 125 22 4 1 0
5 8 000 1 425 253 45 8 0 250 44 8 2 0
6 16 000 2 850 506 90 16 1 500 89 16 3 1
7 32 000 5 700 1 012 180 32 2 1 000 178 32 6 1
8 64 000 11 400 2 025 360 64 3 2 000 356 63 11 2
9 128 000 22 800 4 050 720 128 4 4 000 712 126 22 4
10 256 000 45 600 8 100 1 440 256 5 8 000 1 425 253 45 8
11 512 000 91 200 16 200 2 880 512 6 16 000 2 850 506 90 16
12 1 024 000 182 400 32 400 5 760 1 024 7 32 000 5 700 1 012 180 32
8 64 000 11 400 2 025 360 64
6÷14 µm(c) = 15 000 particles 9 128 000 22 800 4 050 720 128
14÷21 µm(c) = 2 200 particles 10 256 000 45 600 8 100 1 440 256
21÷38 µm(c) = 200 particles 11 512 000 91 200 16 200 2 880 512
38÷70 µm(c) = 35 particles 12 1 024 000 182 400 32 400 5 760 1 024
> 70 µm(c) = 3 particles
Class 6 5÷15 µm(c) = 42 000 particles
15÷25 µm(c) = 2 200 particles
25÷50 µm(c) = 150 particles
Table 2 - Class for cumulative measurement 50÷100 µm(c) = 18 particles
Class Dimension of contaminant > 100 µm(c) = 3 particles
Class NAS 8
>4 µm(c) >6 µm(c) >14 µm(c) >21 µm(c) >38 µm(c) >70 µm(c)
A B C D E F
000 195 76 14 3 1 0
00 390 152 27 5 1 0 - CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PARTICLES SIZE - ISO 4407
0 780 304 54 10 2 0
1 1 560 609 109 20 4 1 The level of contamination is defined by counting the number of particles
2 3 120 1 217 217 39 7 1 collected by a laboratory membrane per unit of fluid volume. The measurement
3 6 250 2 432 432 76 13 2 is done by a microscope.
4 12 500 4 864 864 152 26 4
5 25 000 9 731 1 731 306 53 8
The membrane must be cleaned, dried and desiccated, with fluid and conditions
6 50 000 19 462 3 462 612 106 16 defined by the Standard. The fluid volume is filtered through the membrane, using
7 100 000 38 924 6 924 1 224 212 32 a suitable suction system.
8 200 000 77 849 13 849 2 449 424 64 The level of contamination is identified by dividing
9 400 000 155 698 27 698 4 898 848 128 the membrane into a predefined number of areas
10 800 000 311 396 55 396 9 796 1 696 256 and by counting the contaminant particles using
11 1 600 000 622 792 110 792 19 592 3 392 512
12 3 200 000 1 245 584 221 584 39 184 6 784 1 024 a suitable laboratory microscope.
MICROSCOPE CONTROL
AND MEASUREMENT
> 4 µm(c) = 45 000 particles
> 6 µm(c) = 15 000 particles
> 14 µm(c) = 1 500 particles
> 21 µm(c) = 250 particles COMPARISON
> 38 µm(c) = 15 particles PHOTOGRAPH’S
> 70 µm(c) = 3 particle 1 graduation = 10µm
Class from 2F to 4E

ISO 4406:1999 Class 16/14/11 Class 22/20/17


SAE AS4059E Table 1 Class 5 Class 11
NAS 1638 Class 5 Class 11
SAE AS4059E Table 2 Class 6A/5B/5C Class 12A/11B/11C

15 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

- CLEANLINESS CODE COMPARISON External protective wire mesh


Pre-filtration layer
Although ISO 4406:2017 standard is being used extensively within the
Filtration layer
hydraulics industry other standards are occasionally required and a comparison
Inner support layer
may be requested. The table below gives a very general comparison but often
no direct comparison is possible due to the different classes and sizes involved. Inner protective wire mesh

ISO 4406:2017 SAE AS4059 SAE AS4059 NAS 1638


Table 2 Table 1 MICROFIBER
4-6 FILTRATION
5-15
6-14
> 4 µm(c) > 4 µm(c) 14-21 15-25
6 µm(c) 6 µm(c) 25-50
21-38
14 µm(c) 14 µm(c) 50-100
38-70 >100
>70 Support pipe
23 / 21 / 18 13A / 12B / 12C 12 12
22 / 20 / 17 12A / 11B / 11C 11 11
21 / 19 / 16 11A / 10B / 10C 10 10 The filtration efficiency of metallic mesh filtrations is defined as the maximum
particle size that can pass through the meshes of the filtering grid.
20 / 18 / 15 10A / 9B / 9B 9 9
The efficiency of microfibre and paper filtration (ßx(c)) is defined through a lab test
19 / 17 / 14 9A / 8B / 8C 8 8 called Multipass Test. The efficiency value (ßx(c)) is defined as the ratio between
18 / 16 / 13 8A / 7B / 7C 7 7 the number of particles of certain dimensions detected upstream and downstream
of the filter.
17 / 15 / 12 7A / 6B / 6C 6 6
16 / 14 / 11 6A / 5B / 5C 5 5
15 / 13 / 10 5A / 4B / 4C 4 4 Upstream particles number > X µm(c)
14 / 12 / 09 4A / 3B / 3C 3 3 = ßx(c)
Downstream particles number > X µm(c)

5 FILTRATION TECHNOLOGIES

Various mechanisms such as mechanical stoppage, magnetism, gravimetric


deposit, or centrifugal separation can be used to reduce the level
of contamination.
The mechanical stoppage method is most effective and can take place in two
ways:

- SURFACE FILTRATION
It is by direct interception. The filter prevents particles larger than the pores
from continuing in the plant / system. Surface filters are generally Value (ßx(c)) 2 10 75 100 200 1000
manufactured with metal canvases or meshes.
Efficiency 50% 90% 98.7% 99% 99.5% 99.9%

- DEPTH FILTERING
Test conditions, such as type of fluid to be used (MIL-H-5606), type of contaminant
Filters are constructed by fiber interlacing. Such wraps form pathways of
to be used (ISO MTD), fluid viscosity, test temperature, are determined by ISO
different shapes and sizes in which the particles remain trapped when they
16889.
find smaller apertures than their diameter.
In addition to the filtration efficiency value during the Multipass test, other
Depth filters are generally produced with papers impregnated with phenolic
important features, such as filtration stability (ß stability) and dirt holding
resins, metal fibers or inorganic fibers.
capacity (DHC), are also tested.
In inorganic fiber filtration, commonly called microfibre, the filtering layers
Poor filtration stability is the cause of the filtering quality worsening as the filter
are often overlapped in order to increase the ability to retain the
life rises. Low dirt holding capacity causes a reduction in the life of the filter.
contaminant.

WIRE MESH FILTRATION PAPER FILTRATION MICROFIBER FILTRATION Filtration ISO Standard Comparison
ßx(c) > 1000 ßx > 200 MP Filtri
ISO 16889 ISO 4572 Filter media code
5 µm(c) 3 µm A03
7 µm(c) 6 µm A06
10 µm(c) 10 µm A10
16 µm(c) 18 µm A16
21 µm(c) 25 µm A25

Introduction 16
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

6 RECOMMENDED CONTAMINATION CLASSES Being subjected to high working pressures are manufactured with more robust
and articulated construction. In particular situations of corrosive environments or
aggressive fluids can be made of stainless steel.
Any are the nature and the properties of fluids, they are inevitably subject to
They are mainly produced with filtering depths of 3 ÷ 25 μm.
contamination. The level of contamination can be managed by using special
They can be manufactured with in-line connections, with plate or flange
components called filters.
connections or directly integrated into the circuit control blocks / manifolds.
Hydraulic components builders, knowing the problem of contamination,
They can also be manufactured in duplex configuration to allow the contaminated
recommend the filtration level appropriate to the use of their products.
section to be maintained even when the plant / system is in operation without
interruption of the working cycle.
Example of recommended contamination levels for pressures below 140 bar.

Piston pumps
with fixed flow rate
• Return filters
Piston pumps
They are positioned on the return line to the tank and perform the task of filtering
• the fluid from particles entering the system from the outside or generated by the
with variable flow rate
wear of the components.
Vane pumps
• They are generally fixed to the reservoir (for this reason also called top tank
with fixed flow rate
mounted), positioned semi-immersed or completely immersed.
Vane pumps
• The positioning of the return filters must guarantee in all operating conditions
with variable flow
that the fluid drainage takes place in immersed condition; this is to avoid creating
Engines •
foams in the tank that can cause malfunctions or cavitation in the pumps.
Hydraulic cylinders •
For the sizing of the return filters, account must be taken of the presence of
Actuators •
accumulators or cylinders that can make the return flow considerably greater
Test benches •
than the pump suction flow rate.
Check valve • Being subject to contained working pressures are manufactured with simple and
Directional valves • lightweight construction.
Flow regulating valves • Normally it is possible to extract the filter element without disconnecting the filter
Proportional valves • from the rest of the system.
Servo-valves •
Flat bearings •
Ball bearings • Combined filters
ISO 4406 CODE 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13 17/15/12 16/14/11 15/13/10 They are designed to be applied to systems with two or more circuits. They are
Recommended ß20(c) ß15(c) ß10(c) ß7(c) ß7(c) ß5(c) commonly used in hydrostatic transmission machines where they have a dual
filtration ßx(c)≥1.000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 filtration function of the return line and suction line of the hydrostatic transmission
pump.
The filter is equipped with a valve that keeps the 0.5 bar pressure inside the
The common classification of filters is determined by their position in the plant.
filter. A portion of the fluid that returns to the tank is filtered by the return filter
element, generally produced with absolute filtration, and returns to the transmis-
7 TYPES OF FILTERS sion booster pump.
Only excess fluid returns to the tank through the valve.
Suction filters The internal pressure of the filter and the absolute filtration help to avoid the
They are positioned before the pump and are responsible for protecting the pump cavitation phenomenon inside the pump.
from dirty contaminants. It also provides additional flow guidance to the pump
suction line.
Being subject to negligible working pressures are manufactured with simple and Off-line filters
lightweight construction. They are generally used in very large systems / plants, placed in a closed circuit
They are mainly produced with gross grade surface filtrations, mainly 60 ÷ 125 μm. independent from the main circuit. They remain in operation regardless of the
They can be equipped with a magnetic column for retaining ferrous particles. operation of the main circuit and are crossed by a constant flow rate.
They are generally placed under the fluid head to take advantage of the They can also be manufactured in duplex configuration to allow the contaminated
piezometric thrust of the fluid and reduce the risk of cavitation. section to be maintained even when the unit is in operation without interruption
of the work cycle.
There are two types of suction filters:
- IMMERSION FILTERS
Simple filter element screwed on the suction pipe Venting filters
During the operation of the plants, the fluid level present in the reservoir changes
- FILTERS WITH CONTAINER continuously.
Container filters that are more bulky, but provide easier maintenance The result of this continuous fluctuation is an exchange of air with the outside
of the tank environment.
The venting filter function, positioned on the tank, is to filter the air that enters the
tank to compensate for fluid level variations.
Delivery (or Pressure) filters
They are positioned between the pump and most sensitive regulating and
controlling components, such as servo valves or proportional valves, and are
designed to ensure the class of contamination required by the components used
in the circuit.

17 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

8 FILTER SIZING PARAMETERS 9 APPLICABLE STANDARDS FOR FILTER DEVELOPMENT

The choice of the filter system for an hydraulic system is influenced by several In order to obtain unique criteria for development and verification of the
factors. filters performance, specific regulations for the filters and filter elements testing
It is necessary to consider the characteristics of the various components present have been issued by ISO. These norms describe the target, the methodology,
in the plant and their sensitivity to contamination. the conditions and the presentation methods for the test results.

It is also necessary to consider all the tasks that the filter will have to do within ISO 2941
the plant: Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of collapse/burst pressure
- FLUID PROTECTION FROM CONTAMINATION rating
- PROTECTION OF OLEODYNAMIC COMPONENTS SENSITIVE TO CONTAMINATION
This Standard describes the method for testing the collapse / burst resistance
- PROTECTION OF OLEODYNAMIC PLANTS FROM ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE
of the filter elements.
- PROTECTION OF OLEODYNAMIC PLANTS FROM CONTAMINATION CAUSED
The test is performed by crossing the contaminated fluid filter element at a
BY COMPONENTS’ FAILURES
predefined flow rate. The progressive clogging of the filter element, determined
by contamination, causes an increase in differential pressure.
The advantages of proper positioning and sizing of the filters are
- MORE RELIABILITY OF THE SYSTEM
- LONGER LIFE OF THE FLUID COMPONENTS ISO 2942
- REDUCTION OF STOP TIME Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of fabrication integrity
- REDUCTION OF FAILURE CASUALITIES and determination of the first bubble point
This Standard describes the method to verify the integrity of the assembled filter
elements.
Each hydraulic filter is described by general features that identify the possibility It can be used to verify the quality of the production process or the quality of the
of use in different applications. materials by verifying the pressure value of the first bubble point.

ISO 2943
• MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE (Pmax) Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of material compatibility
The maximum working pressure of the filter must be greater than or equal with fluids
to the pressure of the circuit section in which it will be installed.
This Standard describes the method to verify the compatibility of materials with
certain hydraulic fluids.
The test is carried out by keeping the element (the material sample) immersed in
• PRESSURE DROP (∆P)
the fluid under high or low temperature conditions for a given period of time and
The pressure drop depends on a number of factors, such as the working circuit
verifying the retention of the characteristics.
temperature, the fluid viscosity, the filter element cleaning condition.

ISO 3723
• WORKING TEMPERATURE (T) Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Method for end load test
The working temperature deeply affect the choice of materials. Excessively This Standard describes the method for verifying the axial load resistance of the
high or low temperatures may adversely affect the strength of the materials filter elements.
or the characteristics of the seals. After performing the procedure described in ISO 2943, the designed axial load
is applied to the filter element. To verify the test results, then the test described
in ISO 2941 is performed.
• FILTRATION EFFICIENCY (%) / FILTRATION RATIO (ßx(c))
Filtration efficiency is the most important parameter to consider when ISO 3968
selecting a filter. Hydraulic fluid power -- Filters -- Evaluation of differential pressure versus flow
When choosing the filtration performances, the needs of the most sensitive characteristics
components in the system must be considered.
This Standard describes the method for checking the pressure drop across the
filter.
The test is carried out by crossing the filter from a given fluid and by detecting
• FLUID TYPE
upstream and downstream pressures.
The type of fluid influences the choice of filters in terms of compatibility and
Some of the parameters defined by the Standard are the fluid, the test temperature,
viscosity. It is always mandatory to check the filterability.
the size of the tubes, the position of the pressure detection points.

• PLACEMENT IN THE PLANT ISO 16889


The position of the filter in the system conditions the efficiency of all filter Hydraulic fluid power -- Filters -- Multi-pass method for evaluating filtration
performances. performance of a filter element
This Standard describes the method to check the filtration characteristics of the
filter elements.
The test is performed by constant introduction of contaminant (ISO MTD).
The characteristics observed during the test are the filtration efficiency and the
dirty holding capacity related to the differential pressure.

Introduction 18
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

ISO 23181 Saturation Levels


Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Determination of resistance to flow
fatigue using high viscosity fluid Since the effects of free (also emulsified) water is more harmful than those of
This Standard describes the method for testing the fatigue resistance of the filter dissolved water, water levels should remain well below the saturation point.
elements.
The test is carried out by subjecting the filter to continuous flow variations, thus However, even water in solution can cause damage and therefore every
differential pressure, using a high viscosity fluid. reasonable effort should be made to keep saturation levels as low as possible.
There is no such thing as too little water. As a guideline, we recommend maintaining
saturation levels below 50% in all equipment.
ISO 11170
Hydraulic fluid power -- Sequence of tests for verifying performance TYPICAL WATER SATURATION LEVEL FOR NEW OILS
characteristics of filter elements Examples:
The Standard describes the method for testing the performance of filter Hydraulic oil @ 30°C = 200ppm = 100% saturation
elements. The protocol described by the regulations provides the sequence of Hydraulic oil @ 65°C = 500ppm = 100% saturation
all the tests described above in order to verify all the working characteristics
(mechanical, hydraulic and filtration).

ISO 10771-1
Hydraulic fluid power -- Fatigue pressure testing of metal pressure-containing
envelopes -- Test method
This Standard describes the method to check the resistance of the hydraulic
components with pulsing pressure.

Free water
It can be applied to all metal components (excluding tubes) subject to cyclic
Saturation point
pressure used in the hydraulic field.
- 100%

Emulsified

10 WATER IN HYDRAULIC AND LUBRICATING FLUIDS


Water Content - 75%

In mineral oils and non aqueous resistant fluids water is undesirable. Mineral
oil usually has a water content of 50-300 ppm (@40°C) which it can support
without adverse consequences.
Once the water content exceeds about 300ppm the oil starts to appear hazy. Above
- 50%
this level there is a danger of free water accumulating in the system in areas of
low flow. This can lead to corrosion and accelerated wear.
Similarly, fire resistant fluids have a natural water which may be different
to mineral oil.

- 25%
Dissolved water

600

- 0%
Parts per million

400

200

0
20 30 40 50 60 70
Temperature °C
Hydraulic oil
Gear oil
Turbine oil

19 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

Water absorber

Water is present everywhere, during storage, handling and servicing.

MP Filtri filter elements feature an absorbent media which protects hydraulic


systems from both particulate and water contamination.
MP Filtri’s filter element technology is available with inorganic microfiber media
with a filtration rating 25 μm (therefore identified with media designation WA025,
providing absolute filtration of solid particles to ßx(c) = 1000.
Absorbent media is made by water absorbent fibres which increase in size during
the absorption process.
Free water is thus bonded to the filter media and completely removed from the
system (it cannot even be squeezed out).
Filter Media Absorber media layer

Fabric that absorbs water The Filter Media has absorbed water

External protective wire mesh


Water absorber layer
Inorganic microfiber media
Inner support layer
Inner protective wire mesh

>>>

Support pipe

By removing water from your fluid power system, you can prevent such key
problems as:
- corrosion (metal etching)
- loss of lubricant power
- accelerated abrasive wear in hydraulic components
- valve-locking
- bearing fatigue
- viscosity variance (reduction in lubricating properties)
- additive precipitation and oil oxidation
- increase in acidity level
- increased electrical conductivity (loss of dielectric strength)
- slow/weak response of control systems

Product availability:
LOW & MEDIUM PRESSURE FILTERS - LMP Series
LMP 210 LMP 900
LMP 211 LMP 901
LMP 400 LMP 902
LMP 401 LMP 903
LMP 430 LMP 950
LMP 431 LMP 951

Introduction 20
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT

21 Introduction
Introduction

FILTER SIZING
INDEX

Page
CALCULATION 23

CORRECTIVE FACTOR 24

Introduction 22
Calculation FILTER SIZING
THE CORRECT FILTER SIZING HAVE TO BE BASED ON THE TOTAL Calculation:
PRESSURE DROP DEPENDING BY THE APPLICATION. ∆pc = 0.03 bar (see graphic below)
FOR EXAMPLE, THE MAXIMUM TOTAL PRESSURE DROP ALLOWED BY A Filter housings ∆p
NEW AND CLEAN RETURN FILTER HAVE TO BE IN THE RANGE MPT 110 - Length 3 - 4
0.40 pressure drop.
0.4 ÷ 0.6 bar. The curves are plotted
using mineral oil with
0.30 density of 0.86 kg/dm3
The pressure drop calculation is performed by adding together the value of G 1 1/4” in compliance
the housing with the value of the filter element. The pressure drop ∆pc of with ISO 3968.

Δp bar
0.20 ∆p varies proportionally
the housing is proportional to the fluid density (kg/dm3); all the graphs in the with density.
catalogue are referred to mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3. 0.10
The filter element pressure drop ∆pe is proportional to its viscosity (mm2/s),
the corrective factor Y have to be used in case of an oil viscosity different 0 *
than 30 mm2/s (cSt). 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l/min

Sizing data for single filter element, head at top ∆pe = (2.00 : 1000) x 120 x (46 : 30) = 0.37 bar
∆pc = Filter housing pressure drop [bar]
∆pe = Filter element pressure drop [bar] Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration
Y = Corrective factor Y (see correspondent table), depending on the filter type, element H Series N Series
on the filter element size, on the filter element length and on the filter media M25
Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25 M60
Q = flow rate (l/min) M90
V1 reference oil viscosity = 30 mm2/s (cSt) Return filters
V2 = operating oil viscosity in mm2/s (cSt) 1 74.00 50.08 20.00 16.00 9.00 6.43 5.51 4.40
MF 020 2 29.20 24.12 8.00 7.22 5.00 3.33 2.85 2.00
Filter element pressure drop calculation with an oil viscosity 3 22.00 19.00 6.56 5.33 4.33 1.68 1.44 1.30
different than 30 mm2/s (cSt) MF 030
MFX 030 1 74.00 50.08 20.00 16.00 9.00 6.43 5.51 3.40
∆pe = Y : 1000 x Q x (V2:V1) 1 28.20 24.40 8.67 8.17 6.88 4.62 3.96 1.25
∆p Tot. = ∆pc + ∆pe MF 100 2 17.33 12.50 6.86 5.70 4.00 3.05 2.47 1.10
MFX 100 3 10.25 9.00 3.65 3.33 2.50 1.63 1.32 0.96
Verification formula 4 6.10 5.40 2.30 2.20 2.00 1.19 0.96 0.82
∆p Tot. ≤ ∆p max allowed

∆p Tot. = 0.03 + 0.37 = 0.4 bar


Maximum total pressure drop (∆p max) allowed by a new and
clean filter
The selection is correct because the total pressure drop value is
Application Range (bar) inside the admissible range for top tank return filters.
Suction filters 0.08 ÷ 0.10 In case the allowed max total pressure drop is not verified, it is
Return filters 0.4 ÷ 0.6
0.4 ÷ 0.6 return lines necessary to repeat the calculation changing the filter length/size.
0.3 ÷ 0.5 lubrication lines
Low & Medium Pressure filters 0.3 ÷ 0.4 off-line in power systems
0.1 ÷ 0.3 off-line in test benches
0.4 ÷ 0.6 over-boost
High Pressure filters 0.8 ÷ 1.5
Stainless Steel filters 0.8 ÷ 1.5

Generic filter calculation example


Application data:
Tank top return filter
Pressure Pmax = 10 bar
Flow rate Q = 120 l/min
Viscosity V2 = 46 mm2/s (cSt)
Oil density = 0.86 kg/dm3
Required filtration efficiency = 25 μm with absolute filtration
With bypass valve and G 1 1/4” inlet connection

23 Introduction
FILTER SIZING Corrective factor
Corrective factor Y to be used for the filter element pressure drop calculation. The values depend to the filter size and length and to the filter media.
Reference oil viscosity 30 mm2/s

Return filters Return / Suction filters


Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration Filter Absolute filtration
element H Series N Series element
M25
Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25 M60 Type A10 A16 A25
M90
1 74.00 50.08 20.00 16.00 9.00 6.43 5.51 4.40 1 5.12 4.33 3.85
MF 020 2 29.20 24.12 8.00 7.22 5.00 3.33 2.85 2.00 RSX 116 2 2.22 1.87 1.22
3 22.00 19.00 6.56 5.33 4.33 1.68 1.44 1.30
MF 030
MFX 030 1 74.00 50.08 20.00 16.00 9.00 6.43 5.51 3.40 1 2.06 1.75 1.46
RSX 165 2 1.24 1.05 0.96
1 28.20 24.40 8.67 8.17 6.88 4.62 3.96 1.25 3 0.94 0.86 0.61
MF 100 2 17.33 12.50 6.86 5.70 4.00 3.05 2.47 1.10
MFX 100 3 10.25 9.00 3.65 3.33 2.50 1.63 1.32 0.96
4 6.10 5.40 2.30 2.20 2.00 1.19 0.96 0.82 Filter Absolute filtration
element N Series
MF 180 1 3.67 3.05 1.64 1.56 1.24 1.18 1.06 0.26 M25
MFX 180 2 1.69 1.37 0.68 0.54 0.51 0.43 0.39 0.12 Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25 M60
M90
MF 190
MFX 190 2 1.69 1.37 0.60 0.49 0.44 0.35 0.31 0.11 1 16.25 15.16 8.75 8.14 5.87 2.86 2.65 0.14
CU 110 2 12.62 10.44 6.11 6.02 4.16 1.60 1.49 0.12
1 3.20 2.75 1.39 1.33 1.06 0.96 0.87 0.22 3 8.57 7.95 5.07 4.07 2.40 1.24 1.15 0.11
MF 400
MFX 400 2 2.00 1.87 0.88 0.85 0.55 0.49 0.45 0.13 4 5.76 4.05 2.80 2.36 1.14 0.91 0.85 0.05
3 1.90 1.60 0.63 0.51 0.49 0.39 0.35 0.11
MF 750
MFX 750 1 1.08 0.84 0.49 0.36 0.26 0.21 0.19 0.06
M25
MLX 250 2 3.00 3.04 1.46 1.25 1.17 - - 0.20

M25 Low & Medium pressure filters


MLX 660 2 1.29 1.26 0.52 0.44 0.38 - - 0.10 Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration
element N-W Series N Series
CU 025 78.00 48.00 28.00 24.00 9.33 9.33 8.51 1.25 Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25 M25
CU 040 25.88 20.88 10.44 10.00 3.78 3.78 3.30 1.25
1 16.25 15.16 8.75 8.14 5.87 2.86 2.65 0.14
CU 100 15.20 14.53 5.14 4.95 2.00 2.00 0.17 1.10 CU 110 2 12.62 10.44 6.11 6.02 4.15 1.60 1.49 0.12
3 8.57 7.95 5.07 4.07 2.40 1.24 1.15 0.11
CU 250 3.25 2.55 1.55 1.35 0.71 0.71 0.59 0.25
4 5.76 4.05 2.80 2.36 1.14 0.91 0.85 0.05
CU 630 1.96 1.68 0.85 0.72 0.42 0.42 0.36 0.09
CU 850 1.06 0.84 0.42 0.33 0.17 0.17 0.13 0.04 1 5.30 4.80 2.00 1.66 1.32 0.56 0.43 0.12
CU 210 2 3.44 2.95 1.24 1.09 0.70 0.42 0.35 0.09
1 19.00 17.00 6.90 6.30 4.60 2.94 2.52 1.60 3 2.40 1.70 0.94 0.84 0.54 0.33 0.23 0.05
2 11.70 10.80 4.40 4.30 3.00 2.94 2.52 1.37
MR 100 3 7.80 6.87 3.70 3.10 2.70 2.14 1.84 1.34
016 7.95 7.20 3.00 2.49 1.98 0.84 0.65 0.18
4 5.50 4.97 2.60 2.40 2.18 1.72 1.47 1.34 DN 025 5.00 4.53 1.89 1.57 1.25 0.53 0.41 0.11
5 4.20 3.84 2.36 2.15 1.90 1.60 1.37 1.34
040 3.13 2.66 1.12 0.98 0.63 0.38 0.32 0.08
1 5.35 4.85 2.32 1.92 1.50 1.38 1.20 0.15
1.44 1.10 1.07 0.96 0.83 0.13 2 3.13 2.55 1.46 1.22 0.78 0.75 0.64 0.19
MR 250 2 4.00 3.28
3 2.60 2.20 1.08 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.64 0.12 CU 400 3 2.15 1.70 0.94 0.78 0.50 0.40 0.34 0.10
4 1.84 1.56 0.68 0.56 0.44 0.37 0.23 0.11 4 1.60 1.28 0.71 0.61 0.40 0.34 0.27 0.08
5 1.00 0.83 0.47 0.34 0.20 0.24 0.19 0.06
1 3.10 2.48 1.32 1.14 0.92 0.83 0.73 0.09 6 0.82 0.58 0.30 0.27 0.17 0.22 0.18 0.05
2 2.06 1.92 0.82 0.76 0.38 0.33 0.27 0.08
MR 630 3 1.48 1.30 0.60 0.56 0.26 0.22 0.17 0.08
4 1.30 1.20 0.48 0.40 0.25 0.21 0.16 0.08 CU 900 1 0.86 0.63 0.32 0.30 0.21 - - 0.05
5 0.74 0.65 0.30 0.28 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.04

1 0.60 0.43 0.34 0.25 0.13 0.12 0.09 0.03 2 1.03 0.80 0.59 0.40 0.26 - - 0.05
CU 950
0.21 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.03 3 0.44 0.40 0.27 0.18 0.15 - - 0.02
MR 850 2 0.37 0.26 0.23
3 0.27 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.02
4 0.23 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 MR 630 7 0.88 0.78 0.36 0.34 0.16 0.12 0.96 0.47

Introduction 24
Corrective factor FILTER SIZING
Corrective factor Y to be used for the filter element pressure drop calculation. The values depend to the filter size and length and to the filter media.
Reference oil viscosity 30 mm2/s

High pressure filters Stainless steel high pressure filters


Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration Filter Absolute filtration
element N - R Series N Series element N Series

Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25

1 332.71 250.07 184.32 152.36 128.36 - 1 332.71 250.07 184.32 152.36 128.36
2 220.28 165.56 74.08 59.13 37.05 - 220.28 165.56 74.08
HP 011
3 123.24 92.68 41.48 33.08 20.72 - HP 011 2 59.13 37.05
3 123.24 92.68 41.48 33.08 20.72
4 77.76 58.52 28.37 22.67 16.17 - 4 77.76 58.52 28.37 22.67 16.17

2 70.66 53.20 25.77 20.57 14.67 4.90 2 70.66 53.20 25.77 20.57 14.67
HP 039 3 36.57 32.28 18.00 13.38 8.00 2.90 HP 039 3 36.57 32.28 18.00 13.38 8.00
4 26.57 23.27 12.46 8.80 5.58 2.20 4 26.57 23.27 12.46 8.80 5.58

1 31.75 30.30 13.16 12.3 7.29 1.60 1 31.75 30.30 13.16 12.3 7.29
2 24.25 21.26 11.70 9.09 4.90 1.40 2 24.25 21.26 11.70 9.09 4.90
HP 050 3 17.37 16.25 8.90 7.18 3.63 1.25 HP 050 3 17.37 16.25 8.90 7.18 3.63
4 12.12 10.75 6.10 5.75 3.08 1.07 4 12.12 10.75 6.10 5.75 3.08
5 7.00 6.56 3.60 3.10 2.25 0.80 5 7.00 6.56 3.60 3.10 2.25

1 58.50 43.46 23.16 19.66 10.71 1.28 1 20.33 18.80 9.71 8.66 4.78
HP 065 2 42.60 25.64 16.22 13.88 7.32 1.11 HP 135 2 11.14 10.16 6.60 6.38 2.22
3 20.50 15.88 8.18 6.81 3.91 0.58 3 6.48 6.33 3.38 3.16 2.14

1 20.33 18.80 9.71 8.66 4.78 2.78


HP 135 2 11.14 10.16 6.60 6.38 2.22 1.11
3 6.48 6.33 3.38 3.16 2.14 1.01
Filter Absolute filtration
1 17.53 15.91 7.48 6.96 5.94 1.07 element H - U Series
HP 150 2 8.60 8.37 3.54 3.38 3.15 0.58
3 6.53 5.90 2.93 2.79 2.12 0.49 Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25

1 10.88 9.73 5.02 3.73 2.54 1.04 1 424.58 319.74 235.17 194.44 163.78
2 4.40 3.83 1.75 1.48 0.88 0.71 HP 011 2 281.06 211.25 94.53 75.45 47.26
HP 320 3 130.14 97.50 43.63 34.82 21.81
3 2.75 2.11 1.05 0.87 0.77 0.61
4 2.12 1.77 0.98 0.78 0.55 0.47 4 109.39 82.25 36.79 29.37 18.40

1 4.44 3.67 2.30 2.10 1.65 0.15 2 73.00 57.00 28.00 24.00 17.20
2 3.37 2.77 1.78 1.68 1.24 0.10 HP 039 3 40.90 36.33 21.88 18.80 11.20
HP 500 3 2.22 1.98 1.11 1.09 0.75 0.08 4 31.50 28.22 17.22 9.30 6.70
4 1.81 1.33 0.93 0.86 0.68 0.05
5 1.33 1.15 0.77 0.68 0.48 0.04
1 47.33 34.25 21.50 20.50 14.71
2 29.10 25.95 14.04 10.90 5.88
Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration HP 050 3 20.85 19.50 10.68 8.61 4.36
element N Series N Series 4 14.55 12.90 7.32 6.90 3.69
Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 5 9.86 9.34 6.40 4.80 2.50

1 3.65 2.95 2.80 1.80 0.90 0.38 1 29.16 25.33 13.00 12.47 5.92
HF 320 2 2.03 1.73 1.61 1.35 0.85 0.36 HP 135 2 14.28 11.04 7.86 7.60 4.44
3 1.84 1.42 1.32 1.22 0.80 0.35 3 8.96 7.46 4.89 4.16 3.07

Suction filters
Filter Nominal filtration
element N Series

Type P10 P25

SF 250 65 21

25 Introduction
FILTER SIZING Selection Software
Step 1 Select “FILTERS”

Step 2 Choose filter group (Return Filter, Pressure Filter, etc.)

Step 3 Choose filter type (MPF, MPT, etc.) in function of


the max working pressure and the max flow rate

Step 4 Push “PROCEED”

Step 5
Insert all application data to calculate the filter size following the sequence:
- working pressure
- working flow rate
- working pressure drop
- working temperature
- fluid material and fluid type
- filtration media
- connection type

Step 6
Push “CALCULATE” to have result;
in case of any mistake, the system
will advice which parameter is out
of range to allow to modify/adjust
the selection

Step 7
Download PDF
Datasheet “Report.aspx” pushing the button “Drawing”

Introduction 26
FILTER SIZING

27 Introduction
Suction filters are used as safety filters to protect pumps
from gross contamination which can cause them to grip.

They are available in 2 styles:


- Suction Strainer (STR, MPA, MPM)
- SF2 external filters, for mounting semi-immersed under the oil level

SF2 semi-immersed filters, which shut-off oil flow while the filter
element is being replaced, replace the butterfly valves usually
used for servicing hydraulic pumps.

FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 25

Suction filters 28
Suction filters

STR & MPA - MPM page 31


SF2 250 - 350 39
SF2 500 47

INDICATORS 57

29 Suction filters
Suction filters 30
Suction filters

STR & MPA - MPM series


Flow rate up to 875 l/min

31 Suction filters
STR & MPA-MPM GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Suction filters STR materials


1 - Connection: Polyamide, GF reinforced
Flow rate up to 875 l/min 2 - Core tube: Tinned Steel
3 - Wire mesh
STR 4 - End cap: Polyamide, GF reinforced
STR is a range of suction strainers for protection of the downstream 5 - Bypass valve: Polyamide, GF reinforced - Steel
pump against the coarse contamination.
They are placed below the oil level directly connected to the suction
line of the pump.
MPA - MPM materials
Available features: 1 - Connection: Aluminium
- Female threaded connections up to 3”, for a maximum flow rate 2 - Magnetic column
of 875 l/min 3 - Tie rod: Galvanized Steel
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media 4 - End cap: Galvanized Steel
5 - Core tube: Galvanized Steel
Common application: 6 - Filter media: Wire mesh
- Mobile machines (Construction and Agriculture machines) 7 - Bottom: Galvanized Steel
- Industrial equipment 8 - Washer: Galvanized Steel
9 - Self-locking nut: Galvanized Steel - Nylon
MPA - MPM
MPA and MPM are ranges of suction strainers for protection of the
downstream pump against the coarse contamination. Bypass valve
They are placed below the minimum oil level, directly connected to the Opening pressure 30 kPa (0.3 bar)
suction line of the pump.
The robust design allows the use of these filters in any heavy duty
application.
Elements
Available features: Fluid flow through the filter
- Female threaded connections up to 3”, for a maximum flow rate element from OUT to IN.
of 875 l/min
- Magnetic column (MPM), to hold the ferrous particles

Common application: Temperature


Industrial equipment From -25 °C to +110 °C

Weights [kg]
Filter series
STR see page 35
MPA - MPM see page 37

1 1

STR STR 4 MPA 4 MPM


1 Without 1 With Without With
bypass bypass magnetic magnetic
column column
2 2 2

3 3

3 4 3 5 5
5
6 6

4 4

8 7 8 7
9 9

Suction filters 32
3

STR & MPA-MPM


0

GENERAL INFORMATION
0 15 30 45 60 75

9
1” 1 1/ 4” Pressure drop
6
Filters pressure drop ∆p
1 1/ 2” in function of connection type
93
0.09 0.09
9
3/ 8” 1/ 2” 1” 1 1/ 4”
3/ 4”
6
0.06 6
0.06
0

∆p bar
∆p bar

0 50 100 150 200 250 1 1/ 2”


3
0.03 3
0.03

00 00
0 15 30 45 60 75 0 50 100 150 200 250
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

0.09
9
2” 2 1/ 2”

6
0.06
9
∆p bar

1” 1 1/ 4”
3” 9
36
0.03 2” 2 1/ 2”

1 1/ 2” 6
003
0 175 350 525 700 875
Flow rate l/min 3”
3
0
The curves
0 are plotted
50 using
100 mineral
150 oil with
200density250
of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density. 0
0 175 350 525 700 875

9
2” 2 1/ 2”

3”
3

0
0 175 350 525 700 Flow
875 rates [l/min] Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Thread l/min Filter series Style S Style B
3/8” 19 STR • •
1/2” 28 MPA - MPM •
3/4” 67 OUT OUT

1” 126
1 1/4” 167
STR & MPA - MPM
1 1/2” 258
2” 480
2 1/2” 854 IN IN

2” 480
3” 995

Maximum flow rate for a complete suction filter


with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.08 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt)
and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use
our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

33 Suction filters
STR
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Element series and size Configuration example 1: STR045 1 B G1 M60 P01
STR045 Configuration example 2: STR100 4 S G2 M250 P01
STR050
STR065
STR070
STR086
STR100
STR140
STR150

Connection type
STR045 STR050 STR065 STR070 STR086 STR100 STR140 STR150
1 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
2 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 2” 1 1/4” 2” 2 1/2”
3 - - 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 3”
4 - - 1” 1” 2” 2” 2 1/2” -
5 - - - - 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 3” -
6 - - - 1/2” 2” - 3” -

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 0.3 bar

Thread type
G1 Thread GAS
G2 Thread NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
M250 Wire mesh 250 µm

OTHER INFORMATION Execution


P01 MP Filtri standard
Conditions of packaging
Pxx Customized
Filter size Pcs. per box
045 12
050 12
065 6
070 6
086 6
100 6
140 1
150 1

Suction filters 34
STR
Dimensions
STR
Filter Connection Thread ØD H A/F Weight
OUT size type [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
1 3/8” 46 105 30 0.15
045
2 1/2” 46 105 30 0.19
1 3/8” 52 79 30 0.11
050
2 1/2” 52 79 30 0.11
1 1/2” 65 110 41 0.19
2 3/4” 65 110 41 0.22
065
3 3/4” 65 144 41 0.24
4 1” 65 144 41 0.22
1 1/2” 70 95 41 0.18
2 3/4” 70 95 41 0.17
070 3 3/4” 70 141 41 0.23
4 1” 70 141 41 0.22
6 1/2” 70 141 41 0.24
1 1 1/2” 86 143 69 0.33
2 2” 86 143 69 0.30
086 3 1 1/2” 86 201 69 0.43
4 2” 86 201 69 0.40
5 1 1/2” 86 261 69 0.53
6 2” 86 261 69 0.50
1 1 1/4” 99 137 69 0.47
max 8

2 1 1/4” 99 227 69 0.58


100 3 1 1/2” 99 227 69 0.55
4 2” 99 227 69 0.51
5 1 1/2” 99 137 69 0.43
1 1 1/2” 130 160 69 0.70
2 2” 130 160 69 0.68
3 2” 130 262 69 0.94
140
4 2 1/2” 130 272 101 1.10
5 3” 130 272 101 1.00
6 3” 130 330 101 1.17
1 2” 150 150 70 0.34
150 2 2 1/2” 150 212 90 0.37
3 3” 150 272 100 0.40

35 Suction filters
MPA-MPM
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Element series Configuration example 1: MPA 030 G1 M60 P01
MPA Without magnetic column Configuration example 2: MPM 430 G2 M250 P01
MPM With magnetic column

Connections
012 3/8”
015 1/2”
025 1/2”
030 3/4”
045 3/4”
050 1”
075 1”
095 1 1/4”
120 1 1/4”
150 1 1/2”
180 1 1/2”
220 2”
280 2”
300 2 1/2”
380 2”
430 3”

Thread type
G1 Thread GAS
G2 Thread NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Execution
M90 Wire mesh 90 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
M250 Wire mesh 250 µm Pxx Customized

OTHER INFORMATION
Conditions of packaging
Size Pcs. per box
012 12
015 6
025 6
030 6
045 6
050 6
075 6
095 6
120 6
150 6
180 1
220 1
280 1
300 1
380 1
430 1

Suction filters 36
MPA-MPM
Dimensions

OUT MPA
Filter Thread ØD H1 H2 A/F Weight
size [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
012 3/8” 50 98 16 28 0.17
015 1/2” 50 98 16 28 0.17
025 1/2” 70 113 16 28 0.27
030 3/4” 70 115 18 42 0.36
045 3/4” 70 160 18 42 0.39
050 1” 70 160 18 42 0.35
075 1” 99 145 18 42 0.54
095 1 1/4” 99 148 20 60 0.63
120 1 1/4” 99 239 20 60 0.95
150 1 1/2” 99 239 20 60 0.91
180 1 1/2” 130 174 20 60 0.98
220 2” 130 162 13 80 1.00
280 2” 130 272 13 80 1.60
300 2 1/2” 130 281 20 90 1.67
380 2” 130 322 13 80 1.60
430 3” 130 335 22 106 1.93

MPM
OUT
Filter Thread ØD H1 H2 A/F Weight
size [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
012 3/8” 50 98 16 28 0.17
015 1/2” 50 98 16 28 0.17
025 1/2” 70 113 16 28 0.27
030 3/4” 70 115 18 42 0.36
045 3/4” 70 160 18 42 0.39
050 1” 70 160 18 42 0.35
075 1” 99 148 18 42 0.54
095 1 1/4” 99 154 20 60 0.63
120 1 1/4” 99 244 20 60 0.95
150 1 1/2” 99 244 20 60 0.91
180 1 1/2” 130 174 20 60 0.98
220 2” 130 163 13 80 1.00
280 2” 130 273 13 80 1.60
300 2 1/2” 130 282 20 90 1.67
380 2” 130 323 13 80 1.60
430 3” 130 336 22 106 1.93

37 Suction filters
Suction filters 38
Suction filters

SF2 250-350 series


Flow rate up to 160 l/min

39 Suction filters
SF2 250-350 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Suction filters Filter housing materials


- Filter body: Aluminium
Flow rate up to 160 l/min - Cover: Polyamide, GF reinforced
- Valve: Polyamide, GF reinforced - Steel
SF2 250 and SF2 350 are ranges of suction filters with integrated shut-off
- Anti-Emptying valve: Steel
valve for protection of the downstream pump against the coarse
contamination.
They are placed below the minimum oil level, directly connected to the Bypass valve
suction line of the pump. Opening pressure 30 kPa (0.3 bar) ±10%
They can be fitted on the side or below the tank, allowing a more flexible
design of the tank. Elements
The shut-off valve closes automatically when the cover is removed, Fluid flow through the filter element from IN to OUT
allowing the filter element replacement without the fluid drop.
Seals
Available features: - Standard NBR series A
- Female threaded connections up to 1” and flanged connections - Optional FPM series V
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 160 l/min
- Multiple connections, to connect several suction lines
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Temperature
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators
Note
Common application: SF2 250-350 filters mounting,
- Mobile machines see the drawings on page 43
- Industrial equipment and following.

Weights [kg]
Filter series
SF2 250 2.6
SF2 350 2.6

Suction filters 40
SF2 2 5 0 - 3 5 0
9

SF2 250-350
1” 1 1/4”

6 GENERAL INFORMATION
1 1/2”
Pressure drop
3

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


SF2 2 5 0 - 3 5 0
90
0.09
0 30 60 901” 1 1/4”
120 160

6
0.06
1 1/2”
∆p bar

0.03
3

Valves 00
B ypass valve 0pressure drop
30 60 90 120 160
Flow rate l/min

Bypass valve pressure drop


SF2 2 5 0 - 3 5 0
90
0.9
Valves
B ypass valve
60 pressure drop
0.6
∆p bar

0.3
30

SF2 2 5 0 - 3 5 0
00
90
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min
60
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
30

0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
Filter series M25 M60 M90 M250 P10 P25
SF2 250 147 151 155 160 85 132
SF2 350 147 151 155 160 85 132
Maximum flow rate for a complete suction filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.08 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style R - S Style Q - H
SF2 250 • •
SF2 350 • •
Aux Aux Aux Aux
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
OUT OUT

IN IN IN IN

41 Suction filters
SF2 250-350
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: SF2250 W F2 R M25 P01
SF2250 Configuration example 2: SF2350 A G1 S M90 P01
SF2350
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
A NBR • •
V FPM • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Connections Aux (only SF2350) SF2250 SF2350
G1 G 1 1/2” G 1” • •
G2 1 1/2” NPT - •
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 G 1 1/4” - •
G5 1 1/4” NPT - •
G6 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN - •
G7 G 1” - •
G8 1” NPT - •
G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN - •
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M - •
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC - •
Bypass valve and magnetic column
R With bypass, with magnetic column Q Without bypass, with magnetic column
S With bypass, without magnetic column H Without bypass, without magnetic column
Filtration rating (filter media)
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
M250 Wire mesh 250 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: SF250 M25 W P01
SF250 Configuration example 2: SF250 M90 N P01
Filtration rating (filter media)
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
M250 Wire mesh 250 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
N NBR • •
V FPM • • Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • P01 MP Filtri standard
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators page
VVA Axial vacuum gauge 59
VVR Radial vacuum gauge 59
VEA Electrical vacuum indicator 58
VLA Electrical / visual vacuum indicator 58

Suction filters 42
SF2 250-350
Dimensions
SF2 250
Recommended Threaded connections “G”
clearance space
for maintenance

OUT

Flat seal
6
Total length
immersed in the tank

Holes on the tank


M10 - 3/8” UNC
Nr. 4 holes

G 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

SF2 250
Recommended Flange connections “F”
clearance space
for maintenance

OUT
Flat seal
6

Total length
immersed in the tank

Holes on the tank


M10 - 3/8” UNC
Nr. 4 holes

G 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

43 Suction filters
SF2 250-350
Dimensions
SF2 350
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

OUT

Flat seal
6
Total length
immersed in the tank

Aux
OUT Holes on the tank
M10 - 3/8” UNC
Nr. 4 holes

G 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

Aux
OUT

Suction filters 44
SPARE PARTS SF2 250-350
Order number for spare parts

3c

3a

3d

3b

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


3e Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
See
SF2 250 - 350 order 02050586 02050587
table

45 Suction filters
Suction filters 46
Suction filters

SF2 500 series


Flow rate up to 800 l/min

47 Suction filters
SF2 500 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Suction filters Filter housing materials


- Housing:
Flow rate up to 800 l/min Anodized Aluminium
Steel (chemical heat treatment): only for SF2 535 - 540
SF2 500 is a range of suction filters with integrated shut-off valve for
protection of the downstream pump against the coarse contamination.
- Cover:
They are placed below the minimum oil level, directly connected to the
Anodized Aluminium
suction line of the pump.
Steel (chemical heat treatment): only for SF2 535 - 540
They can be fitted on the side or below the tank, allowing a more flexible
design of the tank.
- Optional flange:
The shut-off valve closes automatically when the cover is removed,
Anodized Aluminium
allowing the filter element replacement without the fluid drop.

Available features:
- Flanged connections up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 800 l/min Elements
- Optional hose fitting installed, to connect the suction line without Fluid flow through the filter element from IN to OUT
the use of flanges
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles
- Plastic and metal handle, to close the shut-off valve before the cover Seals
removal - Standard NBR series A
- Electrical switch, to signal the closed shut-off valve - Optional FPM series V
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators

Common application: Temperature


Industrial equipment
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
SF2 500 filters mounting,
see the drawings on page
51 and following

Weights [kg]
Filter series
SF2 500-501 4.0
SF2 503 4.8
SF2 504 5.8
SF2 505 6.0
SF2 510 7.2
SF2 535 17
SF2 540 19

Suction filters 48
6
4
4

GENERAL
2
INFORMATION
0
0
2
SF2 500
0 150 300 450Pressure
600 drop
750
0 150 300 450 600 750
Filter housings Δp pressure drop
Filter housings Δp
Filter housings Δp pressure
pressure drop
drop

4” Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


Filt er element Δp pressure drop
2”
2” 21/2”
1/2” 3”
3” 4” Filt er element Δp pressure drop
SF2 504 SF2 500 2
SF2 501 SF2 503 4”
SF2 504
SF2 540 SF2 500
SF2 500 SF2
SF2
SF2 500
500
505 SF2
SF2
SF2 501
501
510 SF2
SF2
SF2 503
503 SF2
535 SF2
SF2 504
504
540
66
0.06 SF2
SF2 505
505 SF2 510 SF2
SF2 510 SF2 535
535 SF2
SF2 540
540 M60
M60 M90
M90 SF2 503 M25 M250
SF2 503 6 SF2 504 6
44
0.04 M25 M250 M25
6 6
∆p bar

4 M60 4
22
0.02 4 4 M90
M250
2 2
0 750 000 2 2
00 150
150 300
300 450
450 600
600 750
750
Flow rate l/min 0 0
0 0 0 90 180 270 360 450
F ilt er element Δp pressure drop
0 90 180 270 360 450 0 120 240 360 480 600
FFilt
ilter
er element
element Δp
Δp pressure
pressure drop
drop
Filter element ∆p pressure drop
M60 M60
M90 M60
M60
M90
M250 SF2 503
SF2 504 M25 M90
M90
M25
SF2 504
504
6 SF2 503 M250
SF2 M25 SF2 505 M25
66 66 SF2 505
M25
M25 M250
M250 M25
M25
0.06 0.06 M25 6 SF2 510
0.06 M60 6
6 M60 6
M60 M90
4 M60
M90 M25
44 44
M90 M60
M60 M250
0.04 0.04 M90
M250
M90
M90 4
0.04 M60 4
M250 4 M250 4
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar
M250
M250 M90
2 M250
22
0.02 22
0.02 2
0.02 2
2 2
0
000 0 00 00 0
0 450
00
120
90
90
240
180
180
360
270
270
480
360
360
600
450
450 00 00 120
120 240
240 360
360 480
480 600
600 0 0 60 120 180 240 300
0 60 120 180 240 300 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

SF2 510 SF2 535 M25


M25 SF2 505
6 SF2
0.06 505 M25 0.06 SF2
SF2 535
510 M25 6 SF2 540
0.06 M25 6
66 SF2 510 6
66
M60 M25
M25
M90
M60
M60
M60
M25 6 M60
M90 M25
M25
M25 M60
M90
M250
4
M90
M90
M60
M250 M60 4 M90
M250 4
0.04 44
0.04 M60 0.04
4
44
M250
M250
M90 M90
M60
M60
M250
4 M90
M90
M90
M250
M250
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar
M250
M250
M250
2 2 2
0.02 22
0.02 2
0.02
22 2
00 0 0
000 00 0
0 300 00 0 60 120 180 240 300 0 0 150 300 450 600 750 0
150
240
300
480
450
720
600
960
750
1200
00 60
60 120
120 180
180 240
240 300
300 00 60
60 120
120 180
180 240
240 300
300
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
M25 SF2
SF2 540
535 M25 SF2 540
66 SF2
∆p varies proportionally
6
535 with density. M25
M25
M25 6 SF2 540 M60 6
M25
M25
M25
M60
M60
M60
M90 M90
M60 M250
M60 M90
M90
4 M60
M60 M250
44 44
M90 M90 M250
M250
M250 M90
M90
M250
M250
M250
2
22 22

00 750
0
00 0 240 480 720 960 1200
Flow00rates [l/min] Hydraulic symbols
00 150
150 300
300 450
450 600
600 750
750 00 240
240 480
480 720
720 960
960 1200
1200
Filter element design - N Series Filter series
M60 SF2 500 •
Filter series M25 M90
M250
SF2 500 219 234 OUT

SF2 501 259 282


SF2 503 325 390
SF2 504 484 543
SF2 505 199 221 IN

SF2 510 259 282


SF2 535 439 479
SF2 540 644 688
Maximum flow rate for a complete suction filter
with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.08 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt)
and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use
our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

49 Suction filters
SF2 500 SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: SF2500 W F1 D M25 P01
SF2500 Configuration example 2: SF2535 A F2 C M60 P01
SF2501
SF2503
SF2504
SF2505
SF2510
SF2535
SF2540 Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
A NBR • •
V FPM • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •

Connections
SF2500 - SF2505 SF2501 - SF2510 SF2503 - SF2535 SF2504 - SF2540
F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 3” SAE 3000 psi/M 4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
C1 Hose barb 2”/M Hose barb 2 1/2”/M Hose barb 3”/M Hose barb 4”/M

Microswitch and Handweel


SF2500 - SF2501 SF2503 - SF2504 SF2505 - SF2510 SF2535 - SF2540
S Without microswitch, without handwheel • • • •
C With microswitch, without handwheel • •
D With microswitch, with Nylon handwheel • •
K With microswitch, with steel handwheel • •
M Without microswitch, with Nylon handwheel • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


M25 Wire mesh 25 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm M250 Wire mesh 250 µm Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: SF510 M25 W P01
SF2500 SF2501 SF2503 SF2504 SF2505 SF2510 SF2535 SF2540 Configuration example 2: SF535 M60 P01
SF503 •
SF504 •
SF505 •
SF510 • • •
SF535 •
SF540 •

Filtration rating (filter media)


M25 Wire mesh 25 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm M250 Wire mesh 250 µm

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
Standard version • •
W Compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators page
VVA Axial vacuum gauge 59
VVR Radial vacuum gauge 59
VEA Electrical vacuum indicator 58
VLA Electrical / visual vacuum indicator 58

Suction filters 50
SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540 SF2 500
Dimensions
SF2500

Connection C1

with microswitch
Recommended

with handwheel
clearance space
OUT for maintenance

Seal O-Ring
Total length
immersed in the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator
M10 - 3/8” UNC
Nr. 4 holes Holes on the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

SF2501
Connection C1
with microswitch
with handwheel

Recommended
clearance space
OUT for maintenance

Seal O-Ring
Total length
immersed in the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator
M10 - 3/8” UNC
Nr. 4 holes Holes on the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

51 Suction filters
SF2 500 SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540
Dimensions
SF2503

Recommended
clearance space

with microswitch
with handwheel
OUT for maintenance

Flat seal
2
Connection C1

Total length
immersed in the tank

R 1/4” Connection for M12 - 7/16” UNC


clogging indicator Nr. 6 holes

Holes on the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

SF2504

Recommended
clearance space
with microswitch
with handwheel

for maintenance
OUT
Flat seal
2

Connection C1

Total length
immersed in the tank

R 1/4” Connection for M12 - 7/16” UNC


clogging indicator Nr. 6 holes

Holes on the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

Suction filters 52
SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540 SF2 500
Dimensions
SF2505

Connection C1

Recommended
clearance space

with microswitch
OUT for maintenance

Total length
immersed in the tank

Flat seal
2
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

M8 - 5/16” UNC
R 1/4” Connection for Nr. 6 holes
clogging indicator

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

SF2510

Connection C1

Recommended
clearance space
with microswitch

OUT for maintenance

Total length
immersed in the tank
Flat seal
2

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator
M12 - 7/16” UNC
Nr. 6 holes
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator

Holes on the tank

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

53 Suction filters
SF2 500 SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540
Dimensions
SF2535

Recommended
clearance space
OUT for maintenance

with microswitch
Connection C1
Welding flange

Flat seal
2
Total length
immersed
in the tank
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
M12 - 7/16” UNC
R 1/4” Connection for Nr. 6 holes
clogging indicator

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

SF2540

Recommended
clearance space
OUT for maintenance
with microswitch

Connection C1 Welding flange


Flat seal
2

Total length
immersed
in the tank
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
M12 - 7/16” UNC
Nr. 6 holes

R 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

Suction filters 54
SPARE PARTS SF2 500
Order number for spare parts

3d

SF2 500 SF2 503


SF2 501 SF2 504 3c
3c

3b
3b

3a
3a

3g
3g
2
2

3f
3e

3e
3f

SF2 505 3c

SF2 510
SF2 535
SF2 540
3b

3a

3g

3e Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
3d SF2 500 02050141 02050142
SF2 501 02050143 02050144
SF2 503 02050070 02050071
SF2 504 See 02050072 02050073
SF2 505 order 02050043 02050044
3f SF2 510 table 02050045 02050046
SF2 535 02050051 02050052
SF2 540 02050053 02050054

55 Suction filters
Suction filters 56
Suction filters

Clogging indicators
Vacuum indicators

Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.

These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase
in pressure drop across the filter element.

The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.

MP Filtri can supply vacuum indicators with a visual, electrical or both signals.

Suitable indicator types

VACUUM INDICATORS
OUT OUT OUT
Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the
efficiency of the filter element. 1
2
1
2
3 3
They measure the pressure downstream of the filter element.
Standard items are produced with R 1/4” EN 10226 connection.
Available products with R 1/8” EN 10226 to be fitted on MPS
series.

IN IN IN

Quick reference guide


Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual
Filter series indicator indicator indicator
VLA21AA51P01
SF2 250 - 350
VVA16P01 VLA21AA52P01
SF2 500 - 501 - 503 - 504 - 505 VEA21AA50P01
VVR16P01 VLA21AA53P01
SF2 510 - 535 - 540
VLA21AA71P01

57 Suction filters
VACUUM INDICATORS

12

12
12
Dimensions
R R

VE*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical Vacuum Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
R Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
EN 10226 - R1/4” VE A 21 A A 50 P01 3
- Seal: NBR

Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
- Max working pressure: 4 10 bar 4
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids

77
2
77

3 3 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943 3

73
1

1 3 - Degree of protection: 1 IP65 according to EN 60529 1

2 2 2
Electrical data
77
77

73
5
A/F 27 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
12

12
12

torque: 25 N∙m 4 A / 30 Vdc


2 5 A / 125 Vac
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
GREE
LAMP

R 1 R 1 2 4 A / 250 Vac R
3 - Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
12

12
12

2 - CE certification1
1
3 2
R R R
VL*51 - VL*52 - VL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
R Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Brass - Nylon
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A xx P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 Electrical3 symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar 3
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 4 1 1
- Working temperature:4 From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
2 oils, Synthetic fluids
77

GREEN RED
HFA,5 HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

LAMP LAMP

3 3
2
- Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1 1 1 1
GREEN3 Electrical data 2
77

RED GREEN RED


LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP
73

2 2 2
A/F 27
- Electrical connection:
3 EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Type 4 5 51 52 53
12

12

torque: 25 N∙m - Lamps 5 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac


2 - Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
R 1
GREEN
LAMP RLAMP
RED 1 2 GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
3
12

12

R VL*71 R
Hydraulic symbol Materials
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
Connections Indicator code 2 - Contacts: Silver
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A 71 P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 3Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 1
4 4 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP
5
3 3 2
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1
1 1
GREEN RED GREEN
LAMP
3
RED
LAMP
Electrical data 2
LAMP LAMP
2 A/F 27 2 - Electrical connection:
3 IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
Max tightening 5 - Lamps 4 24 Vdc
12

torque: 25 N∙m - Resistive load: 5 0.4 A / 24 Vdc

GREEN R RED GREEN RED


LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP

Suction filters 58
VACUUM INDICATORS
Dimensions

V VA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Axial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
ø43

EN 10226 - R1/4” V V A 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel


- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
ø43

Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass


- Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
R Red
18 ø43

Technical data
A/FR14 - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Yellow
18ø43

A/F 14 Fluctuating: 6 bar


Short time: 10 bar
Green
24

R cmHg - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C


- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
24

A/FR14 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


18

Conversion to SI units - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190


A/F 14
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
18
24

-12 -0.16
-18 -0.24
24

2
-76 1 -1.01 2
1

VVR 3
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Radial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
EN 10226 - R1/4” V V R 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel
- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
Red 2 - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
1
Technical data
ø53

Yellow - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar


ø53

Fluctuating: 6 bar
Short time: 10 bar
A/F 14 Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
ø53 18

cmHg - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids


ø53 18

R HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


Conversion to SI units - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
R
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
2
1828

-12 1 -0.16 1

-18 3 -0.24 2
1828

2
R -76 1 -1.01 2
3
1
4
3
R 5
28

28

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE


Series Configuration example 1: VE A 21 A A 50 P01
VE Electrical vacuum indicator 2 Configuration example 2: VL A 21 A A 71 P01
VL Electrical/Visual vacuum indicator 1
Configuration example 3: VV R 16 P01
VV Vacuum gauge 3

Type VE - VL Type VV
A Connection EN 10226 - R1/4” A Axial connection EN 10226 - R1/4”
R Radial connection EN 10226 - R1/4”
Vacuum setting VE VL VV
16 0.16 bar •
21 0.21 bar 2 • •
1
1
Seals 3 VE VL VV 2

A NBR • • 3
4
Thermostat VE VL VV 5

A Without • •
Electrical connections VE VL VV
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •
59 Suction filters
Return filters are used as process and safety filters to protect pumps
and hydraulic circuits from contamination as per ISO 4406.

They are available in 8 styles:


- MPFX-MPF tank top semi-immersed filter with external / internal oil flow;
standard filter element disassembly
- MPLX tank top semi-immersed filter completely interchangeable with Pall 8420 & 8520,
with external / internal oil flow; easy filter element disassembly
- MPTX-MPT tank top semi-immersed filter with external / internal oil flow;
easy filter element disassembly without any specific tool
- MFBX-MFB element and bowl assembly with optional cover and hold-down spring
for dirtbox or molded tank applications
- MPH tank top semi-immersed filter with internal / external oil flow,
therefore keeping the dirt inside the bowl and not on the filter element;
standard filter element disassembly, magnetic column as option
- MPI semi-immersed filter element specifically designed to be mounted
directly on the oil tank; magnetic column as option
- FRI, the oldest tank top semi-immersed return filter manufactured by MP FILTRI,
with external / internal oil flow; available in the single or duplex versions with
outlet connection, it can be used also as in-line filter
- RF2 semi-immersed filter with shut-off valve for side tank mounting, with
external / internal oil flow; easy filter element disassembly without any specific tool.

FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 24

Return filters 60
Return filters

MPFX page 63 MPH page 179


MPLX 91 MPI 203
MPTX 99 FRI 215
MFBX 117 RF2 231
MPF 125 INDICATORS 238
MPT 153 ACCESSORIES 248
MFB 171

61 Return filters
THE NEW FILTER CONCEPT

MPFX NEW FILTER ELEMENT WITH EXCLUSIVE


INTERFACE CONNECTION

MPTX Protects the machine from improper use


of non-original products.

MFBX Safety of constant quality protection & reliability

MFX
With exclusive filter element you are sure that only MP Filtri filter
elements can be used, ensuring the best cleaning level of the oil
due to the use of originals filter elements.
series

Filter element featuring


our UNIQUE end cap UNIQUE polygonal spigot
with polygonal design. fitting within the filter bowl.

The products identified as MPFX, MPTX, MFBX and MFX


are protected by Italian Patent n° 102015000040473
and by one or more of the following patent applications:

European Patent Pending: n° 16181725.9


US Patent Pending: n° 15/224,337
Canadian Patent Pending: n° 2,937,258

Return filters 62
Return filters

MPFX series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 750 l/min

63 Return filters
MPFX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar)
Flow rate up to 750 l/min - Cover
Nylon: MPFX 030-100-104-110
MPFX is a range of return filters for protection of the reservoir against Aluminium: MPFX 181-182-184-191-192-194-400-410-450-451-750
the system contamination.
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed - Bowl: Nylon
position.
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid aeration
or foam generation into the reservoir. Bypass valve
- Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
- Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 2” and flanged connections ∆p element type
up to 2”, for a maximum flow rate of 750 l/min
- Microfiber filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Multiple connections, to connect several return lines or drains
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
pressure drop across the filter media Seals
- 2, 3 or 4 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface
- Standard NBR series A
flatness and roughness
- Optional FPM series V
- O-ring or Flat seal, to meet any reservoir surface flatness and roughness
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(sold as separate item) Temperature
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item)
From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise
(sold as separate item)
- Filler plug, to fill cleaned fluid into the tank without an additional connection Note
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators
MPFX filters are provided
- MYclean interface connection, to protect the product against non-original
for vertical mounting
spare parts
- External protective wrap, to optimize the flow through the element and
to save the element efficiency against non-proper handling

Common applications:
- Light Industrial equipment
- Mobile application

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
MPFX 030 0.40 - - - 0.29 - - -
MPFX 100 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.74 0.64 0.85 1.20 1.65
MPFX 104 0.82 0.96 1.02 1.25 0.64 0.85 1.20 1.65
MPFX 110 0.64 0.68 0.71 0.78 - - - -
MPFX 181 2.20 3.00 - - 2.50 4.00 - -
MPFX 182 2.30 3.10 - - 2.50 4.00 - -
MPFX 184 2.55 3.45 - - 2.65 4.45 - -
MPFX 191 - 3.00 - - - 4.25 - -
MPFX 192 - 3.10 - - - 4.25 - -
MPFX 194 - 3.45 - - - 4.45 - -
MPFX 400 3.35 3.65 3.90 - 3.70 4.60 5.40 -
MPFX 410 3.55 3.85 4.10 - 3.70 4.60 5.40 -
MPFX 450-451 3.95 4.25 4.50 - 3.70 4.60 5.40 -
MPFX 750 6.30 - - - 8.45 - - -

Return filters 64
G 1 1/4”
0.10 G 3/4” 0.20
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” 2.5

MPFX
G 3/4”
0 0.05
0 1.25 0.10 G 1/2”
0 16 32 48 64 80
GENERAL INFORMATION
0
0 60 120 180 240 300

0 0
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0 16 32 60 120 48 180
Valves
Pressure drop
Valves
0.60 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184
0.40 Bypass191
MPFX valve pressure
- 192 - 194 drop Bypass Valves
valve pressure drop
0.20 G 1” 0.40 Filter housings
MPFX ∆p
100 pressure
- 104 - 110 drop
MPFX 030 MPFX 100 - 104 - 110 Length 1 - 2 6 Bypass181
valve pressure
0.45 0.20 MPFX 030 0.60 0.40 030 MPFX - 182 - 184 drop
MPFX MPFX 18x MPFX 191 - 1923 bar
- 194
0.30 5 G 1” MPFX 030
0.15 G 1 1/4”G 1” 0.30 5 0.40
MPFX 030 1.75 ba
G 3/4” 3 bar G 1” 4.5 MPFX 030
0.30 0.15 0.45 0.30 5 3
0.20 3.75 G 1”
0.10 G 1/2” 0.20 G 1 1/4” 3.75 0.30
G 3/4” 1.75 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar
G 1 1/4” 3 1.75 b
0.15 0.10 G 3/4” 0.30 0.20 MPFXG 19x
1 1/4” 3.75
0.10 G 1/2” 2.5 G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” G 1/2” 2.5 0.20
G 1 1/4”
G 3/4” 1.5
0 0.05 0.15 0.10 G 1/2” 2.5
0 00 42 84 126 168 210 1.25 0.10
0 1.25
0 60 120 180 240 300
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 60
80 120
160 180
240 240320 300400 0
0 0 0 0 1.25 70 140 210
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0Valves 0 42 6084 120126 180168 240210 300 0
0
Flow rate l/min 0 16 32 rate l/min
Flow 48 64 80 0 80 160 48 240
0 16 32
0.40 Bypass valve pressure drop 0
MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 Valves 0 16 32 4
0.60 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 0.60 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184
0.40 MPFX 100 - 104 - 110 Length 3 - 4 MPFX 030
Bypass191 -- 192
valve -- 194
pressure MPFX 191 - 192 - 194
0.30 G 1” 5 MPFX 100 104 110 drop
0.40
0.60 G 1” 60.40 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 G 1 1/2” 8 MPFX 100 - 104 - 110
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 6
0.45 MPFX
G 1”18x 0.45 0.40 3 bar 3 bar 0.60
G 1 1/4” MPFX 18x MPFX 100 - 104 - 110
3 bar
0.30 MPFX 030 6
0.20
0.30 G 1 1/4” 3.75
54.5
0.30 1.75 bar 6
0.45 G 1” GMPFX
2” 18x 1.75 ba
3 bar
G 3/4” 1.75 bar 4.5
0.30 G 1 1/4” 0.30 0.30 3 bar 0.45 G1
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.20 G 3/4” G 3/4” 4.5


0.10
0.20 G 1/2” 2.5
3.75 4
0.30 G 1/2” 30.20
MPFX 19x 1.75 bar MPFX 19x 3
0.15 G 1/2” G 1 1/4” 0.15 0.20 0.30
0.10 G 3/4” 3
0.10
0 G 1/2” 1.25
2.5
0.10 MPFX 19x 2
0.15 1.5
0 60 120 180 240 300 1.5
0 0 0.10 0.15
000 42 84 126 168 210 0 0 140 280 420 560 700 1.5
0 1.25 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0
00Valves 60 120 180 240 300 00 16
80 32
160 24048 64
320 80
400 0 0 80 160 240
42 84 126 168 210 70 140 210 280 350
Flow rate l/min 0
Valves Flow rate l/min 240 00 70 140 210
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 80 160 320 400 0 0 140 280 420
0
MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 Bypass valve pressure drop 0 70 140 21
0.40 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 0 16 32 48 64 80
0.40 MPFX 400
MPFX 100 -- 410
104 -- 450
110- 451 Length 2 - 3
MPFX 400
MPFX 030 - 410 - 450 - 451 Length 1 MPFX 750 MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
5
0.60 6
0.40 MPFX
MPFX 181 Length
030 - 182 - 1184 6
” 0.30 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 MPFX 18x 50.60 MPFX 191 - 192 - 1943 bar MPFX 181 - 182 - 184
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 3G bar
1 1/2”G 1” 8 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194
0.30
0.40 8
MPFX
0.60 100 - 104 - 110 3G bar
1.75 bar 1 1/2” MPFX 181 - 182 - 184
3.75
0.45 64.5
0.30 3 bar
G 1 1/2” 4.5 0.40 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194
G 1 1/4” 0.45 G 1 1/2” 8
0.20 1.75 bar MPFX 18x 3.75 3 bar G G1 11/4”
1/4” 1.75
1 1/4” G 2” 6 1.75 bar
0.20
0.30 0.45 G 2” 6
∆p bar

∆p bar

G 1 1/4” 3
4.5 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4”
2.5
0.30 G 3/4” MPFX 19x 0.20 3 0.30
0.10 0.30
2.5 1.75 barG 2” G 2” 6 G
G 1/2” 4
0.10
0.20 0.30 4
1.25
0.15 31.5
0.10 1.5 0.20
MPFX 19x 0.15 4
300 0 1.25
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 2
0.10 0.15 2
0 80 160 240 320 400 00
1.5
00 0 0.10
2
00 16
140 32
280 48
420 64
560 80
700 0 00 70
140 140
280 420210 280
560 350
700
0 0 180 360 540 72
0 Valves 00 140
16 280
32 42048 560
64 700
80 0
Flow rate l/min 00 80 Flow
160 rate l/min
240 320 400
0 Bypass valve 160 drop 240
80 pressure 320 400 0 0 140 280 420 560 700 00 80 160 240
0 70 140 210 280 350 0 0 140 280 420
MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 0 80 160 24
0.60 MPFX 191
100 - 192
104 - 194
110 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 Bypass valve pressure drop
6
0.40 MPFX 030 MPFX 100
191 - 104
192 - 110
194
5 G 1 1/2” 68 MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
1”8x 0.40
3 bar
6 MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
MPFX 18x
3 bar 0.40 3 bar 6
0.45
0.60
4.5
0.30 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4” MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 33 bar
bar
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 1.75 bar MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 7
3.75 G 1 1/2” G 2” 84.5
6 0.40 6
0.30 1.75 bar G 1 1/2” 4.5
1 1/4” 0.30 G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.30
0.45 G G1 11/4”
1/4” 1.75 bar1.75
3
0.20 G 1 1/4” 3 bar bar 1.75
∆p bar

∆p bar

9x 2.5
MPFX 19x
G 2” 634 0.30 G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.20 3 G 1 1/4”
G 2” 0.20 3
0.15
0.30
1.5
0.10 1.75 barG 2”
1.25 41.5
2 0.20 3
300 0.10 1.5 G 2”
0.10 1.5
400 00
0.15
0 00 140
70
80 280
140
160 420
240
210 560
280
320 700
350
400 20 0.10 1.5
0 0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0 70
80 140
160 210
240 280
320 350
400
0 0
0 140 280 420
Flow rate l/min 560 700 0 180 360
Flow 540l/min 720560 900
0 0 140 280 rate420 700 0 180 360 540 72
0 140 280 420 560 700 0 0 0
0 0 80 140160 280 240 420 320 560
400 700 0 180 360 540
MPFX 181
100 --- 192
MPFX 191 182
104 --- 194
184
110
0.60 MPFX MPFX 400
181 - 410
182 - 450
184 - 451 - 750
86
0.40 6 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194
18x 3 bar G 1 1/2” 8 3 bar
3 bar
1.75 bar MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
G 2” 64.5
0.45
0.30
0.40 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/2” 64.5
3 bar
G 1 1/4” G 2” 6 1.753bar
bar
1.75 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar

19x 43
0.30
0.20
0.30 G 1 1/2” 3
4.5 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4” G 2” 4 1.75 bar

21.5
0.15
0.10
0.20 31.5
G 2” 2

700
400 0
00
0.10 0
1.5
00 140
70 280
140 420
210 560
280 700
350 0
0 80
140 160
280 420240 320
560 400
700 0 180 360 540 720 900
Flow rate l/min 0 80 160 rate l/min
Flow 240 320 400
0 0
The curves0 are plotted
140 280 mineral
using 560density700
420 oil with of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance
0 180 with360
ISO 3968.
540 720 900
MPFX 400
MPFX 181 -- 410
182 -- 450
184 - 451 - 750
∆p varies
6 proportionally with
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 density.
MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
8
0.40 3 bar 6 65 Return filters
3 bar 3 bar
” 4.5
MPFX GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H series


Filter element design - N series
M25
Filter series A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
Length M60 P10 P25
M90
MPFX 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66

1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPFX 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
100-104-110 3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
MPFX 1 127 148 235 243 278 441 285 299
181-182-184 2 231 262 358 382 388 472 404 412
MPFX 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
191-192-194
1 150 171 294 304 350 585 370 390
MPFX 400 2 237 252 454 462 589 868 619 645
3 248 288 553 609 621 885 680 703

1 146 167 277 285 325 512 341 357


MPFX 410 2 226 239 396 402 485 644 503 519
3 236 269 462 497 505 653 539 553

1 150 171 294 304 350 585 370 390


MPFX 2 237 252 454 462 589 868 619 645
450-451
3 248 288 553 609 621 885 680 703

MPFX 750 1 392 465 623 700 769 929 804 819
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections
MPFX 030 •
MPFX 100 •
MPFX 104 •
MPFX 110 •
MPFX 181 •
MPFX 182 •
MPFX 184 • •
MPFX 191 •
MPFX 192 •
MPFX 194 • •
MPFX 400 •
MPFX 410 •
MPFX 450 •
MPFX 451 •
MPFX 750 •
Aux
IN IN IN

Return filters 66
GENERAL INFORMATION MPFX
Multiport

Standard - Single IN port Double IN port


Option: double indicator port

Double IN port - Drain port Double IN port - Double drain port


Option: indicator port

67 Return filters
MPFX MPFX030
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX030 1 V G1 M25 N B P01
MPFX030 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX030 1 A G4 A10 H E P01
Length
1
Seals and treatments
A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized
Connections
G1 G 1/2”
G4 1/2” NPT
G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber M25 Wire mesh
A06 Inorganic microfiber M60 Wire mesh
A10 Inorganic microfiber M90 Wire mesh
A16 Inorganic microfiber P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber P25 Resin impregnated paper
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX030 1 M25 N V P01
MFX030 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX030 1 A10 H B E P01
Element length
1

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 68
MPFX030 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX030
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank

IN

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator
M6 - 1/4” UNC
Nr. 2 holes

69 Return filters
MPFX MPFX100 - MPFX104
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX100 2 W G3 A06 W B P01
MPFX100 MPFX104 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX104 4 A G8 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Seals and treatments
A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized
Connections Size 100 Size 104 Connections Size 100 Size 104
G1 G 1/2” • • G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF • •
G2 G 3/4” • • G8 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN • •
G3 G 1” • • G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 1/2” NPT • • G10 G 1 1/4” •
G5 3/4” NPT • • G11 1 1/4” NPT •
G6 1” NPT • • G12 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 2 A06 W B P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 4 P10 N B E P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 70
MPFX100 - MPFX104 MPFX
Dimensions

H2 - Recommended
MPFX100
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 102 120
2 147 170
IN 3 225 250
4 327 350

O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator Holes on the tank

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
M8 - 5/16” UNC
T - Optional connection Nr. 2 holes
for clogging indicator

MPFX104
H2 - Recommended
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance
length [mm] [mm]
1 100 120
2 145 170
IN 3 223 250
4 325 350
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

T - Optional T - Optional
connection for connection for
clogging indicator clogging indicator M8 - 5/16” UNC Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

71 Return filters
MPFX MPFX110
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size
Configuration example 1: MPFX110 3 Z G4 2 M25 W B P01
MPFX110 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX110 4 A G8 1 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Seals and treatments


A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 1/2” G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G2 G 3/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G8 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16”- 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4”- 16 UNF
G3 G 1” G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 1/2” NPT G10 G 1 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G5 3/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT G11 1 1/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1” NPT G12 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16”- 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4”- 16 UNF
Aux connection - see previous table
1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 3 M25 W V P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 4 P10 N B E P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 72
MPFX110 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX110
H2 - Recommended
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
1 102 120
2 147 170
IN 3 225 250
4 327 350

O-Ring seal Connections T


H1 - Total length G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
immersed in the tank G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
G10 G 1/8”
G11-G12 1/8” NPT

OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Connection for Nr. 2 holes


clogging indicator

73 Return filters
MPFX MPFX181 - MPFX191
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX181 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPFX181 MPFX191 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX191 2 V G2 P10 N B P01
Length Size 181 Size 191
1 •
2 • •

Seals and treatments


A NBR B NBR flat seal on head
V FPM D FPM flat seal on head
W NBR head anodized L NBR head anodized, flat seal on head
Z FPM head anodized M FPM head anodized, flat seal on head

Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G5 1 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 1 A25 H B E P01
MFX180 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX180 2 P10 N V P01
Element length
1
2

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 74
MPFX181 - MPFX191 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPFX181
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 235 255
IN 2 448 475

Connections H3
O-Ring seal [mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
G2 - G5 - G8 37
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

Recommended MPFX191
clearance space
for maintenance Connections H3
[mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
IN G2 - G5 - G8 37

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank
455 455
38
38

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

75 Return filters
MPFX MPFX182 - MPFX192
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX182 1 A G1 1 A25 H E P01
MPFX182 MPFX192 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX192 2 V G4 2 P10 N B P01

Length Size 182 Size 192


1 •
2 • •
Seals and treatments
A NBR B NBR flat seal on head
V FPM D FPM flat seal on head
W NBR head anodized L NBR head anodized, flat seal on head
Z FPM head anodized M FPM head anodized, flat seal on head
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 1 1/4” G 1/2” G 3/4”
G4 1 1/4” NPT 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 8 - 3/16”- 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16”- 12 UN
Aux connection - see previous table
1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 1 A25 H B E P01
MFX180 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX180 2 P10 N V P01

Element length
1
2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 76
MPFX182 - MPFX192 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPFX182
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 235 255
IN 2 448 475

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

Recommended
MPFX192
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
455 455

immersed in the tank


38 38

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

77 Return filters
MPFX MPFX184 - MPFX194
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX184 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPFX184 MPFX194 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX194 2 V F3 P10 N B P01
Length Size 184 Size 194
1 •
2 • •
Seals and treatments
A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized

Main Connections Rear connections Main Connections Rear connections


G1 G 1 1/4” - G13 G 1 1/2” -
G2 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/4” G14 G 1 1/2” G 1 1/4”
G4 1 1/4” NPT - G15 1 1/2” NPT -
G5 1 1/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT G16 1 1/2” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN - F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M -
G8 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC -
G10 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN - F3 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G11 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN F4 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 1 A25 H B E P01
MFX180 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX180 2 P10 N V P01
Element length
1
2

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 78
MPFX184 - MPFX194 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX184
H2 - Recommended 1 connection port
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN
Connection T
O-Ring seal G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length
G4 - G7 - G10 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G13 G 1/8”
G15 - F1 - F2 1/8” NPT

OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

MPFX184
H2 - Recommended 2 connection ports
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN IN
Connection T
O-Ring seal G2 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT

OUT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

79 Return filters
MPFX MPFX184 - MPFX194
Dimensions
MPFX194
Recommended 1 connection port
clearance space
for maintenance Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G4 - G7 - G10 1/8” NPT
IN G13 G 1/8”
G15 - F1 - F2 1/8” NPT

O-Ring seal

452 452
Total length
immersed in the tank

38 38
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

Recommended
MPFX194
clearance space 2 connection ports
for maintenance
Connections T
G2 G 1/8”
IN IN G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal

Total length
452 452

immersed in the tank


38 38

OUT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

Return filters 80
MPFX

81 Return filters
MPFX MPFX400
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX400 1 A G9 A25 H B P01
MPFX400 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX400 2 V G4 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized

Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G6 2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G3 G 2” G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G9 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
G5 1 1/2” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX400 1 A25 H B P01
MFX400 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX400 2 P10 N V E P01
Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Additional features page


T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 82
MPFX400 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX400
H2 - Recommended Filter H1 H2 D
clearance space length [mm] [mm] [mm]
for maintenance
1 187 210 50
2 252 270 63
3 300 315 63
IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

83 Return filters
MPFX MPFX410
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX410 1 V G4 1 P10 N E P01
MPFX410 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX410 1 A G1 1 A25 H B P01
Length
1 2 3

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized
Main Connections Aux size 1
G1 G 1 1/4” G 1”
G4 1 1/4” NPT 1” NPT
G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16”- 12 UN
Aux connection - see previous table
1 Aux size 1
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX400 1 P10 N V E P01
MFX400 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX400 1 A25 H B P01
Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Additional features page


T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 84
MPFX410 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX410
H2 - Recommended Filter H1 H2 D
clearance space length [mm] [mm] [mm]
for maintenance
1 187 210 50
2 252 270 63
3 300 315 63
IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

85 Return filters
MPFX MPFX450 - MPFX451 - MPFX750
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX450 1 A G1 A25 H B P01
MPFX450 MPFX451 MPFX750 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX750 1 V F2 P10 N E P01
Length MPFX 450 MPFX 451 MPFX 750
1 • • •
2 • •
3 • •

Seals and treatments


A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized
Connections Aux (only size 451)
G1 G 2” G 3/4”
G4 2” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M G 3/4”
F2 2” SAE 3000 psi/UN 3/4” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX400 1 A25 H B P01
MFX400 MFX750 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX750 1 P10 N V E P01

Element length MPFX 450 MPFX 451 MPFX 750


1 • • •
2 • •
3 • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Additional features page


T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 86
MPFX450 - MPFX451 - MPFX750 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPFX450
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 187 210 50
IN 2 252 270 63
3 300 315 63

O-Ring seal Connections T


H1 - Total length G1 G 1/8”
immersed in the tank G4 - G7 1/8” NPT
F1 G 1/8”
F2 1/8” NPT

OUT

T - Connection for Holes on the tank


clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

H2 - Recommended
MPFX451
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 187 210 50
2 252 270 63
IN 3 300 315 63

Connections T
O-Ring seal
G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4 - G7 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank
F1 G 1/8”
F2 1/8” NPT

OUT

T - Connection for Holes on the tank


clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

87 Return filters
MPFX MPFX450 - MPFX451 - MPFX750
Dimensions
MPFX750

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

Return filters 88
SPARE PARTS MPFX
Order number for spare parts
MPFX 100 MPFX 181

O-RING SEAL
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPFX 030 02050675 02050676
MPFX 100-110 02050677 02050678
MPFX 181-182 02050681 02050682
MPFX 184 See 02050685 02050686
MPFX 191-192 order 02050683 02050684
MPFX 194 table 02050687 02050688
MPFX 400-410 02050695 02050696
MPFX 450-451 02050697 02050698
MPFX 750 02050699 02050700

MPFX 104 MPFX 181

FLAT SEAL
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPFX 104 See 02050679 02050680
MPFX 181-182 order 02050691 02050692
MPFX 191-192 table 02050691 02050692

89 Return filters
Return filters 90
Return filters

MPLX series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 1800 l/min

91 Return filters
MPLX GENERAL INFORMATION
Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar)
- Cover: Anodized aluminium
Flow rate up to 1800 l/min - Bowl: Phosphatized steel
- Bypass valve: Steel
MPLX is a range of return filters for protection of the reservoir against
the system contamination.
Completely interchangeable with Pall 8420 & 8520, they are directly Bypass valve
fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed position. - Opening pressure 450 kPa (4.5 bar) ±10%
The use of the diffuser is recommended, to place the filter output al-
ways immersed into the fluid to avoid aeration or foam generation into
the reservoir.
∆p element type
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid - Microfiber filter elements: 10 bar
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir. - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN.

Available features: Seals


- Flanged connections up to 3”, for a maximum flow rate of 1800 l/min - Standard NBR series A
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Optional FPM series V
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- 6 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface flatness
and roughness Temperature
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise
From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Filler plug, to fill cleaned fluid into the tank without an additional connection
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators

Common applications: Note


- Heavy duty industrial equipment MPLX filters are provided
- Heavy duty mobile equipment for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 2 Length 2
MPLX 250 8.95 2.90
MPLX 660 20.20 11.00

Return filters 92
10

Δp bar
0.5
Δp bar 0.5

MPLX
0.5

GENERAL INFORMATION
5

0.0
*
0.0
*
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0.0 0
800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Pressure drop
0 100

Filter housings
MPLX 250 MPLX 660MPLX 250 MPLX 660
1.0
MPLX 250
0.5
MPLX15250
∆p pressure15 drop
1.0 15

10

∆p bar
∆p bar

10
0.5
0.5
5 5
5

0.0 0.0 0 0
800 0.0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 00 0200 400
100 600 200 800 1000
300 400 1400 500 1600
1200 600 0 200
0 100 200 300 400 500l/min600
Flow rate 700 800 0 100 200 Flow rate
300 l/min 400 500 600

MPLX 660 MPLX 660 Bypass valve


0.5
MPLX 660
MPLX 250 MPLX15660
0.5 15 15 pressure drop

10

∆p bar
∆p bar

5
5 5

0.0 0
0.0 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
800 0 0200 400
100 600 200 800 1000
300 1200
400 1400 500 1600 600 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p 15 MPLXproportionally
varies 660 with density.

0
1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
M25 P10
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P25
M90
MPLX 250 2 157 155 281 312 325 583 392
MPLX 660 2 376 384 820 925 1018 1732 1332
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection + Diff. indic.
MPLX 250 •
MPLX 660 •
IN

D.I.

OUT

93 Return filters
MPLX MPLX250 - MPLX660
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPLX250 2 D S W A 6 M25 P01
MPLX250 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPLX660 2 D D A B 6 A10 P01
MPLX660 Filter element with private spigot

Length
2

By-pass valve
D 4.5 bar
Diffuser
S Without diffuser
D With standard diffuser
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR filter element compatible • •
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections MPLX250 MPLX660


A 2” SAE 3000 psi/M 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
B 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Connection for differential indicator


6 With plugged connection

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MLX250 2 M25 W P01
MLX250 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MLX660 2 A10 A P01
MLX660 Filter element with private spigot
Element length
2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
Execution
W NBR filter element compatible • • P01 MP Filtri standard
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246

Return filters 94
MPLX250 MPLX
Dimensions

H3 - Recommended MPLX250
92 89 clearance space with diffuser
for maintenance

8
Filter H1 H3
length [mm] [mm]
2 422 350
Drain plug

132
IN

53
O-Ring

14
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
A/F 55
A/F 69

M10 - 3/8” UNC


Nr. 6 holes Holes on the tank

Ø120
Ø170
IN
197

30°

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

MPLX250
H3 - Recommended without diffuser
92 89 clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H3
length [mm] [mm]
8

2 325 350

Drain plug
132

IN
53
14

O-Ring

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

A/F 55

G 1 1/2” M10 - 3/8” UNC Holes on the tank


OUT Nr. 6 holes
Ø120
Ø170

IN
197

30°

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

95 Return filters
MPLX MPLX660
Dimensions

H3 - Recommended
MPLX660
clearance space with diffuser
127 117 for maintenance Filter H1 H3

8
length [mm] [mm]
2 563 445
Drain plug

165
IN

71
O-Ring seal

19
H1 - Total length
immersed
in the tank
A/F 95
A/F 100

M10 - 3/8” UNC


Nr. 6 holes Holes on the tank

Ø225.4
Ø185
255

IN
30°

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

MPLX660
without diffuser
H3 - Recommended Filter H1 H3
clearance space
127 117 for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
8

2 429 445

Drain plug
165

IN
71

O-Ring seal
19

H1 - Total length
immersed
in the tank

A/F 95

G 3” M10 - 3/8” UNC


OUT Nr. 6 holes Holes on the tank
Ø225.4
Ø185
255

IN
30°

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

Return filters 96
SPARE PARTS MPLX
Order number for spare parts

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4 5
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Diffuser
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
MPLX 250 See 02050745 02050746 STD 100 C 115 P01
order T2H T2V
MPLX 660 table 02050747 02050748 STD 150 E 155 P01

97 Return filters
Return filters 98
Return filters

MPTX series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 300 l/min

99 Return filters
MPTX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar)
- Cover: Nylon
Flow rate up to 300 l/min - Bowl: Nylon

MPTX is a range of return filters with integrated breather filter, for


protection of the reservoir against the system contamination. Bypass valve
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
position. - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
∆p element type
Available features: - Microfiber filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/4”, for a maximum flow rate - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
of 300 l/min
- Multiple connections, to connect several return lines or drains
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir
Seals
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive - Standard NBR series A
pressure drop across the filter media - Optional FPM series V
- 2, 4 or 6 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface
flatness and roughness
- O-ring or Flat seal, to meet any reservoir surface flatness and roughness
Temperature
- Screw-in cover with a special shape, to allow the filter element From -25 °C to +110 °C
replacement without the use of specific tools
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(sold as separate item)
Note
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) MPTX filters are provided
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise for vertical mounting
(sold as separate item)
- Integrated breather filter, to clean the air that moves into the reservoir
as result of the oil level fluctuation
- Integrated breather filter with pressurization valve, to clean the air
that moves into the reservoir as result of the oil level fluctuation and to
guarantee the pressurization into the reservoir
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators
- MYclean interface connection, to protect the product against non-original
spare parts
- External protective wrap, to optimize the flow through the element and
to save the element efficiency against non-proper handling

Common applications:
- Light industrial equipment
- Mobile application

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
MPTX 025 0.41 0.45 0.50 - 0.24 0.35 0.42 -
MPTX 027 0.44 0.48 0.55 - 0.24 0.35 0.42 -
MPTX 110 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.40 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74
MPTX 114 1.10 1.15 1.25 1.50 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74
MPTX 116 1.10 1.15 1.25 1.50 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74
MPTX 120 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.40 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74

Return filters 100


0.45
Bypass valve pressure drop Pressure drop
0.45 G 3/8” G 1/2”
G 3/4” MPTX 025 - 027
0.30 5

MPTX
G 3/4” MPTX 025 - 027 MPTX 025 - 027

GENERAL INFORMATION
0.30 5 0.02
0.15 3 bar 3.75

0.15 3.75 0.015


0 1.75 bar 2.5 Pressure drop
0 18 36 54 72 90
0 2.5 0.01
0 18 36 54 72 90 1.25 ∆p pressure drop
Filter housings
MPTX 025 - 027 MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 - Length 1 - 2
0.60 Valves 1.25
0.60 0.005
Air breather
0
0.60 Bypass valve pressure drop G 1” Pressure drop
G 3/8” 0 16 32 4
0.45 G 1/2” 0.45 0 0
G 1”
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 40 80 120
0.45 G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G 3/4”
∆p bar

∆p bar
MPTX 025 - 027 MPTX 025 - 027
0.30 G 1 1/4” 0.30 5 0.02
G 3/4” MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.30 3 bar 6
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPTX 110 - 114 3 bar
0.15 0.15 6
3.75 0.02
0.015
3 bar 1.75 bar 4.5
0.15 2
1.75 bar
0 0 4.5
2.5 0.015
0.01 1
0 - 027 18
MPTX 025 36 54 72 90 0 42 84 126 168 210 3
0.60 0 Valves Air breather
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0 42 84 126 168 210 3
1.25 0.01
0.005
Bypass valve pressure drop Pressure drop
0.45 G 3/8” G 1/2” 1.5
0.60 0.40
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 - Length 3 - 4 01.5 0.005
0
0.40 G 3/4”G 1” MPTX 025
0 - 027 16 MPTX
0.30 50.30
32 48 64 80
0.02 0 025
0 - 027 40 80 120
0.45 21
0 70 140
0 3 bar G 1” 0
0.30 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 2
0 70 140 210 280 350 0 60 120 180
0.15 0.30 G 1” 3.75
0.20 0.015 1
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 1.75 bar MPTX 110 - 114
∆p bar

6 0.02
0.20
G 3/4” 3 bar G 1 1/4” 1: C With air breather 10
0 0.15 2.5
0.10 0.01
1.75 bar 2 S
2: D With anti-splash and
0 18 36 54 G 3/4” 72 90G 1 1/4” 0.015
4.5 1
0.10
0 1.25
0 0.005
0 42 84 126 168 210 03 60 120 180 240 300 0.01
0.60 0
Valves 0 60 120 180 240 300 Air breather
0 0
G 1”
Flow rate l/min 0 16 32 48 64 80 0
0.005 40 80 120 16
Valvesvalve pressure drop
Bypass
0.45 Pressure drop 1.5
Air breather
0.40
Bypass valve pressure drop G 1 1/4” Pressure drop
G 3/4”
0.30 0.30 MPTX 025 - 027 0.40 0 Bypass
0 valve pressure drop
MPTX
MPTX 110
0250 - -027
114 - 116
70 - 120 140 210 280 350 MPTX 110
0 - 114 60 120 180
5
0.40 0.02 6 0.02
MPTX 025 - 027 G 1” MPTX 025 - 027
5 0.02 3 bar
0.15 3 bar 0.30 2 2
0.20 1.75 bar
3.75 3 bar 0.0154.5 0.015 1: C With air breather 10
0.30 21 1 and S
2: D With anti-splash
3.75 G 3/4” 1.75 bar G 1 1/4” 0.015
0.20 1
0 0.10
∆p bar

∆p bar

1.75 bar
0 2.5 42 84 126 168 210 0.01 3 0.01
0.20
2.5 0.01 G 1 1/4”
0.10
0
1.25 0 60 120 180 240 G 1 1/4”
300 0.0051.5 0.005
0.40 0.10
1.25 0.005
0 *
0.30 0
0 * 0 0 0 60 120 180
210
240
280
300 0
0 60 120 180 24
0 00
Air breather 16
60 32
120 48
180 24064 30080 0 00 4070 80140 120 160 200 350
0 16 Flow
32 rate l/min
48 G 1” 64 80 0 40 Flow
80 rate l/min
120 160 200
Pressure drop
0.20 0.40
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPTX 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50
6 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.02 Air breather pressure drop
0.10 0.30 MPTX
MPTX 110
025 - 114 - 116 - 120
- 027 3 bar MPTX 110 - 114
0.02 6 0.02
3 bar 1.75 bar 2
4.5 2 0.015
0 0.20 1.75 bar 21
0 4.5 60
0.015 120 180 240 1 300 0.015 1
3 G 1 1/4” 0.01
0.10
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.01 3 0.01

0
1.5 * 0.005
0.0051.50 60 120 180 240 300 0.005
0.40
0 0
210 280 0 60 120 180 240 300
0 0 0 70 140 350 0
0.30
80 0 0 4070 80140 120210 160280 200 350 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l N /min Flow rate l N /min
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
0.20 2: 1:
D C With anti-splash and
1 C With air breather 10 μm With air breather 10SAP50
µ m 10 µm
MPTX 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
2 0.02
D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 μm
G 1 1/4”
0.10
2
0 *
0.015 1
The curves
0 are
60 plotted
120 using180
mineral240oil with300density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
0.01

0.005

0
350 0 60 120 180 240 300

1: C With air breather 10 µ m


2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
101 Return filters
MPTX GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H series


Filter element design - N series
M25
Filter series A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
Length M60 P10 P25
M90
1 7 10 23 28 42 59 51 54
MPTX 2 17 20 45 48 56 72 64 67
025-027
3 21 24 50 55 59 76 74 75

1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPTX 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
110-120
114-116  3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections Style 3 connections
MPTX 025 •
MPTX 027 •
MPTX 110 •
MPTX 114 •
MPTX 116 •
MPTX 120 •
Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN1 IN2

Return filters 102


GENERAL INFORMATION MPTX
Multifunction

MPTX 025 -027


Air breather port plugged Air breather standard Anti-splash air breather & pressurized
Indicator port Indicator port Double indicator port

Multiport - Multifunction
MPTX 110
Standard - Single IN Port Double IN Port - Double indicator port

Double IN Port Double IN Port - Indicator port


Option: double drain port Option: drain port

MPTX 120
Triple IN port
Option: double drain port

103 Return filters


MPTX MPTX025 - MPTX027
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX025 1 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPTX025 MPTX027 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX027 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3

Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections
G1 G 3/8” G6 3/4” NPT
G2 G 1/2” G7 SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
G3 G 3/4” G8 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/8” NPT G9 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G5 1/2” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MFX020 1 A10 H B E P01
MFX020 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 1: MFX020 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 104


MPTX025 - MPTX027 MPTX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Versions Version Version


D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator

MPTX025
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 130
2 163 195
3 202 230

Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Versions Version Version


D/P C S MPTX027
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 130
2 163 195
3 202 230

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

105 Return filters


MPTX MPTX110
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX110 1 S A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPTX110 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX110 3 P V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G5 1” NPT
Aux connection - see previous table
0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 1 A06 H B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 106


MPTX110 MPTX
Dimensions

MPTX110
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 144 170
3 222 250
4 324 350

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 2 holes

107 Return filters


MPTX MPTX114
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX114 4 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPTX114 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX114 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm pressurization 0.5 bar

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MFX100 4 A10 H B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 1: MFX100 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 108


MPTX114 MPTX
Dimensions

MPTX114
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 144 170
3 222 250
4 324 350

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

Nr. 4 holes

109 Return filters


MPTX MPTX116
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX116 1 S A G1 M90 E P01
MPTX116 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX116 2 S Z G9 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Flat seal on the head on request

Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Bypass valve Execution
E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MFX100 1 M90 N B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 1: MFX100 2 A03 W V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 110


MPTX116 MPTX
Dimensions

MPTX116
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 146 170
3 224 250
4 326 350

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws

Nr. 4 holes at 90° Nr. 2 holes

111 Return filters


MPTX MPTX120
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX120 1 A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPTX120 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX120 3 V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Rear connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G3 G 1 1/4” G 3/4”
G4 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Aux connection - see previous table


0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Bypass valve Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 1 A06 H B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 112


MPTX120 MPTX
Dimensions

MPTX120
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 144 170
3 222 250
4 324 350

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

T - Connection for Nr. 2 holes


clogging indicator

113 Return filters


MPTX SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

MPTX 025 - 027 - 110 MPTX 116

5
6

3g

3e

3f

3a
3a

2
2

3e
3b
3b
3f

3d
4
3d
3c

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc.
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version:
series element NBR FPM C D P Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
MPTX 025 02050701 02050702 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
See Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm series element NBR FPM
MPTX 027 order 02050703 02050704 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
table See
MPTX 110 02050709 02050710 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm
A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
MPTX 116 order
table
02050737 02050738

Return filters 114


SPARE PARTS MPTX
Order number for spare parts

MPTX 114 MPTX 120

5
6

3g

3e

3f
3a
3a

2
2

3e 3b
3b
3f

3d
4
3d
3c

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6 Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version: Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM C D P series element NBR FPM
See 10 µm 10 µm 10 µmm See
MPTX 114 order 02050707 02050708 A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01 MPTX 120 order 02050711 02050712
table table

115 Return filters


Return filters 116
Return filters

MFBX series BOWL ASSEMBLY


Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 500 l/min

117 Return filters


MFBX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Bowl assembly Bowl assembly materials


- Cover
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar)
Nylon: MFBX 020-030-100
Flow rate up to 500 l/min Aluminium: MFBX 180-190

MFBX is a range of return filter kits for protection of the reservoir - Bowl: Nylon
against the system contamination.
They are directly integrated in the moulded reservoir in immersed or Filter element materials
semi-immersed position to save space into the tank. - Caps: Nylon
Treaded or flanged covers can be provided. - Spring: Spring steel
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
Bypass valve
Available features: - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
pressure drop across the filter media ∆p element type
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
(sold as separate item)
- MyClean interface connection, to protect the product against non-original
spare parts Seals
- External protective wrap, to optimize the flow through the element and - Standard NBR series A
to save the element efficiency against non-proper handling - Optional FPM series V

Common applications: Temperature


Mobile machines  From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
MFBX filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
MFBX 020 0.25 0.35 0.40 - 0.10 0.15 0.20 -
MFBX 030 0.25 - - - 0.15 - - -
MFBX 100 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.95 0.35 0.50 0.80 1.10
MFBX 180 1.60 2.40 - - 1.50 2.90 - -
MFBX 190 - 2.40 - - - 3.00 - -

Return filters 118


GENERAL INFORMATION MFBX
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H series


Filter element design - N series
M25
Filter series A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
Length M60 P10 P25
M90
1 7 10 23 28 42 59 51 54
2 17 20 45 48 56 72 64 67
MFBX 020
3 21 24 50 55 59 76 74 75

MFBX 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66

1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
MFBX 100
3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289

1 127 148 235 243 278 441 285 299


MFBX 180
2 231 262 358 382 388 472 404 412

MFBX 190 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection
MFBX 020 •
MFBX 030 •
MFBX 100 •
MFBX 180 •
MFBX 190 •
IN

119 Return filters


MFBX MFBX020 - MFBX030 - MFBX100 - MFBX180 - MFBX190
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MFBX100 1 A 2 A10 H E P01
MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190 Configuration example 2: MFBX180 2 V 1 M25 N B P01
Filter element with private spigot
Length MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Version MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190
1 Without cover • • • • •
2 With flanged cover type MPF • • • •
3 With threaded cover type MPT • •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Bypass valve Execution
E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 2 M25 H V P01
MFX020 MFX030 MFX100 MFX180 Configuration example 2: MFX100 1 A10 N B E P01
Filter element with private spigot
Element length MFX020 MFX030 MFX100 MFX180 MFX190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Additional features page
MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190
TE Extension tube • • • • • 248
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection • 249

Return filters 120


MFBX020 - MFBX030 - MFBX100 - MFBX180 - MFBX190 MFBX
Dimensions

MFBX

O-Ring
seal
O-Ring
seal

O-Ring
seal

OUT OUT OUT

.
Version 2 Version 3
Version 1

øA øB øC øD øE øF H J K1 K2 K3 L M N P R
Filter size Filter Length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 111 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
020 2 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 175 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
3 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 214 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
030 1 60.5 20 25.5 32 68 - 93 21 33 35 - 92 42 52 18 -
1 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 109 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
2 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 154 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
100
3 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 232 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
4 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 334 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
180
1 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 234 31 58 69 - 159 76 95 21 -
2 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 447 31 58 69 - 159 76 95 21 -
190 2 112.5 26 33.5 50 121 - 454 38 58 69 - 159 76 95 21 -

121 Return filters


MFBX SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

MFBX MFBX
version 1 version 2

1d 1e

1a

1b

Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 1 (1a ÷ 1d)
Filter Seal Kit code number
series NBR FPM
MFBX 020 02050713 02050714
MFBX 030 02050715 02050716
MFBX 100 02050717 02050718
MFBX 180-190 02050719 02050720

Return filters 122


123 Return filters
Return filters 124
Return filters

MPF series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 750 l/min

125 Return filters


MPF GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar)
Flow rate up to 750 l/min - Cover
Nylon: MPF 020-030-100-104-110
MPF is a range of return filters for protection of the reservoir against
Aluminium: MPF 181-182-184-191-192-194-400-410-450-451-750
the system contamination.
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed
- Bowl: Nylon
position.
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir. Bypass valve
- Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
- Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 2” and flanged connections up to 2”,
for a maximum flow rate of 750 l/min ∆p element type
- Multiple connections, to connect several return lines or drains - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
pressure drop across the filter media
- 2, 3 or 4 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface Seals
flatness and roughness - Standard NBR series A
- O-ring or Flat seal, to meet any reservoir surface flatness and roughness - Optional FPM series V
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(sold as separate item)
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) Temperature
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise From -25 °C to +110 °C
(sold as separate item)
- Filler plug, to fill cleaned fluid into the tank without an additional connection
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators Note
MPF filters are provided
Common applications: for vertical mounting
- Light industrial equipment
- Mobile application

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
MPF 020 0.30 - - - 0.26 - - -
MPF 030 0.40 - - - 0.29 - - -
MPF 100 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.74 0.64 0.85 1.20 1.65
MPF 104 0.82 0.96 1.02 1.25 0.64 0.85 1.20 1.65
MPF 110 0.64 0.68 0.71 0.78 - - - -
MPF 181 2.20 3.00 - - 2.50 4.00 - -
MPF 182 2.30 3.10 - - 2.50 4.00 - -
MPF 184 2.55 3.45 - - 2.65 4.45 - -
MPF 191 - 3.00 - - - 4.25 - -
MPF 192 - 3.10 - - - 4.25 - -
MPF 194 - 3.45 - - - 4.45 - -
MPF 400 3.35 3.65 3.90 - 3.70 4.60 5.40 -
MPF 410 3.55 3.85 4.10 - 3.70 4.60 5.40 -
MPF 450-451 3.95 4.25 4.50 - 3.70 4.60 5.40 -
MPF 750 6.30 - - - 8.45 - - -

Return filters 126


G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” 2.5
0.10 0.20

MPF
0 0 1.25 G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2”
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 60 120 180 240 300
GENERAL INFORMATION
0
0
00 16 32 48
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 60 120 180
Valves Pressure drop
0.60 Valves
0.40 Bypass
MPF 181valve
- 182pressure
- 184 drop
MPF 191 - 192 - 194
0.20 G 1” 0.40
0.40 Bypass
MPF 100valve
- 104pressure
Valves - 110 drop
Filter6housings ∆p pressure drop
0.45 MPF 100
MPF 020--104
030- 110 Length 1 - 2 MPF 18x Bypass valve pressure drop
0.20
0.30 MPF 020 MPF 030 0.60
5 0.40 3 bar
0.30 MPF 020 - 030
MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191
0.15 G 1 1/4”G 1” 0.30 G 1” 5 0.40 1.75 ba
G 3/4”
MPF 020 MPF 030 3 bar G 1” 4.5
0.30 MPF 020 - 030 3
0.15
0.20 0.45
3.75 0.30 5
0.10 G 1/2” 0.20
0.20 G 1” 3.75
1.75 bar G 1 1/4” 3 0.30
G 1 1/4” G 3/4” MPF 19x 1.75 b
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.15 G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
0.10 0.30
2.5 0.20 3.75
G 1/2” 0.10 G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” G 1/2” 2.5 0.20
G 1 1/4” 1.5
0 G 3/4”
0.15 0.10 2.5
00.05
0 42 84 126 168 210 1.25 G 1/2”
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 00 1.25 0.10
0 16 32 48 64 80 00 80
60 160
120 240
180 240320 300400 0
0 00 0 70 140 210
0
Valves 1.25
0 16 32 48 64 80 00 0 42
16 84
6032 120126
48 18016864 24021080 300 0 0
0.40 Flow rate l/min Flowdrop
Bypass valve pressure rate l/min 0 0 16 80 32 160 48 240
0
0.60 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 0.60 Valves
MPF 020 - 030
0 16 32 4
0.40
0.30 MPF 100 - 104 - 110 Length 3 - 4 5 MPF 100valve
181 104pressure
- 182 110 drop
- 184 MPF 191 - 192 G- 1194 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192
0.40 G 1” 60.40 Bypass 1/2” 8
G 1” MPF 100 - 104 - 110
0.60 3 bar 6
MPF 18x 0.45 MPF 181 - 1823-bar
184 G 1MPF
1/4”191 - 192 - 194
0.45 G 1” 0.40020 - 030 MPF 18x 0.60
0.30
0.20 3.75 MPF MPF 100 - 1043-bar
110
0.30 54.5
0.30 1.75 bar G 2” 6 6
G 1 1/4” 1.75 bar 1.75 ba
0.45 G 3/4” G 1” MPF 18x 4.5
G 1 1/4” 0.30 3 bar 3 bar
0.30 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.30 0.45 G1
0.20
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.10 G 1/2” 2.5 4


0.20 G 1/2” G 3/4” 3.75
30.20 4.5
0.30 MPF 19x 1.75 bar MPF 19x 3
0.15 G 1 1/4” 0.15
G 1/2” 0.30
0.10
0 G 3/4” 1.25 0.20 2
0.10 G 60
1/2” 2.5
1.5
0.10 3
0.15 0 120 180 240 300 MPF 19x
1.5
0 0
0.15
0
00 42 0 00.10 140 280 420 560 700 0
0Valves 80 84 126
160 240168 210
320 400 1.25
0 0 16 32 48 64 80
1.5
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 0 80
70 160
140 240
210 320
280 400
350 0 0 80 160 240
0Bypass valve
42 pressure
84 drop
Flow rate126
l/min 168 210 Valves
0 Flow rate l/min 00 70 140 210
0 400 0 0 140 280 420
0.40 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 Bypass0valve pressure
80 drop160 240 320
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 70 140 21
0.40 MPF 100 - 104 - 110
MPF 400
MPF 020--410
030- 450 - 451 Length 1 6 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 Length 2 - 3 MPF 750 Length 1 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
5
0.60 0.40 MPF 020 - 030 6
” MPF 18x
0.30 3 bar1/2” 580.60 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 3 bar MPF 191 - 192 - 194
0.30 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 G- 1194 G 1” MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192
0.40 4.5 MPF 100 - 104 - 110 1.75 bar
3G bar
1 1/2” 8
3.75
0.45 G 1 1/4” 60.30 0.60 3 bar
G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.20 1.75 bar 0.45
3.75 0.40 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 19
1/4” 0.20
MPF 18x
G 2” 6 3 bar G G1 11/4”
1/4” G 1 1/2” 8 1.75
0.30 1.75 bar 6
∆p bar

∆p bar

2.5 G 119x
1/4” 3 0.45 1.75 bar G 2”
0.30 G 3/4” MPF 4.5
0.20 G 1 1/4” 3
0.30 1.75 barG 2” 0.30
0.10
0.10 G 1/2” 42.5 G 2” 6 G
0.20 1.5 4
1.25
0.15 30.10 0.30 1.5
300 MPF 19x 0.15 0.20
0
0 21.25 4
0.10 0 60 120 180 240 300 2
0 0 80 160 240 320 400 0 0.15
0 1.5
0 0 70 140 280 350 0
00 16 32 48 64 80 210 0.10
Valves
140 280 420 560 700 00 0 140 280 420 560 700 02 180 360 540 72
0 Flow rate l/min 00 140
16 280 rate 420
32
Flow 48
l/min 56064 700
80 0
80 160 240 320 400
0 Bypass valve
80 pressure160 drop 240 320 400 0 0 00 80 160 240
0 0 70 140
140 280210 420 280 560 350 700 0 0 140 280 420
0.60
6
MPF 100 - 104 - 110
MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 Bypass valve
0 pressure
80 drop
160 24
0.40 MPF 020 - 030 MPF 100
MPF 181 -- 104
182 -- 110
184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194
18x 5 3 bar G 1 1/2” 68 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
1” 0.40 6 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.45 3 barMPF 18x
1.75 bar 3 bar
4.5
0.60
0.30
G 1 1/4” 0.40 33 bar
bar 6
3.75 6
4.5 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 1.75- 192 bar- 194 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.30 G 1 1/2” G 2” 84.5 0.40 6
1.75 bar G 1 1/2”
1 1/4” 0.30
3 G 1 1/4” 0.30 G 1 1/2”
1.75 bar1.75 4.5
0.45 bar
9x 0.20 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/4” 3 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar

2.5 4 1.75
633
0.20 MPF 19x
G 2” 0.30 G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.15
1.5 G 2” 0.20 G 1 1/4” 3
0.30
0.10
2 1.75 bar 2”
G
1.25 1.5
41.5
300 0.10 0.20 3
00 0.10 G 2” 1.5
400 0.15
0 0 140 280 420 560 700
0 00 70
80 140
160 210
240 280
320 350
400 200
0
1.5
0 0 16 32 48 64 80 00 0.10 80
70 160
140 240
210 320
280 400
350
0 140 280 420 560 700 0 0 180 360 540 720 900 0
0 Flow rate l/min 0 140 Flow
280 rate l/min
420 560 700 0 180 360 540 72
0 140 280 420 560 700 0 0 0
0 0 80 140160 280 240 420 320 400
560 700 0 180 360 540
100 - 182
MPF 181 104 - 184
110 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.60
86
0.40 6
MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194
18x 3 bar G31bar
1/2” 8 3 bar
64.5
0.45 1.75 bar MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750 3 bar
G 2” 0.30 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.40 G 1 1/4” 6 1.75 bar
G 2” 6
1.75 bar 3 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar

43
0.30
0.20 3
19x 0.30 G 1 1/2”G 2” 4.5 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4” 4 1.75 bar
21.5
0.15
0.10 1.5
0.20 3
G 2” 2
700
400 00 0
0.10 00 140
70
80
140 280
140
160
280 420
210
240
420 560
280
320
560 350
400
700 1.5 0 180 360 540 720 900
0
Flow rate l/min 0 80 Flow
160 rate l/min
240 320 400
0 0
The curves0 are plotted
140 using
280 mineral
420 oil with
560density700
of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance
0 180 with360
ISO 3968.
540 720 900
∆p varies MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 -
proportionally with density. 750
6 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194
8 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.40 3 bar 6 127 Return filters
3 bar 3 bar
” 4.5
6 1.75 bar
MPF GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H series


Filter element design - N series
M25
Filter series A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
Length M60 P10 P25
M90
MPF 020 1 7 10 23 28 42 59 51 54

MPF 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66

1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPF 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
100-104-110 3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
MPF 1 127 148 235 243 278 441 285 299
181-182-184 2 231 262 358 382 388 472 404 412
MPF 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
191-192-194
1 150 171 294 304 350 585 370 390
MPF 400 2 237 252 454 462 589 868 619 645
3 248 288 553 609 621 885 680 703

1 146 167 277 285 325 512 341 357


MPF 410 2 226 239 396 402 485 644 503 519
3 236 269 462 497 505 653 539 553

1 150 171 294 304 350 585 370 390


MPF 2 237 252 454 462 589 868 619 645
450-451
3 248 288 553 609 621 885 680 703

MPF 750 1 392 465 623 700 769 929 804 819
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections
MPF 020 •
MPF 030 •
MPF 100 •
MPF 104 •
MPF 110 •
MPF 181 •
MPF 182 •
MPF 184 • •
MPF 191 •
MPF 192 •
MPF 194 • •
MPF 400 •
MPF 410 •
MPF 450 •
MPF 451 •
MPF 750 •
Aux
IN IN IN

Return filters 128


GENERAL INFORMATION MPF
Multiport

Standard - Single IN port Double IN port


Option: double indicator port

Double IN port - Drain port Double IN port - Double drain port


Option: indicator port

129 Return filters


MPF MPF020 - MPF030
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF020 1 A P1 A10 H E P01
MPF020 MPF030 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF030 1 V G1 M25 N B P01
Length
1

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized
Connections Size 20 Size 30
P1 Hose barb ø12 •
G1 G 1/2” •
G4 1/2” NPT •
G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF030 1 A10 H B E P01
MF030 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF030 1 M25 N V P01
Element length
1

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 130


MPF020 - MPF030 MPF
Dimensions
MPF020
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank

Nr. 3 holes

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

Recommended
MPF030
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank

IN

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator M6 - 1/4” UNC
Nr. 2 holes

131 Return filters


MPF MPF100 - MPF104
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF100 2 W G3 A06 W B P01
MPF100 MPF104 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF104 4 A G8 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized

Connections Size 100 Size 104 Connections Size 100 Size 104
G1 G 1/2” • • G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF • •
G2 G 3/4” • • G8 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN • •
G3 G 1” • • G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 1/2” NPT • • G10 G 1 1/4” •
G5 3/4” NPT • • G11 1 1/4” NPT •
G6 1” NPT • • G12 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 2 A06 W B P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 4 P10 N B E P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 132


MPF100 - MPF104 MPF
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPF100
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 100 120 38 4
2 147 170 38 4
IN 3 225 250 47 -
4 327 350 47 2.5

O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
Holes on the tank

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
M8 - 5/16” UNC
T - Optional connection Nr. 2 holes
for clogging indicator

H2 - Recommended
MPF104
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 98 120 38 4
2 145 170 38 4
IN 3 223 250 47 -
4 325 350 47 2.5
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

T - Optional T - Optional
connection for connection for
clogging indicator clogging indicator Holes on the tank
M8 - 5/16” UNC
Nr. 4 holes
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

133 Return filters


MPF MPF110
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF110 2 A G2 1 A16 H E P01
MPF110 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF110 4 V G12 1 M60 N B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Seals and treatments


A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 1/2” G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G2 G 3/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G8 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16”- 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4”- 16 UNF
G3 G 1” G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 1/2” NPT G10 G 1 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G5 3/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT G11 1 1/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1” NPT G12 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16”- 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4”- 16 UNF
Aux connection - see previous table
1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 2 A16 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 4 M60 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 134


MPF110 MPF
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPF110
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 100 120 38 4
2 147 170 38 4
IN 3 225 250 47 -
4 327 350 47 2.5
O-Ring seal Connections T
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
G10 G 1/8”
G11-G12 1/8” NPT

OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Connection for Nr. 2 holes


clogging indicator

135 Return filters


MPF MPF181 - MPF191
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF181 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPF181 MPF191 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF191 2 V G2 P10 N B P01

Length Size 181 Size 191


1 •
2 • •
Seals and treatments
A NBR B NBR flat seal on head
V FPM D FPM flat seal on head
W NBR head anodized L NBR head anodized, flat seal on head
Z FPM head anodized M FPM head anodized, flat seal on head

Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G5 1 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF180 1 A25 H B E P01
MF180 MF190 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF190 2 P10 N V P01

Element length Size 180 Size 190


1 •
2 • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 136


MPF181 - MPF191 MPF
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPF181
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 235 255
IN 2 448 475

Connections H3
O-Ring seal [mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
H1 - Total length
G2 - G5 - G8 37
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

Recommended MPF191
clearance space
for maintenance Connections H3
[mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
IN G2 - G5 - G8 37

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank
445 445
31
31

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

137 Return filters


MPF MPF182 - MPF192
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF182 1 A G1 1 A25 H E P01
MPF182 MPF192 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF192 2 V G4 2 P10 N B P01
Length Size 182 Size 192
1 •
2 • •
Seals and treatments
A NBR B NBR flat seal on head
V FPM D FPM flat seal on head
W NBR head anodized L NBR head anodized, flat seal on head
Z FPM head anodized M FPM head anodized, flat seal on head

Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2


G1 G 1 1/4” G 1/2” G 3/4”
G4 1 1/4” NPT 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 8 - 3/16”- 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16”- 12 UN

Aux connection - see previous table


1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF180 1 A25 H B E P01
MF180 MF190 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF190 2 P10 N V P01
Element length Size 180 Size 190
1 •
2 • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 138


MPF182 - MPF192 MPF
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPF182
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 235 255
IN 2 448 475

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

Recommended
MPF192
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
445 445

immersed in the tank


31 31

OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator

T - Optional connection Nr. 4 holes at 90°


for clogging indicator

IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator

T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator

139 Return filters


MPF MPF184 - MPF194
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF184 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPF184 MPF194 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF194 2 V F3 P10 N B P01
Length Size 184 Size 194
1 •
2 • •

Seals and treatments


A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized

Main Connections Rear connections Main Connections Rear connections


G1 G 1 1/4” - G13 G 1 1/2” -
G2 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/4” G14 G 1 1/2” G 1 1/4”
G4 1 1/4” NPT - G15 1 1/2” NPT -
G5 1 1/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT G16 1 1/2” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN - F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M -
G8 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC -
G10 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN - F3 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G11 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN F4 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF180 1 A25 H B E P01
MF180 MF190 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF190 2 P10 N V P01
Element length Size 180 Size 190
1 •
2 • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 140


MPF184 - MPF194 MPF
Dimensions
MPF184
H2 - Recommended 1 connection port
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN
Connections T
O-Ring seal G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length
G4 - G7 - G10 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G13 G 1/8”
G15 - F1 - F2 1/8” NPT

OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

MPF184
H2 - Recommended 2 connection ports
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN IN
Connections T
O-Ring seal G2 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT

OUT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

141 Return filters


MPF MPF184 - MPF194
Dimensions
MPF194
Recommended 1 connection port
clearance space
for maintenance Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G4 - G7 - G10 1/8” NPT
IN G13 G 1/8”
G15 - F1 - F2 1/8” NPT

O-Ring seal

442 442
Total length
immersed in the tank

31 31
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

Recommended
MPF194
clearance space 2 connection ports
for maintenance
Connections T
G2 G 1/8”
IN IN G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank
442 442
31 31

OUT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

Return filters 142


MPF

143 Return filters


MPF MPF400
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF400 1 A G9 A25 H B P01
MPF400 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF400 2 V G4 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized

Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G6 2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G3 G 2” G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G9 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
G5 1 1/2” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF400 1 A25 H B P01
MF400 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF400 2 P10 N V E P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 144


MPF400 MPF
Dimensions
MPF400
H2 - Recommended Filter H1 H2 D
clearance space length [mm] [mm] [mm]
for maintenance 1 180 210 51
2 240 270 64
3 290 315 64
IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

145 Return filters


MPF MPF410
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF410 1 A G1 1 A25 H B P01
MPF410 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF410 1 V G4 1 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized

Main Connections Aux size 1


G1 G 1 1/4” G 1”
G4 1 1/4” NPT 1” NPT
G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16”- 12 UN
Aux connection - see previous table
1 Aux size 1
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF400 1 A25 H B P01
MF400 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF400 1 P10 N V E P01
Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 146


MPF410 MPF
Dimensions
MPF410
H2 - Recommended Filter H1 H2 D
clearance space length [mm] [mm] [mm]
for maintenance
1 180 210 51
2 240 270 64
3 290 315 64
IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

147 Return filters


MPF MPF450 - MPF451 - MPF750
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF450 1 A G1 A25 H B P01
MPF450 MPF451 MPF750 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF750 1 V F2 P10 N E P01
Length MPF 450 MPF 451 MPF 750
1 • • •
2 • •
3 • •

Seals and treatments


A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized

Connections Aux (only size 451)


G1 G 2” G 3/4”
G4 2” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M G 3/4”
F2 2” SAE 3000 psi/UN 3/4” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF400 1 A25 H B P01
MF400 MF750 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MFX750 1 P10 N V E P01

Element length MPF 450 MPF 451 MPF 750


1 • • •
2 • •
3 • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249

Return filters 148


MPF450 - MPF451 - MPF750 MPF
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPF450
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 180 210 51
IN 2 240 270 64
3 290 315 64

O-Ring seal Connections T

H1 - Total length G1 G 1/8”


immersed in the tank G4 - G7 1/8” NPT
F1 G 1/8”
F2 1/8” NPT

OUT

T - Connection for Holes on the tank


clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

MPF451
H2 - Recommended
clearance space Filter H1 H2 D
for maintenance length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 180 210 51
2 240 270 64
IN 3 290 315 64

Connections T
O-Ring seal
G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4 - G7 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank
F1 G 1/8”
F2 1/8” NPT

OUT

T - Connection for Holes on the tank


clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

149 Return filters


MPF MPF450 - MPF451 - MPF750
Dimensions
MPF750

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

Return filters 150


SPARE PARTS MPF
Order number for spare parts
MPF 100 MPF 181

3a
3a

2
2

3b
O-RING SEAL
3b
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPF 030 02050055 02050056
MPF 100-110 02050057 02050058
MPF 181-182 02050059 02050060
3d
3d MPF 184 See 02050455 02050456
MPF 191-192 order 02050457 02050458
3c MPF 194 table 02050459 02050460
3c
MPF 400-410 02050061 02050062
MPF 450-451 02050461 02050462
MPF 750 02050106 02050107

MPF 104 MPF 181

3a
3a

2
2

3b
3b

FLAT SEAL
Item: Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
3d
3d 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
3c
MPF 020 See 02050438 02050439
MPF 104 order 02050350 02050408
3c MPF 181-182 table 02050659 02050660
MPF 191-192 02050661 02050662

151 Return filters


Return filters 152
Return filters

MPT series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 300 l/min

153 Return filters


MPT GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar)
- Cover: Nylon
Flow rate up to 300 l/min - Bowl: Nylon

MPT is a range of return filters with integrated breather filter, for protection
of the reservoir against the system contamination. Bypass valve
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
position. - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
∆p element type
Available features: - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/4”, for a maximum flow rate - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
of 300 l/min
- Multiple connections, to connect several return lines or drains
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir Seals
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
- Standard NBR series A
pressure drop across the filter media
- Optional FPM series V
- 2, 4 or 6 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface
flatness and roughness
- O-ring or Flat seal, to meet any reservoir surface flatness and roughness
- Screw-in cover with a special shape, to allow the filter element Temperature
replacement without the use of specific tools From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(sold as separate item)
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) Note
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise MPT filters are provided
(sold as separate item) for vertical mounting
- Integrated breather filter, to clean the air that moves into the reservoir
as result of the oil level fluctuation
- Integrated breather filter with pressurization valve, to clean the air
that moves into the reservoir as result of the oil level fluctuation and to
guarantee the pressurization into the reservoir
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators

Common applications:
- Light industrial equipment
- Mobile application

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
MPT 025 0.41 0.45 0.50 - 0.24 0.35 0.42 -
MPT 027 0.44 0.48 0.55 - 0.24 0.35 0.42 -
MPT 110 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.40 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74
MPT 114 1.10 1.15 1.25 1.50 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74
MPT 116 1.10 1.15 1.25 1.50 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74
MPT 120 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.40 0.72 0.93 1.28 1.74

Return filters 154


0.45
Bypass valve pressure drop Pressure drop
0.45 G 3/8” G 1/2”
G 3/4” MPT 025 - 027
0.30 5

MPT
G 3/4” MPT 025 - 027 MPT 025 - 027

GENERAL INFORMATION
0.30 5 0.02
0.15 3 bar 3.75

0.15 3.75 0.015


0 1.75 bar 2.5 Pressure drop
0 18 36 54 72 90
0 2.5 0.01
0 18 36 54 72 90 1.25 ∆p pressure drop
Filter housings
MPT 025 - 027 MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 - Length 1 - 2
0.60 Valves1.25
0.60 0.005
Air breather
0
0.60 Bypass valve pressure drop G 1” Pressure drop
G 3/8” 0 16 32 4
0.45 G 1/2” 0.45 0 0
G 1”
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 40 80 120
0.45 G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G 3/4”
∆p bar

∆p bar
MPT 025 - 027 MPT 025 - 027
0.30 G 1 1/4” 0.30 5 0.02
G 3/4” MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.30 3 bar 6
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPT 110 - 114 3 bar
0.15 0.15 63.75 0.02
0.015
3 bar 1.75 bar 4.5
0.15 2
1.75 bar
0 0 4.5
2.5 0.015
0.01 1
0 - 027 18
MPT 025 36 54 72 90 0 42 84 126 168 210 3
0.60 0 Valves Air breather
0 42 Flow
84 rate126
l/min 168 210
Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve31.25
pressure drop 0.01
0.005
Pressure drop
0.45 G 3/8” G 1/2” 1.5
0.60 0.40
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 - Length 3 - 4 1.5
0 0.005
0
0.40 G 3/4”G 1” MPT 025
0 - 027 16 MPT
0.30 50.30
32 48 64 80
0.02 0 025
0 - 027 40 80 120
0.45 21
0 70 140
0 3 bar G 1” 0
0.30 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 2
0 70 140 210 280 350 0 60 120 180
0.15 0.30 G 1” 3.75
0.20 0.015 1
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 1.75 bar MPT 110 - 114
∆p bar

6 0.02
0.20
0 G 3/4” 3 bar G 1 1/4” 1: C With air breather 10
0.15 2.5
0.10 0.01 2 S
0 18 36 54 G 3/4” 72 90G 1 1/4” 1.75 bar 2: D With anti-splash and
4.5 0.015 1
0.10
0 1.25
0 0.005
0 42 84 126 168 210 03 60 120 180 240 300 0.01
0.60 0
Valves 0 60 120 180 240 300 Air breather
0 0
G 1”
Valvesvalve pressure drop Flow rate l/min Air breather 0 16 32 48 64 80 0
0.005 40 80 120 16
Bypass
0.45 Pressure drop 1.5
0.40
Bypass valve pressure drop Pressure drop
G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
0.30 0.30
0 Bypass
0 valve pressure drop
MPT 025 - 027 MPT
MPT 110
025 0- -027
114 - 116
70 - 120 140 210 280 350 MPT 110
0 - 114 60 120 180
5 0.026 0.02
MPT 025 - 027 G 1” MPT 025 - 027
5 0.02 3 bar
0.15 3 bar 2 2
0.20 1.75 bar
3.75 3 bar 0.015
4.5 0.015 1: C With air breather 10
21 1 and S
1.75 bar 2: D With anti-splash
0 3.75 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.015 1
0.10 1.75 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar

02.5 42 84 126 168 210 0.013 0.01


2.5 0.01
0
1.25 0 60 120 180 240 300 0.005
1.5 0.005
0.40
1.25 0.005
0 0 0 0
0.30 210 280 0 60 120 180 24
0 0
Air breather 16 32 48
64 80 0 00 4070 80140 120 160 200 350
0 16 Flow 48 G 1” 64
32 rate l/min 80 0 40 Flow
80 rate l/min
120 160 200
Pressure drop
0.20
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPT 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50
6 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.02 Air breather pressure drop
0.10 MPT
MPT 110
025 - 114 - 116 - 1203 bar
- 027 MPT 110 - 114
0.026 0.02
3 bar 1.75 bar 2
4.5 2 0.015 21
0 1.75 bar
0 4.5
0.015 60 120 180 240 1 300 0.015 1
3 0.01
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.013 0.01
1.5 0.005
1.5
0.005 0.005

0 0
0 0 0 70 140 210 280 350 0 0 60 120 180 240 300
80 0 0 4070 80140 120210 160280 200 350 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l N /min Flow rate l N /min
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
2: 1:
D C With
Withanti-splash and
air breather 10SAP50
µ m 10 µm
1 C With
MPTair
110breather
- 114 10 μm 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
0.02
2 D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 μm
2
0.015 1
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies
0.01 proportionally with density.

0.005

0
350 0 60 120 180 240 300

1: C With air breather 10 µ m


2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm 155 Return filters
MPT GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H series


Filter element design - N series
M25
Filter series A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
Length M60 P10 P25
M90
1 7 10 23 28 42 59 51 54
MPT 2 17 20 45 48 56 72 64 67
025-027
3 21 24 50 55 59 76 74 75

1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPT 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
110-114
116-120  3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections Style 3 connections
MPT 025 •
MPT 027 •
MPT 110 •
MPT 114 •
MPT 116 •
MPT 120 •
Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN1 IN2

Return filters 156


GENERAL INFORMATION MPT
Multifunction

MPT 025 -027


Air breather port plugged Air breather standard Anti-splash air breather & pressurized
Indicator port Indicator port Double indicator port

Multiport - Multifunction
MPT 110
Standard - Single IN Port Double IN Port - Double indicator port

Double IN Port Double IN Port - Indicator port


Option: double drain port Option: drain port

MPT 120
Triple IN port
Option: double drain port

157 Return filters


MPT MPT025 - MPT027
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT025 1 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPT025 MPT027 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT027 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3

Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections
G1 G 3/8” G6 3/4” NPT
G2 G 1/2” G7 SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
G3 G 3/4” G8 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/8” NPT G9 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G5 1/2” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF020 1 A10 H B E P01
MF020 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF020 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 158


MPT025 - MPT027 MPT
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Versions Version Version


D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator

MPT025
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 130
2 163 195
3 202 230

Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

Versions Version Version


D/P C S MPT027
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Filter H1 H2
Nr. 4 holes
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 130
2 163 195
3 202 230

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

159 Return filters


MPT MPT110
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT110 1 S A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPT110 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT110 3 P V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 2 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G5 1” NPT
Aux connection - see previous table
0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 1 A06 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 160


MPT110 MPT
Dimensions

MPT110
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 97 120 38 4
2 144 170 38 4
3 222 250 47 -
4 324 350 47 2.5

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 2 holes

161 Return filters


MPT MPT114
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT114 4 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPT114 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT114 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm pressurization 0.5 bar

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MF100 4 A10 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 1: MF100 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 162


MPT114 MPT
Dimensions

MPT114
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 97 120 38 4
2 144 170 38 4
3 222 250 47 -
4 324 350 47 2.5

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

Nr. 4 holes

163 Return filters


MPT MPT116
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT116 1 S A G1 M90 E P01
MPT116 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT116 2 S Z G9 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4

Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Flat seal on the head on request

Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Bypass valve Execution
E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MF100 1 M90 N B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 1: MF100 2 A03 W V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 164


MPT116 MPT
Dimensions

MPT116
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 99 120 38 4
2 146 170 38 4
3 224 250 47 -
4 326 350 47 2.5

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws

Nr. 4 holes at 90° Nr. 2 holes

165 Return filters


MPT MPT120
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT120 1 A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPT120 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT120 3 V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Rear connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G3 G 1 1/4” G 3/4”
G4 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Aux connection - see previous table


0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Bypass valve Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 1 A06 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249

Return filters 166


MPT120 MPT
Dimensions

MPT120
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 97 120 38 4
2 147 170 38 4
3 222 250 47 -
4 324 350 47 2.5

Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank

T - Connection for Nr. 2 holes


clogging indicator

167 Return filters


MPT SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

MPT 025 - 027 - 110 MPT 116

5
6

3g

3e

3f
3a 3a

2 2

3e
3b 3b
3f

3d 4
3d

3c
3c

Q.ty: 1 pc.
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM C D P Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
MPT 025 02050557 02050558 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
See Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm series element NBR FPM
MPT 027 order 02050559 02050560 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
table See
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm MPT 116 order 02050466 02050467
MPT 110 02050561 02050562 A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01 table

Return filters 168


SPARE PARTS MPT
Order number for spare parts

MPT 114 MPT 120

5
6

3g

3e

3f
3a
3a

2
2

3e 3b
3b
3f

3d

3d 4
3c

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6 Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version: Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM C D P series element NBR FPM
See 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm See
MPT 114 order 02050580 02050581 A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01 MPT 120 order 02050563 02050564
table table

169 Return filters


Return filters 170
Return filters

MFB series BOWL ASSEMBLY


Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 500 l/min

171 Return filters


MFB GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Bowl assembly Bowl assembly materials


- Cover
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar)
Nylon: MFB 020-030-100
Flow rate up to 500 l/min Aluminium: MFB 180-190

MFB is a range of return filter kits for protection of the reservoir against - Bowl: Nylon
the system contamination.
They are directly integrated in the moulded reservoir in immersed or Filter element materials
semi-immersed position to save space into the tank. - Caps: Nylon
Treaded or flanged covers can be provided. - Spring: Spring steel
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
Bypass valve
Available features: - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
pressure drop across the filter media ∆p element type
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
(sold as separate item)

Common applications: Seals


Mobile machines - Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
MFB filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
MFB 020 0.25 0.35 0.40 - 0.10 0.15 0.20 -
MFB 030 0.25 - - - 0.15 - - -
MFB 100 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.95 0.35 0.50 0.80 1.10
MFB 180 1.60 2.40 - - 1.50 2.90 - -
MFB 190 - 2.40 - - - 3.00 - -

Return filters 172


GENERAL INFORMATION MFB
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H series


Filter element design - N series
M25
Filter series A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
Length M60 P10 P25
M90
1 7 10 23 28 42 59 51 54
2 17 20 45 48 56 72 64 67
MFB 020
3 21 24 50 55 59 76 74 75

MFB 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66

1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
MFB 100
3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289

1 127 148 235 243 278 441 285 299


MFB 180
2 231 262 358 382 388 472 404 412

MFB 190 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection
MFB 020 •
MFB 030 •
MFB 100 •
MFB 180 •
MFB 190 •
IN

173 Return filters


MFB MFB020 - MFB030 - MFB100 - MFB180 - MFB190
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MFB100 1 A 2 A10 H E P01
MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190 Configuration example 2: MFB180 2 V 1 M25 N B P01
Filter element with private spigot
Length MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Version MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190
1 Without cover • • • • •
2 With flanged cover type MPF • • • •
3 With threaded cover type MPT • •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Bypass valve Execution
E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 1 A10 H B E P01
MF020 MF030 MF100 MF180 MF190 Configuration example 2: MF180 2 M25 N V P01
Filter element with private spigot
Element length MF020 MF030 MF100 MF180 MF190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Additional features page
MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190
TE Extension tube • • • • • 248
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection • 249

Return filters 174


MFB020 - MFB030 - MFB100 - MFB180 - MFB190 MFB
Dimensions

MFB

O-Ring
seal
O-Ring
seal

O-Ring
seal

OUT
OUT OUT

Version 2 Version 3
Version 1

øA øB øC øD øE øF H I J K1 K2 K3 L M N P R
Filter size Filter Length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 111 0 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
020 2 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 175 0 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
3 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 214 0 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
030 1 60.5 20 25.5 32 68 - 92 3 21 33 35 - 92 42 52 18 -
1 80.5 20 26 38 88 111 107 4 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
2 80.5 20 26 38 88 111 154 4 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
100
3 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 232 0 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
4 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 334 2.5 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
180
1 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 234 0 31 58 58 69 159 76 95 21 -
2 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 447 0
1d 31 58 58 69 159 76 95 21 -
1e
190 2 112.5 26 33.5 50 121 - 454 0 38 58 58 69 159 76 95 21 -

175 Return filters


MFB SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

MFB MFB
version 1 version 2

1d 1e

1a

1b 1c

Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 1 (1a ÷ 1e)
Filter Seal Kit code number
series NBR FPM
MFB 020 02050572 02050573
MFB 030 02050574 02050575
MFB 100 02050555 02050556
MFB 180 02050576 02050577
MFB 190 02050578 02050579

Return filters 176


177 Return filters
Return filters 178
Return filters

MPH series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min

179 Return filters


MPH GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Head
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) Aluminium: MPH 110-114-116-120-250
Flow rate up to 3000 l/min Anodized Aluminium: MPH 630-850
Painted Aluminium: MPH 660
MPH is a range of return filters for protection of the reservoir against
the system contamination. - Cover
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed Nylon: MPH 110-114-116-120
position. Aluminium: MPH 250
The use of the diffuser is recommended, to place the filter output Anodized Aluminium: MPH 630
always immersed into the fluid to avoid aeration or foam generation Painted Aluminium: MPH 660
into the reservoir. Steel: MPH 850
The filtration from inside to outside allows a cleaner filter element
replacement, the dirty remains into the filter element. - Insert assembly
Nylon: MPH 110-114-116-120
Available features: Aluminium: MPH 250-630-660-850
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections
up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 3000 l/min - Diffuser: Tinned Steel
- Multiple connections, to connect several return lines or drains
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Valve: Phosphatized Steel
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles
- 2, 3, 4 or 8 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface
flatness and roughness Bypass valve
- Flat seal, to meet any reservoir surface flatness and roughness - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar)±10%
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir - Opening pressure 250 kPa (2.5 bar) ±10%, except for MPH 850
(separate item)
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise
- Filler plug, to fill cleaned fluid into the tank without an additional plug ∆p element type
- Integrated breather filter, to clean the air that moves into the reservoir
- Microfibre filter elements - series MR: 10 bar
as result of the oil level fluctuation (MPH110/114)
- Integrated breather filter with pressurization valve, to clean the air - Fluid flow through the filter element from IN to OUT
that moves into the reservoir as result of the oil level fluctuation and to
guarantee the pressurization into the reservoir (MPH110/114)
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators Seals
- Standard NBR series A
Common applications: - Optional FPM series V
Heavy duty industrial equipment

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
MPH filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
MPH 110 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60
MPH 114 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60
MPH 116 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60
MPH 120 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60 1.60 1.70 1.80 2.20 2.60
MPH 250 3.60 3.90 4.20 5.60 - 4.40 4.40 5.40 8.00 -
MPH 630 6.50 7.00 7.40 8.50 10.50 7.30 9.00 11.00 13.00 19.20
MPH 660 - - - 11.50 14.00 - - - 14.60 21.00
MPH 850 32.00 35.00 38.00 42.00 - 13.00 16.50 21.00 25.00 -

Return filters 180


0.025 1” 0.075 3/4” 3”
0.10 1.5 0.30 2.5
0.075 3/4”
0.30 4.5
0 0.05 1 1/4”

MPH
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 0
4” 0.20
0.05 1 1/4”

GENERAL INFORMATION
0 480 960
0.20 1440 1920 2400 0 240 3480 720 960 1200
0.025
0.025 0.10
MPH 250
0.16 0.10 1.5
MPH 660 0
0.40
MPH 850 MPH 630 - 660 5
MPH 850
0
Pressure drop
0.40
0 06 80 160 240 320 400
0.12 1 1/4” 0 00 480 960 1440 1920
0 80 160 240 320 3” 400
0 480 2.5 bar 1440
960 1920 2400 0 240 1.75 480 720
0.30 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPH 110 - 114 - 0.30116 - 120 4.5 250 DN 100 3.75 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop bar
0.1 MPH MPH 660
0.08 0.1 0.16 MPH 660 0.40 MPH 630 - 660
MPH 250 4” 0.40 1” 6 850 3”
0.16 MPH
1 1/2” 1” 0.20 3 3” 2.5 0.40
0.20 0.075 3/4” MPH 850 1.75 bar MPH 850 2.5
0.04 0.075 3/4” 0.12 0.40 1 1/4” 0.30 5
0.12 1 1/4” 0.30 4.5
0.10 0.10 1.25 0.30 4” DN 10
1.5 1 1/4”
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.05 1
0 0.05 1 1/4” 0.08 0.30 100 4”
DN0.20 3.75
0 120 240 360 480 600 0.20 3
0.08 0
0 0 1 1/2” 0 0.20
0.025 1200 1800 3000
0.025 0 480 960 1440 1920 1 1/2” 2400 0.04 0 0
600 0.20
240 480 720
2400
960 1200 0.10 0 600 1200
2.5 1800 2400 3000
MPH 630 0.04 0.10 1.5
0.16 0.10
0
0 0 80Valves 0 160 240 0.10
320 400 0 1.25
Air breather
0 0MPH 850 80 160 240 320 400 0 120 0 240 360 480 600 0 480 960 0 1440 1920 2400
0.12 MPH 850 0 480 960 1440 1920 2400 0 0 240 480 720
0.40 0 120 Flow
240 rate l/min
360 480 600 Bypass valve pressure5 drop Flow rate l/min Pressure drop
0 0 0 600 1200 1800 2400
MPH 250 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2
MPH 250 0.16 MPH 630
0.08 MPH 110 - 114 - 116
0.16
0.30 - 120 DN 100 0.16 3.75 1.75 bar
0.1 MPH 630 MPH 110
MPH 660 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPH 850 MPH 630110 - 660
114
0.16 0.40
5 MPH 850 0.40 0.026 MPH 850
1” 0.401 1/4” 3” Valves 5 2
0.12 2.5 bar
0.04 0.12
0.20 1 1/4” 0.12 Valves Air breather 2.5 bar
0.075 3/4” 2.5 Bypass valve pressure drop 1
0.12 0.30
3.75 0.30 0.015
4.5 DN 100
Bypass0.30
valve pressure drop DN 100 Pressure3.75drop 1
0.08
0 0.08
0.10 0.08 4”
∆p bar

1.25
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.05 0 240 480
0.08 720 9601 1/4” 1200 0.20 1 1/2”
1.75 bar
0.20 0.013 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 1201.75 bar
2.5 5
0.041 1/2”
0.20 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 2.5 MPH 110 - 114
0.02
5 2.5 bar
0.025 00.04 0.04 0 2
2.5 bar
0.04 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0.10
1.25 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0.10 0.005
1.5
0.10 3.75 1.25 1
0 3.75 0.015
0 0 0 120 0 240 360 480 600
240 480 0 240 480 720 960 1200 0 1.75 bar
0 80 0 1600 240120 320 400360 600 00 0
0 240 480 720 960 1200 Air breather 0 960 1.75 bar 0 2.5 0480
Valves 00 480
80 160 1440
240 1920
320 2400
400 0 600 240 601200 0.01 1800
120 1802400 240
720 960 3000 1200 300
2.5 0 rate l/min
600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Flow rate l/min MPH 630 Flow Flow rate 0l/min 600 1200 1800 2
Bypass valveMPH pressure drop
630 - 660 0.16 Pressure drop
MPH 250 60.16 MPH 630 1.25
0.16 1: C With air 0.005breather 10 µ m
1.25
2.5 bar MPH 850 Valves 2: D 850
MPH With Bypass
Airanti-splash
breather
valveandpressure
SAP50 10dropµ m
Air
MPH 660 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 0.12 0.40 MPH MPH
250 Valves
110
630 - 660 - 114 5
4.5
0.40 50.12 46 0.02 Bypass valve pressure drop 0 Pre
0.12 1 1/4”
2.5 bar3” Bypass0 valve pressure drop2 0 0 drop80
Pressure 160 240 320
4” 0 80 2.5 bar160
1 240 320 400 0 60 120
1.75 bar 180
0.08 0.30 0.015 2.5 bar DN 100 3.75
0.30 33.750.08 1.75 bar 34.5 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.08 5 MPH 110 - 114
MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 0.02 1: C With air breather 10 µ m
1.75 4”
bar 5 2.5 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar

1 1/2” 0.04 0.20


0.01 1.75 bar 2.5 bar 2.5 MPH 2502: D With anti-splash and2 SAP
0.20 1.5 2.5
0.04 23 1.75 bar 4
0.04 MPH 250 3.75 1
4 0.015
3.75
0 0.10 0.005 1.25 2.5 bar
0.10 01.250 0 240 11.5
480 720 960 1200 2.5 bar 1.75 bar 3 1.75 bar
0 2400 00 240 480 720 960 1200
240 480 720 960 1200 3 2.5 0.01
0 120 240 360 480 600 2.5
0 0
0 0 0 0 2 1.75
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 0 480 80 960 1601440 1920
240 320 2400 400 0 0 240
120 60480
240 120 360
720 180960
480 240 600
1200 300 1.25
1.75 bar
2 0.005
MPH 630 Flow rate l/min 1.25
Flow rate l/min
0.16 MPH 850
5 1
Valves 1: C With 1 air breather 10 µ m 0Air breather
0 anti-splash and SAP50 10 0
2: D With µ m 0 80 160 240 320 400
0.12 MPH 850 MPH 250
MPH 630 - 660 1.75 bar MPH 850 0 80 160 240 320 400 0 60 120 180
0.40 3.75 6 Bypass 5 valve pressure drop Pressure drop 0
4
0 0 120 240 360 480
2.5 bar
0.08 2.5 bar 0 120 240 360 480 600 1: C
0.30 2.5 1.75 bar With air breather 10 µm
34.5 DN 100 3.75 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.02250
MPH
MPH 110 - 114
2: D With anti-splash and SAP
5 4
MPH 250 2
4” 4 2.5 bar
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.04
0.20 1.25 3 1.75bar
1.75 bar 2.5 1
2 0.015 2.5 bar
3.75 2.5 bar 3
0 3
0 0.10 011.5
240 480 720 960 1200 1.25 1.75 bar
3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 2.5 0.01
2 1.75 bar
2 1.75 bar
0
00 0
0.005
2400 0
Air breather0
0 600 240 1201200 480
2401800 7202400 960
360 4803000 1200600 1.25 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 1
Flow rate l/min 1Flow rate l/min
Pressure drop 0 0
0 0 60 120 180 240 300
Valves Air breather0 80 0 160 240 320 400
MPH 850 0 120 240Air breather
360 pressure
480 drop
600
5 1 C With air breather 100 μm 120 240 360 480 600
MPHdrop
Bypass valve pressure 110 - 114 Pressure drop
0.02
2 2 D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 μm 1: C With air breather 10 µ m
3.75 1.75 bar 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
1 MPH 250
110 - 114
MPH
0.015110 - 114 - 116 - 120 40.02
5
2
2.5 2.5 bar
∆p kPa

2.5 bar 1
3.75 0.01 30.015
1.25
0.005 1.75 bar 1.75 bar
2.5 20.01

0
3000 0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 10.005
1.25
400 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l N /min
0Air breather 0
1:80C With160
air breather 10 320
µm 0 3 60 0 120 120
180 240
240 360 480 600
300
The0 curves are plotted 240 mineral
using
2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10
400 density
oil with µm
of 0.86 kg/dm in compliance with ISO 3968.
Pressure drop
∆p varies proportionally with density.
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
MPH 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
0.02250
MPH
4 2 181 Return filters
1
0.015 2.5 bar
MPH GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
1 26 29 72 79 107 282 164 190
MPH 2 43 46 112 114 161 318 164 190
110-114 3 64 72 132 156 178 324 219 251
116-120 4 90 99 184 198 216 324 266 302
5 117 128 201 219 244 324 282 318

1 93 102 210 251 315 1093 339 383


2 124 151 327 412 421 1122 460 514
MPH 250
3 189 221 418 445 500 1137 544 616
4 261 304 592 670 766 1166 832 923

1 160 200 369 423 518 1894 565 632


2 240 257 571 611 1045 1929 1137 1285
MPH 630 3 330 374 745 788 1308 1938 1416 1577
4 374 403 887 1010 1348 1956 1448 1612
5 625 698 1210 1257 1723 2121 1839 1929

4 370 399 903 1042 1460 2376 1596 1830


MPH 660 5 624 699 1282 1343 1997 2663 2182 2331

1 775 1041 1246 1568 2242 3311 2371 2625


2 1176 1522 1682 1747 2449 3378 2684 2886
MPH 850
3 1490 1914 1995 2014 3035 3405 3144 3220
4 1668 2088 2305 2363 3169 3517 3272 3378
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections Style 3 connections
MPH 110 •
MPH 114 •
MPH 116 •
MPH 120 •
MPH 250 • •
MPH 630 • •
MPH 660 •
MPH 850 •
Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN1 IN2

Return filters 182


MPH

183 Return filters


MPH MPH110
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH110 1 S D S A G1 1 A10 P01
MPH110
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G2 G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G3 G 1 1/4” G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT
Aux connection - see previous table
0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 1 A10 A P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 184


MPH110 MPH
Dimensions

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Versions Version Version MPH110


D/P C S
T - Connection for with diffuser
clogging indicator Holes on the tank Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 188 255
2 188 255
3 238 305
IN 4 338 405
5 438 505

Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Versions Version Version MPH110


D/P C S without diffuser
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Filter H1 H2
Holes on the tank
length [mm] [mm]
1 129 190
2 173 235
3 223 285
IN 4 323 385
5 423 485

Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

185 Return filters


MPH MPH114
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH114 3 C E C Z G6 M60 P01
MPH114

Length
1 2 3 4 5

Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm pressurization 0.5 bar

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 3 M60 V P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 186


MPH114 MPH
Dimensions

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Versions Version Version


D/P C S MPH114
T - Connection for with diffuser
clogging indicator Holes on the tank Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 188 255
2 188 255
3 238 305
4 338 405
5 438 505

Connections T
Nr. 4 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Versions Version Version


D/P C S MPH114
T - Connection for without diffuser
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 129 190
2 173 235
3 223 285
4 323 385
5 423 485

Connections T
Nr. 4 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

187 Return filters


MPH MPH116
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH116 5 S D S A G1 A10 P01
MPH116

Length
1 2 3 4 5

Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar

Diffuser and magnetic column


D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column

Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Flat seal on the head on request
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 5 A10 A P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 188


MPH116 MPH
Dimensions

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

T - Connection for Holes on the tank MPH116


clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws with diffuser
Filter H1 H2
Nr. 4 holes at 90° length [mm] [mm]
1 190 255
2 190 255
IN 3 240 305
4 340 405
5 440 505

Connections T
Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

MPH116
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws
without diffuser
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
Nr. 4 holes at 90°
1 131 190
2 175 235
3 225 285
IN
4 325 385
5 425 485

Connections T
Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

189 Return filters


MPH MPH120
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH120 1 S D A G1 1 A10 P01
MPH120
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Main Connections Rear connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2


G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G3 G 1 1/4” G 3/4”
G4 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Aux connection - see previous table


0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 1 A10 A P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249

Return filters 190


MPH120 MPH
Dimensions
MPH120
H2 - Recommended with diffuser
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
1 188 255
2 188 255
3 238 305
4 338 405
IN IN 5 438 505

Connections T
Flat seal G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank

IN

T - Connection for Nr. 2 holes


clogging indicator

MPH120
H2 - Recommended without diffuser
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
1 129 190
2 173 235
3 223 285
4 323 385
IN IN 5 423 485

Connections T
Flat seal

G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank

IN

T - Connection for Nr. 2 holes


clogging indicator

191 Return filters


MPH MPH250
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH250 1 C D S A G1 A10 P01
MPH250
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Rear connections
G1 G 1 1/2” -
G2 G 1 1/2” G 1 1/4”
G4 1 1/2” NPT -
G5 1 1/2” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G7 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN -
G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M -
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC -
F4 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR250 1 A10 A P01
MR250
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Return filters 192


MPH250 MPH
Dimensions
H3 - Recommended MPH250
clearance space
for maintenance 1 connection port
Filter H1 H2 H3
length [mm] [mm] [mm]

Flat seal
1 182 247 255
IN 2 231 247 305
3 302 317 375
4 502 507 580
H1 - without diffuser
Total length Connections T
H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length
immersed in the tank
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes Holes on the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

H3 - Recommended MPH250
clearance space 2 connection ports
for maintenance
Filter H1 H2 H3
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
Flat seal

1 182 247 255


IN IN 2 231 247 305
3 302 317 375
4 502 507 580
H1 - without diffuser
Total length Connections T
H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
immersed in the tank
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes Holes on the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

193 Return filters


MPH MPH630
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH630 1 S E S W F1 M25 P01
MPH630
Length
1 2 3 4 5

Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar

Diffuser and magnetic column


D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column

Air breather
S Without air breather

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Main Connections Rear connections


F1 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M -
F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC -
F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR630 1 M25 A P01
MR630
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Return filters 194


MPH630 MPH
Dimensions
MPH630
1 connection port
Filter H1 H2 H3

Flat seal
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
IN 1 260 278 330
2 340 358 410
3 440 458 510
4 528 548 600
5 829 848 900

without diffuser

with diffuser
Connections T
F1 G 1/8”
F3 1/8” NPT

T - Connection for Holes on the tank


clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

MPH630
2 connection ports
Filter H1 H2 H3
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 260 278 330
Flat seal

2 340 358 410


IN IN 3 440 458 510
4 528 548 600
5 829 848 900

Connections T
without diffuser

with diffuser

F2 G 1/8”
F4 1/8” NPT

T - Connection for Holes on the tank


clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator

195 Return filters


MPH MPH660
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH660 4 C D S A F2 A10 P01
MPH660
Length
4 5

Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar

Diffuser and magnetic column


D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column

Air breather
S Without air breather

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Main Connections
F1 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 4” SAE 3000 psi/M

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR630 5 M25 A P01
MR630
Element length
4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Return filters 196


MPH660 MPH
Dimensions
MPH660
Filter H1 H2 H3
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 538 548 610
5 838 848 910

IN

Flat seal
without diffuser

with diffuser
G 1/8” Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

197 Return filters


MPH MPH850
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH850 1 C D S A F1 A10 P01
MPH850
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Main Connections Rear connections


F1 UNI 2223 DN 100 PN 10/16 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 UNI 2223 DN 100 PN 10/16 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F5 Not machined 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F6 Not machined 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F7 4” SAE 3000 psi/M 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F8 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR850 1 A10 A P01
MR850
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241

Return filters 198


MPH850 MPH
Dimensions
H4 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN IN

Flat seal
H1 - without diffuser
Total length H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length
immersed in the tank

Holes on the tank

Nr. 8 holes

MPH850
Connections UNI / SAE
Filter H1 H2 H3 H4
G 1/8” Connection for
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
clogging indicator 1 383 419 150 510
2 598 634 150 725
3 878 914 250 1005
4 1143 1179 250 1270

H4 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN IN
Flat seal

H1 - without diffuser
Total length H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length
immersed in the tank

Holes on the tank

Nr. 8 holes

MPH850
Connections SAE / SAE
Filter H1 H2 H3 H4
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
G 1/8” Connection for 1 383 419 150 515
clogging indicator
2 598 634 150 730
3 878 914 250 1010
4 1143 1179 250 1275

199 Return filters


MPH SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
MPH 110 - 114

3i 5
6

3a 3g

3h
3d

3h

3b
3g

4
3c

3f
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3i) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version:
series element NBR FPM C D P
3e See
MPH 110 order 02050565 02050566 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm
MPH 114 table 02050582 02050583 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01

MPH 116 MPH 120

3a 3a

3d 3d

3b 3b

2 2

3c 3c

3f 3f

3e 3e

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM series element NBR FPM
See See
MPH 116 order 02050741 02050742 MPH 120 order 02050567 02050568
table table

Return filters 200


SPARE PARTS MPH
Order number for spare parts
MPH 250 - 630

3a

3b

3c

3d

3e

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPH 250 See 02050151 02050152
order
MPH 630 table 02050153 02050154

MPH 660 MPH 850

3a
3a

3b 3b

3c

2
3d
3c
1

3e
2

3d

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. 3e


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPH 660 See 02050153 02050154
order
MPH 850 table 02050155 02050156

201 Return filters


Return filters 202
Return filters

MPI series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min

203 Return filters


MPI GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Insert assembly
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) Polyamide, GF reinforced: MPI 100
Flow rate up to 3000 l/min Aluminium: MPI 250-630-850

MPI is a range of return filter kits for protection of the reservoir against - Diffuser: Tinned Steel
the system contamination.
They are directly integrated in the reservoir in immersed or - Valve: Steel
semi-immersed position to save space into the tank.
The use of the diffuser is recommended, to place the filter output
always immersed into the fluid to avoid aeration or foam generation
Bypass valve
into the reservoir.
The filtration from inside to outside allows a cleaner filter element - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
replacement, the dirty remains into the filter element. - Opening pressure 250 kPa (2.5 bar) ±10%, except for MPI 850

Available features:
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir ∆p element type
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Microfibre filter elements - series MR: 10 bar
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles - Fluid flow through the filter element from IN to OUT
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(separate item)
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise Seals
- Standard NBR series A
Common applications: - Optional FPM series V
Heavy duty industrial equipment

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
MPI filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
MPI 100 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.50 1.80 0.90 0.90 1.20 1.60 1.80
MPI 250 2.20 2.50 2.90 4.30 - 3.50 3.50 4.50 7.00 -
MPI 630 3.40 3.90 4.30 5.40 6.60 5.80 7.40 9.50 11.40 13.50
MPI 850 15.20 18.20 21.20 25.20 - 8.80 12.20 16.70 20.80 -

Return filters 204


GENERAL INFORMATION MPI
Flow rates [l/min]

M25
Filters series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
1 26 29 72 79 107 282 164 190
2 43 46 112 114 161 318 164 190
MPI 100 3 64 72 132 156 178 324 219 251
4 90 99 184 198 216 324 266 302
5 117 128 201 219 244 324 282 318

1 93 102 210 251 315 1093 339 383


2 124 151 327 412 421 1122 460 514
MPI 250
3 189 221 418 445 500 1137 544 616
4 261 304 592 670 766 1166 832 923

1 160 200 369 423 518 1894 565 632


2 240 257 571 611 1045 1929 1137 1285
MPI 630 3 330 374 745 788 1308 1938 1416 1577
4 374 403 887 1010 1348 1956 1448 1612
5 625 698 1210 1257 1723 2121 1839 1929

1 775 1041 1246 1568 2242 3311 2371 2625


2 1176 1522 1682 1747 2449 3378 2684 2886
MPI 850
3 1490 1914 1995 2014 3035 3405 3144 3220
4 1668 2088 2305 2363 3169 3517 3272 3378
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbol
Filter series Style 1 connection
MPI 100 •
MPI 250 •
MPI 630 •
MPI 850 •
IN

205 Return filters


MPI MPI100 - MPI250 - MPI630 - MPI850
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPI100 1 C D A A10 P01
MPI100 Configuration example 2: MPI630 5 E D Z M25 P01
MPI250
MPI630
MPI850
Length MPI100 MPI250 MPI630 MPI850
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • • • •
4 • • • •
5 • •

Bypass valve MPI100 MPI250 MPI630 MPI850


S Without • • • •
C 1.75 bar • • • •
E 2.5 bar • • •

Diffuser and magnetic column


D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MR100 1 A10 A P01
MR100 Configuration example 2: MR630 5 M25 V P01
MR250
MR630
MR850

Element length Size 100 Size 250 Size 630 Size 850
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • • • •
4 • • • •
5 • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Seals Execution
A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized

Return filters 206


MPI100 - MPI250 - MPI630 - MPI850 MPI
Dimensions
MPI100
with diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 198
2 198
3 248
4 348
5 448

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length immersed in the tank


Filter seat

MPI100
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 141
2 185
3 235
4 335
5 435

O-Ring seal Filter seat


H1 - Total length immersed in the tank

207 Return filters


MPI MPI100 - MPI250 - MPI630 - MPI850
Dimensions
MPI250
with diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 266
2 266
3 336
4 524

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length immersed in the tank


Filter seat

MPI250
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 193
2 243
3 313
4 516

O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length immersed in the tank

Filter seat

Return filters 208


MPI100 - MPI250 - MPI630 - MPI850 MPI
Dimensions
MPI630
with diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 298
2 378
3 478
4 568
5 868

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length immersed in the tank


Filter seat

MPI630
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 275
2 355
3 455
4 540
5 841

O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length immersed in the tank

Filter seat

209 Return filters


MPI MPI100 - MPI250 - MPI630 - MPI850
Dimensions
MPI850
with diffuser
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 427 150
2 642 150
3 922 250
4 1187 250

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length immersed in the tank


Filter seat

H2 - Recommended
clearance space for maintenance

MPI850
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 405
2 620
3 900
4 1165

O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length immersed in the tank

Filter seat

Return filters 210


MPI

211 Return filters


MPI SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
MPI 100 MPI 250 - 630

with diffuser with diffuser


3c

3c
3a

3a

2
2
3b 3b

3d
3d

without diffuser without diffuser

3c

3c

3a
3a

2
2

3d
3d

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d) Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM series element NBR FPM
MPI 100 See order table 02050145 02050146 MPI 250 See order table
02050147 02050148
MPI 630 02050112 02050113

Return filters 212


SPARE PARTS MPI
Order number for spare parts
MPI 850

with diffuser

3c

3a

3b

3d

without diffuser

3c

3b

3d

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPI 850 See order table 02050114 02050115

213 Return filters


Return filters 214
Return filters

FRI series
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar) - Flow rate up to 1500 l/min

215 Return filters


FRI GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Filter body
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar)
Aluminium: FRI 255
Flow rate up to 1500 l/min Anodized Aluminium: FRI 025-040-100-250-630
Phosphatized Steel: FRI 850
FRI is a range of return filters for protection of the reservoir against the
system contamination. - Cover
They could be directly fixed to the reservoir in immersed or Polyamide, GF reinforced: FRI 255
semi-immersed position or connected to the lines of the system Anodized Aluminium: FRI 025-040-100-250-630-850
through the hydraulic fittings.
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid - Valve: Polyamide, GF reinforced - Steel
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
Bypass valve
Available features: Opening pressure 240 kPa (2.4 bar) ±10%
- Female threaded connections up to 2 1/2” and flanged connections
up to 3 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 1500 l/min
- Double input connections, to connect several return lines or drains ∆p element type
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 10 bar
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Seals
Common applications:
- Standard NBR series A
Heavy duty industrial equipment
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
FRI filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 Length 1
FRI 025 1.0 0.28
FRI 040 2.0 0.70
FRI 100 3.8 1.09
FRI 250 6.3 2.60
FRI 255 4.2 3.20
FRI 630 13.8 7.05
FRI 850 48.0 21.50

Return filters 216


0.4 4 44
0.4

1” 2 1” 22
0.2

FRI
0.2

0
0 50 100 150 200 250
GENERAL INFORMATION
0
0
0 18 36 54 75 90
00
00 6018 12036 18
0
Valves 50 100 150 200 250
Pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop

FRI 040 - 100 FRI 630


040- -850
6 Filter housings
6 6 ∆p FRI
pressure 100drop
FRI
FRI 250
025 -- 255
040 -- 630 FRI FRI 025 FRI 250 - 255
0.6
0.6
100
0.6 6 250 - 255 - 630 6
1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/2”
4 4
3/4” 4
0.4 0.4 4 4
0.4
∆p bar

∆p bar
2 1/2” 2 22
0.2 1” 2 1/2”
0.2 0.2 2 2

0 0
0
00 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 0 00 40030 800 12
0 60
00 200
50 400
100 600
150 800 1000
250 0 0 200 18 400 36600 54 800 751000 90 0 60 120 18
200
Valves
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop

FRI 040 - 100 FRI 630 - 850


FRI 850 6
FRI 6
FRI 025FRI
0.6 250--100
- 040 255 - 630 FRI 850
025 FRI 250 - 255
0.6 0.6 0.66 6
1/2” 1 1/2”
4 4
0.4 3/4”
0.4 0.44 4
∆p bar

0.4 3 1/2” 3 1/2”


2 2
0.2
0.2 1” 2 1/2” 0.22 2
0.2
0 0
0 00 0 0 800 1
0 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 400
Valves 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Valves
0 0 50 200 100 400150 600 200 800 250 1000 00 18 36 54 75 90 0 60 120 180
Flow rate l/min
Bypass
Bypassvalve
valvepressure
pressuredrop
drop

Bypass valve pressure drop


FRI
FRI025
025 FRI
FRI250
040- 255
250 100
- 255 FRI 630 - 850
6 6 66 6
FRI 6250FRI
0.6
850- 630
- 255
0.6
1 1/2”
44 4 44 4
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.4 0.4
3 1/2”
22 2 1/2” 2 22 2
0.2 0.2

00 0 00 0
0 0 00 1818 3636 5454 7575 9090 0 00 6060
30 12060 180 90 250
120 300
150 0 400 800 1200
0 120 180 250 300
0 0 200 1000600
500 400 Flow rate1500
l/min800 20001000 2500 Flow rate l/min

FRI
FRI040
FRI 040-- 100
250 - 100
255 FRI
FRI630
630- 850
- 850
66 6 66
FRI 850
0.6
44 4 44
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.4
3 1/2”
22 2 22

0.2
00 0 00
90 00 0 3030
60 6060
120 9090
180 120
120
250 150
150
300 00 400
400 800
800 1200
1200 1600
1600 2000
2000
0
1000 Flow
1500rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0
0 500 2000 2500

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies
6
proportionally
FRI 630 - 850 with density.

0
150 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000

217 Return filters


FRI GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - N Series


M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
FRI 025 1 6 10 17 19 43 122 43 47
FRI 040 1 19 23 43 45 94 155 94 102
FRI 100 1 32 34 89 92 187 260 187 206
FRI 250 1 144 179 271 300 448 645 448 490
FRI 255 1 144 179 271 300 448 645 448 490
FRI 630 1 242 279 508 577 834 1446 834 911
FRI 850 1 440 541 971 1143 1705 2528 1705 1880
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection + Diff. indic. Style 2 connections + Diff. indic.
FRI 025 •
FRI 040 •
FRI 100 •
FRI 250 •
FRI 255 •
FRI 630 •
FRI 850 •
IN IN

D.I.
D.I.

OUT OUT

Return filters 218


GENERAL INFORMATION FRI

219 Return filters


FRI FRI025 - FRI040
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: FRI025 B A G1 A25 N P01
FRI025 Configuration example 2: FRI040 S W G2 M25 N P01
FRI040

Bypass valve
B With bypass
S Without bypass
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections for FRI025 Connections for FRI040


G1 G 1/2” G 3/4”
G2 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT
G3 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Element ∆p Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm N 10 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU025 A25 N P01
CU025 Configuration example 2: CU040 M25 W P01
CU040

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
N NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR filter element compatible • •
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246

Return filters 220


FRI025 - FRI040 FRI
Dimensions
FRI025
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug

OUT M5 - #10-24 UNC Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended
FRI040
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

IN

Plug

OUT M6 - 1/4-20 UNC


Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

221 Return filters


FRI FRI100 - FRI250 - FRI630
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: FRI100 B A G1 A25 N P01
FRI100 Configuration example 2: FRI630 S W F2 M25 N P01
FRI250
FRI630

Bypass valve
B With bypass
S Without bypass
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •

Connections for FRI100 Connections for FRI250 Connections for FRI630


G1 G 1” G 1 1/2” G 2 1/2”
G2 1” NPT 1 1/2” NPT 2 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
F1 1” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Element ∆p Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm N 10 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU100 A25 N P01
CU100 Configuration example 2: CU630 M25 W P01
CU250
CU630

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
N NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
Execution
W NBR filter element compatible • • P01 MP Filtri standard
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246

Return filters 222


FRI100 - FRI250 - FRI630 FRI
Dimensions
FRI100
Recommended
clearance space Threaded connections “G”
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug

OUT Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

FRI100
Recommended
clearance space Flange connections “F”
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

Total length
immersed in the tank
IN

Blind flange

OUT Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

223 Return filters


FRI FRI100 - FRI250 - FRI630
Dimensions
FRI250
Recommended
clearance space Threaded connections “G”
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug

Holes on the tank


OUT Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

FRI250
Recommended Flange connections “F”
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

Total length
immersed in the tank
IN

Blind flange

Holes on the tank


OUT Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Return filters 224


FRI100 - FRI250 - FRI630 FRI
Dimensions
FRI630
Recommended
clearance space Threaded connections “G”
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN

Plug

Holes on the tank


OUT Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

FRI630
Recommended
clearance space Flange connections “F”
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

Total length
immersed in the tank
IN

Blind flange

Holes on the tank


OUT Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

225 Return filters


FRI FRI255 - FRI850
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: FRI255 S W F2 M25 N P01
FRI255 Configuration example 2: FRI850 B A F1 A25 N P01
FRI850
Bypass valve
B With bypass
S Without bypass
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections for FRI255 Connections for FRI850
G1 G 1 1/2” F1 3 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G2 1 1/2” NPT F2 3 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G4 G 1 1/4”
G5 1 1/4” NPT
G6 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Element ∆p Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm N 10 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU250 M25 W P01
CU250 Configuration example 2: CU850 A25 N P01
CU850
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
N NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Execution
W NBR • • P01 MP Filtri standard
filter element compatible
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Pxx Customized

FRI255 ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
FRI850 ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246

Return filters 226


FRI255 - FRI850 FRI
Dimensions
Recommended FRI255
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

O-Ring seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/8” Connection for


clogging indicator

Recommended
FRI850
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

OUT Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

227 Return filters


FRI SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FRI 025 - 040

3a

3c

3d

3b

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
3e FRI 025 See 02050213 02050220
order
FRI 040 table 02050214 02050221

FRI 100 - 250 - 630

3a 3a

3c 3c

2 2

3d 3d

3f 3b 3b

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f)
3e Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
FRI 100 See 02050215 02050222
FRI 250 order 02050216 02050223
table
FRI 630 02050217 02050224

Return filters 228


SPARE PARTS FRI
Order number for spare parts
FRI 255

3c

3a

3d

3b

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d) 4
4 Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Contamination
series element NBR FPM retainer binder
See
FRI 255 order 02050013 02050014 01060301
table

FRI 850

3a

3c

3d

3b
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
3e series element NBR FPM
See
FRI 850 order 02050218 02050225
table

229 Return filters


Return filters 230
Return filters

RF2 series
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar) - Flow rate up to 350 l/min

231 Return filters


RF2 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return filter Filter housing materials


- Filter body: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar)
- Cover: Polyamide, GF reinforced
Flow rate up to 350 l/min - Valve: Polyamide, GF reinforced - Steel
- Anti-Emptying valve: Steel
RF2250 and RF2350 are ranges of return filters for side tank mounting
with integrated shut-off valve for protection of the reservoir against the
system contamination. Bypass valve
They are placed below the minimum oil level, directly connected to the Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
return line of the system.
The shut-off valve closes automatically when the cover is removed,
allowing the filter element replacement without the fluid drop. ∆p element type
- Microfibre filter elements - series CU: 10 bar
Available features: - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Female threaded connections up to 1” and flanged connections
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 350 l/min
Seals
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles - Standard NBR series A
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators - Optional FPM series V

Common applications: Temperature


- Compact mobile machines
From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compact industrial equipment

Note
RF2 250-350 filters mounting,
see the drawings on page 235
and following

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 Length 1
RF2 250 2.6 2.0
RF2 350 2.8 2.0

Return filters 232


GENERAL INFORMATION RF2
Pressure drop

RF2 250 - 350 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


0.3
RF2 250 - 350
0.3
0.2
0.2
∆p bar

0.1
0.1
0
0 80 160 240 320 400
0
0 80 160 240 320 400
Flow rate l/min
Valves
Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop Bypass valve pressure drop
RF2 250 - 350
6
RF2 250 - 350
6
4
∆p bar

4
2
2
0
0 60 120 180 250 300
0
Flow rate l/min
0 60 120 180 250 300

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
RF2 250 1 148 184 278 307 447 615 447 485
RF2 350 1 148 184 278 307 447 615 447 485
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style B - E
RF2 250 •
RF2 350 •
IN

OUT

233 Return filters


RF2 RF2250 - RF2350
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: RF2250 W F2 E M25 P01
RF2250 Configuration example 2: RF2350 A G1 B A25 P01
RF2350
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections Aux (only RF2350) Mxx Pxx
G1 G 1 1/2” G 1” • •
G2 1 1/2” NPT - •
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 G 1 1/4” - •
G5 1 1/4” NPT - •
G6 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN - •
G7 G 1” - •
G8 1” NPT - •
G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN - •
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M - •
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC - •

Bypass valve
B 1.75 bar
E 3 bar
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU250 M25 W P01
CU250 Configuration example 2: CU250 A25 N P01

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
N NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Execution
W NBR head anodized • • P01 MP Filtri standard
filter element compatible
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Pxx Customized

Return filters 234


RF2250 - RF2350 RF2
Dimensions
RF2250
Recommended
clearance space Threaded connections “G”
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

RF2250
Recommended Flange connections “F”
clearance space
for maintenance

IN
Flat seal

Total length
immersed in the tank

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

G 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

235 Return filters


RF2 RF2250 - RF2350
Dimensions
RF2350
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN

Flat seal Total length


immersed in the tank

Aux
IN
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes

G 1/4” Connection for


clogging indicator

Aux
IN

Return filters 236


SPARE PARTS RF2
Order number for spare parts
RF2 250 - 350

3c

3a

3d

3b

3e
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
RF2 250 See
order 02050586 02050587
RF2 350 table

237 Return filters


Return filters

OUT OUT OUT

Clogging indicators
2 2
1 1
3 3

OUT OUT Barometric indicators


OUT
IN IN IN Differential indicators
2 2
1 1
3 3

Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited. MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
- Vacuum switches and gauges
IN IN IN
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase - Pressure switches and gauges
in pressure drop across the filter element. - Differential pressure indicators

The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged. These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
OUT OUT OUT

Suitable indicator types 2 2


1 1
3 3
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN
Pressure indicators are used on the Return line
to check the efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream of the
filter element. 2 2
1 1
Standard items are produced with R 1/8” EN 10226 3 3

connection.
IN IN IN

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

Differential indicators are used on the


OUT OUT OUT OUT
Pressure line to check the efficiency of the
filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream
2
and downstream of the filter element 1
2
1
2 1
3
(differential pressure). 3 3

Standard items are produced with special


connection G 1/2” size. OUT OUT OUT
Also available in Stainless Steel models. IN IN IN
IN

2
2 2 1
1 1 3
3 3

Quick reference guide


Visual Electrical IN Electrical / Visual Electronic
IN IN
Filter series indicator indicator indicator indicator
BVA14P01 BLA15HA51P01
MPFX-MPTX-MPF-MPT with bypass 1.75 bar BVR14P01 BEA15HA50P01 BLA15HA52P01
MPH with bypass 1.75 bar BVP20HP01 BEM15HA41P01 BLA15HA53P01
BVQ20HP01 BLA15HA71P01
BVA25P01 BLA20HA51P01
MPFX-MPTX-MPF-MPT with bypass 3 bar
BVR25P01 BEA20HA50P01 BLA20HA52P01
MPH with bypass 2.5 bar
BVP20HP01 BEM20HA41P01 BLA20HA53P01
FRI 255
BVQ20HP01 BLA20HA71P01
DLA20xA51P01
DLA20xA52P01
MPLX DVA20xP01 DEA20xA50P01
DLA20xA71P01 DTA20xF70P01
FRI 025 - 040 - 100 - 250 - 630 - 850 DVM20xP01 DEM20xAxxP01
DLE20xA50P01
DLE20xF50P01
Return filters 238
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS

10

10
10
Dimensions
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

BEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical Pressure Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.5 bar ±10% BE A 15 H A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BE A 20 H A 50 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
- Proof pressure: 4
60 bar 4
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
Electrical symbol
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
3
1 - Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529 3

77

73
77

1000
1 3 1 1

2 Electrical data 2 2
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
10

10
10

torque: 25 N∙m 4 A / 250 Vac

55
- Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
77

EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”


- CE certification EN 10226 - R1/8”
2
1
1
3 2

14
BEM*41 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass EN 10226 - R1/8”
10

Electrical Pressure Indicator 5


- Base:
EN 10226 - R1/8” Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.5 bar ±10% BE M 15 H A 41 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BE M 20 H A 41 P01
4 Technical data 4
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
- Proof pressure: 60 bar
1000

Electrical symbol
3 3 - Working temperature:3 From -25 °C to +80 °C
GREY 1
- Compatibility with fluids:
1
Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
BLACK 2 2
2
1
- Degree of protection: 2 IP67 according to EN 60529
BROWN 3
Electrical data
55

YELLOW / GREEN
- Electrical connection: Four-core cable
77
77

73
77

- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc


4 A / 30 Vdc
5 A / 125 Vac
A/F 27
14

4 A / 250 Vac
Max tightening 2
1 - 2CE certification
torque: 25 N∙m 1
3 ENOn10226 - R1/8”
request this indicator can be provided with main connectors
10

12

12
12

EN 10226 - R1/8” 2 in use for wirings.1


1
3 2
R R R
BL*51 - BL*52 - BL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A xx P01 3
GREY
Technical data
BLACK - Max working pressure: 40 bar
BROWN Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
YELLOW / GREEN - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
GREEN RED HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
LAMP LAMP
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3 3
77

73

2
1 1 1 Electrical data 1 1
3 - Electrical connection:
2 EN 175301-803
2 2 2
- Type 3 51 52 53
- Lamps 4 5 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
Max tightening
10

10

torque: 25 N∙m GREEN RED GREEN RED


LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP

- R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

239 Return filters


77

73
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
3
Dimensions
10

10
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A 71 P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3
2
Electrical data 1
1 1 1
3
- Electrical connection:
2
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
2
A/F 27
2 - Lamps: 3
24 Vdc
Max tightening - Resistive load: 4 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
10

torque: 25 N∙m 5

” EN 10226 - R1/8”

BVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Axial Pressure Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
- Window: Transparent plastic
Settings Ordering code - Dial: Painted Steel
1.4 bar ±10% BV A 14 P01 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
2.5 4bar ±10% BV A 25 P01 - Pressure connection: Brass
Dial scale - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
BV A 14 P01
Red Technical data
43

Yellow
43
ø 43 øøø43

3
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
1
Fluctuating: 6 bar
2
Green Short time: 10 bar
- Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
R1/8”
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
A/F 11 BV A 25 P01 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
15

EN 10226 - A/F
R1/8”
A/F 11
15

11
15

Yellow Red - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529


A/F 11
25
25 15
25

Green
2
1 1 2
25

bar 3

BVR Hydraulic symbol Materials


Radial Pressure Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
- Window: Transparent plastic
Settings Ordering code 2 - Dial: Painted Steel
1.4 bar ±10% BV R 14 P01 1 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
2.5 bar ±10% BV R 25 P01 3 - Pressure connection: Brass
Dial scale - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
BV R 14 P01
Red Technical data
Yellow
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Fluctuating: 6 bar
43
43
16 ø 43 øøø43

Short time: 10 bar


Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
A/F 11
11 1
1 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
16

A/F
16

A/F 11 - Accuracy: 2 Class 2.5 according to EN 13190


BV R 25 P01
3
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
3
R1/8” Yellow Red
16

A/F 11 4

EN 10226 - R1/8” 5
Green 2
23

1 1 2
23
23

3
bar
23

Return filters 240


BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Dimensions

BVP - BVQ Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Cover / internal parts: Nylon
Setting Ordering code - Caps: VMQ
BV P 15 H P01 - Seal: HNBR
1.5 bar ±10%
BV Q 15 H P01
BV P 20 H P01 Technical data
2 bar ±10% - Reset: BVP - Automatic reset
BV Q 20 H P01
BVQ - Manual reset
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 1 2
3
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: IP45 according to EN 60529
55

A/F 27
Max tightening Signals
14

55

torque: 25 N∙m
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1 Absence of pressure Presence of pressure Clogged filter element
(no3 indicator) (green button rises gradually) (red button risen)
14

EN 10226 - R1/8”
R1/8”

2
1
1
3 2
3
4
DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE 5

Series Configuration example 1: BE M 15 H A 41 P01


BE Electrical pressure indicator Configuration example 2: BL A 20 H A 71 P01
BL Electrical/Visual pressure indicator
Configuration example 3: BV R 14 P01
BV Visual pressure indicator
Configuration example 4: BV P 20 H P01

Type BE BL BV
A Standard type • • A Axial connection pressure gauge
M With wired electrical connection • R Radial connection pressure gauge
P Visual indicator with automatic reset
Q Visual indicator with manual reset

Pressure setting BEA-BEM BLA BVA-BVR BVP-BVQ


14 1.4 bar •
15 1.5 bar • •
20 2 bar • • •
25 2.5 bar •
Seals BE BLA BVA-BVR BVP-BVQ
H HNBR • • •
Thermostat BEA-BEM BLA BV
A Without • •

Electrical connections BEA BEM BL BV


10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P
41 Connection via four-core cable •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •

241 Return filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar ±10% DE A 20 x A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids
53

53
2

50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc

75
60
2
1
1
3 2

DEM*10 Hydraulic symbol Materials 4


3

Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: 5 Brass


- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code
2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 24
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 xx 10 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM4

Technical data
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 3
1 Electrical symbol
1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar 1
2 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar 2
2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,5 Synthetic fluids
75

2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”

HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


60

1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75

torque: 65 N∙m
60

2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DEM20xx20P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75

1 1 1 1
60

3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
1
1
3 2

Return filters 242 3 C


4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

75
60

DEM*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 xx 30 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Thermal lockout
75

3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
75

1
1
3 2

DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar1±10% DE M 20 xx 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”

A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53

53

50

- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-3-P


- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: SPDT contact
2 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28 1 1 2
Max tightening 3
torque: 65 N∙m 2
1
1
3 2

DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3

Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53

50

1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529

2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc

243 Return filters


53

50
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS 1
2
1 2

Dimensions 3

DLA*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A 71 P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
2
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical
1 symbol 1 2
3 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
4 4
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
50

GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58

DLE*A50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
58

58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
2 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
4 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58

58

3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58

DLE*F50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator 3
- Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
58

3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
21bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
3 2
2 2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58

3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m

Return filters 244


3
2
1
3
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DTA*70 Hydraulic symbol Materials

47

39
Electronic Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47

39
Electrical symbol

34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3
Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc

DVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
1 +24 Vdc
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
22 bar ±10% 4 ÷ 20 mA
DV A 20 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3 75% - N.O.
Technical data
100% - N.O.
4 - Reset: Automatic reset
5 0 Vdc
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Green / Red - Proof pressure: 630 bar
clogging indicator - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
39

34

1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

DVM Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DV M 20 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM

2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34

1 1 2 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


3
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

245 Return filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
10
Dimensions
A/F30

T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS


Series Configuration example 1: DE M 20 H F 50 P01
DE Electrical differential indicator Configuration example 2: DL E 20 V A 71 P01
DL Electrical/Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 3: DT A 20 H F 70 P01
DT Electronic differential indicator
DV Visual differential indicator Configuration example 4: DV M 20 V P01
Type DE DL DT DV
A Standard type • • • A With automatic reset
M With wired electrical connection • M With manual reset
E For high power supply •
Pressure setting
20 2 bar
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
Thermostat DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
A Without • • • •
F With thermostat • • •
Electrical connections DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5 •
20 Connection AMP Timer Junior •
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P •
35 Connection Deutsch DT-04-3-P •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 • •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • Option
70 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12) • P01 MP Filtri standard
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc • Pxx Customized

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATOR PLUG


Series Configuration example T2 H
T2 Indicator plug
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
Return filters 246
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

247 Return filters


Return filters

Accessories
STEEL EXTENSION TUBE NYLON EXTENSION TUBE

H1 - Total
length
immersed
in the tank

Configuration TE 40 A 250
Series example:
TE
Size ø D [mm]
25 25
32 32 Material Length H [mm] H1 [mm]
Configuration example: A Nylon 200 200 174
40 40
MPF191 2 A F1 A10 H B S60 250 250 224
Length H [mm] 300 300 274
S30 300 350 350 324
S35 350 400 400 374
S40 400 450 450 424
S45 450 500 500 474
S50 500 COMPATIBILITY TABLE
S60 600 Filter series Filter size Filter Length TE25 TE32 TE40
MPF - MPFX 30 1 •
S70 700 1
2 •
S80 800 MPF 100 104 110 3 •
S90 900 4
1
MPFX 100 104 110 2 •
3
4
MPF - MPFX 181 182 184 1 •
COMPATIBILITY TABLE ø D [mm] 2
Filter series Filter size Filter Length 52 65 1 DFS40
MPT - MPTX 025 027 2 •
191 192 194 2 • 3
1 •
1 • 2
MPT 101 104 110 114 120 3
MPF 400 410 450 451 2 - 4 •
• 1
3 - 2
MPTX 101 104 110 114 120 •
3
750 1 - • 4

Return filters 248


ACCESSORIES
FILLER PLUG DIPSTICK
Materials Filler plug Materials
- Body: Nylon - Screw: phosphatized steel
- Seal: NBR - Stick: phosphatized steel
- Handle: Nylon
Technical data Filler plug
Tightening torque: Technical data
15 N·m Working temperature:
From -25 °C to +110 °C
13 12

O-Ring 3106
M30x1.5
A/F 34

For any further information, please, contact our commercial dept.

DIFFUSER WITH FAST LOCK CONNECTION

Configuration example:
DPT 20 M10 A P01
Series
DPT
Configuration example: DFS 32 A 250 Length H [mm]
Series
DFS 15 134
Size ø D [mm] 20 184
32 32 25 234
40 40 30 284
Version 35 334
A Standard
Fastening
Length
M8 Fastening with screws ø D = M8
075 Standard
M10 Fastening with screws ø D = M10
COMPATIBILITY TABLE
Filter series Filter size Filter Length DFS32 DFS40 Seals
1 • A NBR
2
MPF 100 104 110 3 V FPM
4 •
1 Execution
MPFX 100 104 110 2 • P01 MP Filtri standard
3 Pxx Customized
4
1
2 •
MPT 101 104 110 114 120 3
4 •
1
MPTX 101 104 110 114 120 2 •
3
4

249 Return filters


Hydraulic combined filters for installation on the return and suction lines
of hydrostatic transmissions (HSTs) for commercial vehicles, construction machinery,
agricultural vehicles, and mobile work equipment with hydrostatic drive.

Advantage for the installation:


- Space-saving assembly
- Reduced assembly time
- Fewer connections to the tank
- Protection from the pollution of the tank

Advantages for the operativity:


- Absolute filtration of the oil for the hydrostatic drive
- Fulfilment of the purity requirements according to ISO 4406, as specified
by the manufacturer of the driving drives.
- Protection against damages from cavitation even under adverse conditions, i.e. cold start
- Less formation of free air in the system
- Easier maintenance operations (one spare filter element instead of two)

FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 24

Return / Suction filters 250


Return / Suction filters

MRSX page 253


LMP 124 MULTIPORT 265
INDICATORS 273

251 Return / Suction filters


THE NEW FILTER CONCEPT

MRSX NEW FILTER ELEMENT WITH EXCLUSIVE


INTERFACE CONNECTION

RSX Protects the machine from improper use


of non-original products.

series Safety of constant quality protection & reliability

With exclusive filter element you are sure that only MP Filtri filter
elements can be used, ensuring the best cleaning level of the oil
due to the use of originals filter elements.

Cover

Diaphragm

Exagonal spigot

Special exagonal seal


Upper End cap

The products identified as MRSX and RSX


are protected by Italian Patent n° 102015000040473
and by one or more of the following patent applications:

European Patent Pending: n° 16181725.9


US Patent Pending: n° 15/224,337
Canadian Patent Pending: n° 2,937,258

Return / Suction filters 252


Return / Suction filters
Tank mounted

MRSX series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 300 l/min

253 Return / Suction filters


MRSX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Return / Suction filter Tank mounted Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar)
Flow rate up to 300 l/min - Cover
Nylon: MRSX 116
MRSX is a range of suction/return filters for hydraulic systems with Aluminium: MRSX 165-166
two or more circuits (both open and closed loops). They are able to
provide pressurized oil cleaned by fine filtration to the feed pump of the - Bowl: Nylon
hydrostatic systems.
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed
position. ∆p element type
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid aeration - RSX: 10 bar
or foam generation into the reservoir. - Oil flow from exterior to interior.
Available features:
- Female threaded return connections up to 1 1/4”, for a maximum
return flow rate of 300 l/min Seals
- Multiple connections, to connect several return and suction lines - Standard NBR series A
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Optional FPM series V
- Bypass valve to the tank, to relieve excessive pressure drop across
the filter media when the return flow is enough higher than the
suction flow Temperature
- Bypass valve to the suction line with additional suction filter element, From -25 °C to +110 °C
to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media when the
return flow is not enough higher than the suction flow
- De-pressurization valve, to reduce the pressure inside the filter
during the maintenance operations
- Anti-cavitation valve with additional suction filter element, to ensure
fluid to the feed pump of the hydrostatic systems during cold starts
or initial filling
- Reservoir side mounting, to save space in the machines
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators
- MYclean interface connection, to protect the product against non-original
spare parts
- External protective wrap, to optimize the flow through the element
and to save the element efficiency against non-proper handling

Common applications:
Mobile machines with hydrostatic systems on board
(i.e. skid steer loaders, telehandlers, dumpers, road sweepers)

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 Length 1 2 3
MRSX 116 1.30 1.40 - 0.80 1.00 -
MRSX 165 3.40 3.80 4.10 2.00 2.60 3.00
MRSX 166 3.40 3.80 4.10 2.00 2.60 3.00

Return / Suction filters 254


0.8 4
0.8
2

MRSX
0.4 2

0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.4
0
0 60 120 180 240 300 0
0 24 48 72 96 120 0
0 24 48 72 96 120
Pressure drop
0 60

MRSX 165/166 - MRSX 165 - 166 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


1.5 MRSX 116 - ∆p Housing MRSX 165/166 - ∆p6Housing
1.2 1.5

1 4
0.8 1
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.5 2
0.4 0.5 MRSX 165/166 -
1.5 MRSX 165
1.5
0 0
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 0 01 60 120 180 240 300
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 60 120 180 240 300
1
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Valves 0.5 *
MRSX 165/166 - Valves 0.5
Bypass1.5
valve pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 Bypass valve pressure drop
MRSX 165 - 166 0 60 120 180 240 300 0
MRSX 116
16 6 0
MRSX 116 - MRSX 116
6

0.5
4 4
MRSX 165/166 -
∆p bar

∆p bar

4 1.5

02 2
0 60 120 180 240 300 2 1

0 0

24Valves
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 0 60 120
0.5
180 240 *
300
0 48 72 Flow rate 120
96 l/min 0 24 Flow 72
48 rate l/min 96 120
Bypass valve pressure drop
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO03968.
MRSX 165/166∆p
- varies proportionally with density. 0 60 120 180 240 300
MRSX 116
6

2
MRSX 165/166 -
1.5

0
0 60 1200 180
24 24048 300
72 96 120 1

0.5 *
ve pressure drop
0
0 60 120 180 240 300
MRSX 116

0 24 48 72 96 120

255 Return / Suction filters


MRSX GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter series Length A10 A16 A25


1 74 82 87
MRSX 116 2 108 113 124
1 155 166 178
MRSX 165 - 166 2 187 196 200
3 201 205 217
Maximum flow rate for a complete return/suction filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Return / Suction filters 256


GENERAL INFORMATION MRSX
Hydraulic symbols

Filter series Valves A option Valves B option Valves C option Valves D option Valves E option
MRSX 116
IN IN IN IN
IN

1 1 1 1
1
6 6 3
OUT OUT OUT OUT 6
3 3 3 3 OUT

2 4 2 2 5 4 5
2
2

Tank Tank Tank Tank Tank

Valves F option Valves G option Valves H option Valves I option Valves M option
Suitable only for tank side-wall mounting
IN
IN IN IN IN

1
1 1 1 1
3 3 3 6 3
6 6 6 OUT 6
OUT OUT OUT 3 OUT

2 7
4 2 2 5 4 5 2 7

2
Tank Tank Tank Tank Tank

Filter series Valves A option Valves B option Valves C option Valves D option Valves E option
MRSX 165-166
Aux Aux Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Aux
IN IN IN

1 1 1 1
1
OUT OUT 6 OUT 6 OUT 3
6 OUT
3 OUT 3 OUT 3 OUT 3 OUT
OUT

2 4 2 2 5 2 5
2

Tank Tank Tank Tank Tank

Valves F option Valves G option Valves H option Valves I option Valves M option
Suitable only for tank side-wall mounting
Aux
IN IN IN Aux
Aux Aux Aux IN IN IN
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

1
1 1 1 1
6 OUT
3 3 3 3
6 OUT 6 OUT 6 OUT 6 OUT
3 OUT
OUT OUT OUT OUT

2 7
4 2 2 5 4 5 2 7

Tank Tank Tank Tank Tank

LEGEND
1 - Filter element 5 - Anti-Cavitation valve
2 - Back-Pressure valve: opening pressure 0.5 bar ±10% 6 - Safety filter element (wire mesh 60 μm)
3 - Bypass valve: opening pressure 2.5 bar ±10% 7 - Anti-Cavitation valve / Anti-Emptying valve
4 - Depressurization valve

257 Return / Suction filters


MRSX MRSX116
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MRSX116 1 B A G1 0 A16 B P01
MRSX116 Filter element with private spigot
Length
1 2
Hydraulic diagram configuration - see page 257
Bypass valve to tank Bypass valve to OUT
A B C D •
E F G H •
I •
M •
Seals and treatments
A NBR, O-Ring on head B NBR, flat seal on head
V FPM, O-Ring on head D FPM, flat seal on head
Connections IN Connections OUT
G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1”
G3 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G4 1” NPT 1” NPT
G5 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
D1 G 1” G 3/4”
D2 1” NPT 3/4” NPT
D3 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
Aux IN connection
0 Without aux IN connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Valves configuration
Mounting position A B C D E F G H I L M N
S Standard • • • • • • • •
B Tank side-wall mounting • • • • • • • • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: RSX116 1 A16 A P01
RSX116 Filter element with private spigot
Element length
1 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators on Return Line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 278 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVR Radial pressure gauge 278 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 279 BET Electrical pressure indicator 276-277
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 279 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 277-278

Indicators on Suction Line page page


VVB Axial vacuum gauge 275 VEB Electrical vacuum indicator 274
VVS Radial vacuum gauge 275 VLB Electrical / visual vacuum indicator 274

Return / Suction filters 258


MRSX116 MRSX
Dimensions
MRSX116
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 203 240
2 263 300

Connections T
G1 - G2 G 1/8”
H2 - Recommended G3 - G4 1/8” NPT
clearance space
for maintenance G5 - G6 1/8” NPT
D1 G 1/8”
D2 - D3 1/8” NPT

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Return Suction

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line Holes on the tank

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Return Line Nr. 2 holes

OUT IN

259 Return / Suction filters


MRSX MRSX165 - MRSX166
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MRSX166 2 C V G3 1 A10 S P01
MRSX165 MRSX166 Filter element with private spigot

Length
1 2 3
Hydraulic diagram configuration - see page 257
Bypass valve to tank Bypass valve to OUT
A B C D •
E F G H •
I •
M •

Seals and treatments


A NBR, O-Ring on head B NBR, flat seal on head
V FPM, O-Ring on head D FPM, flat seal on head
Connections
IN (size 165) IN (size 166) Aux IN OUT
G1 G 1 1/4” G 1” G 1 1/4” G 1”
G2 1 1/4” NPT 1” NPT 1 1/4” NPT 1” NPT
G3 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN

Aux IN connection MRSX 165 MRSX 166


0 Without aux IN connection • -
1 With aux IN connection - see previous table • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Valves configuration
Mounting position A B C D E F G H I L M N
S Standard • • • • • • • •
B Tank side-wall mounting • • • • • • • • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: RSX165 2 A10 V P01
RSX165 Filter element with private spigot

Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators on Return Line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 278 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVR Radial pressure gauge 278 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 279 BET Electrical pressure indicator 276-277
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 279 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 277-278

Indicators on Suction Line page page


VVB Axial vacuum gauge 275 VEB Electrical vacuum indicator 274
VVS Radial vacuum gauge 275 VLB Electrical / visual vacuum indicator 274

Return / Suction filters 260


MRSX165 - MRSX166 MRSX
Dimensions
MRSX165
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
H2 - Recommended
clearance space 1 270 320
for maintenance 2 378 430
3 445 500

Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G2 - G3 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Return Suction

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator T - Connection for
on Return Line clogging indicator
on Suction Line

Without With
Aux IN connection Aux IN connection

IN IN

OUT OUT OUT Aux OUT


IN

261 Return / Suction filters


MRSX MRSX165 - MRSX166
Dimensions
MRSX166
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
H2 - Recommended
clearance space 1 270 320
for maintenance 2 378 430
3 445 500

Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G2 - G3 1/8” NPT

O-Ring seal

H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank

Return Suction

Holes on the tank


Nr. 4 holes

T - Connection for
clogging indicator T - Connection for
on Return Line clogging indicator
on Suction Line

IN IN

OUT Aux OUT


IN

Return / Suction filters 262


SPARE PARTS MRSX
Order number for spare parts
MRSX 116

3a

2b

3b

3b

3c
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
3e Item: 2a 2b 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Safety filter Seal Kit code number Optional head seal (molded gasket)
series element element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
2a MRSX 116 order S116M60P01 02050617 02050619 01026593 01026598
table

3d

3f

3g 4

MRSX 165 - 166

3a

2b

3b

3c

3d Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2a 2b 3 (3a ÷ 3h) 4
3f Filter Filter Safety filter Seal Kit code number Optional head seal (molded gasket)
series element element NBR FPM NBR FPM
MRSX 165 See 02050627 02050630 01026621 01026622
2a order S165M60P01
MRSX 166 table 02050627 02050630 01026626 01026627

3e

3g

3h 4

263 Return / Suction filters


Return / Suction filters 264
Return / Suction filters
In-line

LMP 124 series MULTIPORT


Maximum working pressure up to 8 MPa (80 bar) - Flow rate up to 200 l/min

265 Return / Suction filters


LMP 124 GENERAL INFORMATION
MULTIPORT

Description Technical data

Return / Suction filter In-line Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 8 MPa (80 bar) - Housing: Cataphoresis - Painted Steel
Flow rate up to 200 l/min - Bypass valve: Brass - Aluminium
LMP124 is a range of return/suction filters for hydraulic systems with
two or more circuits (both open and closed loops). They are able to Pressure
provide pressurized oil cleaned by fine filtration to the feed pump of the - Test pressure: 12MPa (120 bar)
hydrostatic systems. - Burst pressure: 38 MPa (380 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
hydraulic fittings. with pressure from 0 to 80 bar (8 MPa)

Available features: Bypass valve


- Female threaded connections up to 1”, for a maximum return - Opening pressure 250 kPa (2.5 bar) ±10%
flow rate of 200 l/min - Other opening pressures on request.
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir
- Bypass valve to the tank, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the
filter media when the return flow is enough higher than the suction flow ∆p element type
- Bypass valve to the suction line with additional suction filter element, - Microfibre filter elements - series N - W: 20 bar
to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media when the - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN.
return flow is not enough higher than the suction flow
- De-pressurization valve, to reduce the pressure inside the filter during
Seals
the maintenance operations
- Standard NBR series A
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
- Optional FPM series V
Common applications:
Mobile machines with hydrostatic systems on board. Temperature
(i.e. skid steer loaders, telehandlers, dumpers, road sweepers) From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
LMP124 filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
LMP 124 1.70 1.90 2.20 2.70 0.75 0.81 1.11 1.53

Return / Suction filters 266


GENERAL INFORMATION LMPMULTIPORT
124 12 12
12 12

8
A>C
8
Pressure drop
A>C
8 8
12
6
LMP 124 Filter housings ∆p pressure4 drop A>B 4
LMP 124 4 A>B 4 A>C
6
A>C 8
4 0 0
A>C 80 120 160 200 80
4 A>B 0 0 40 0 0 40
LMP 124 4 A>B
6 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80
∆p bar

A>B
2
2 A>C
4 0
0 0 40 80 120 160 200
A>B
0 0 40 80 120 160 200
Style Style
0 40 80
Flow rate l/min
1202 160 200
C-D Style
-E-F Style
G -H
Valves 0 12
C - D - E - F12 G-H
LMP 124 - Filter length: 1-2-3-4
Bypass
Valves valve pressure drop 0 40 80 120
Bypass valve pressure drop
160 200
A>C LMP 124 - Filter length: Style 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 A>C
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 124 12 8
3
12 8 C - D - E -3 F
12
LMP 124 Valves 3 3 124 - Filter length: A>C A>B
12 A>C A>B LMP
24
Bypass valve pressure drop 8 4 8 4 1 2
3 4
8 2 1 2 2
3 4
∆p bar

8 A>C 2 2 A>B
LMP 124 0 A>B 0
12 4 43
4 0 40 80 1 120 160 200 0 40 80 1 120 160 200
A>B 1 2
4 A>C 1 1 3 4
8 0 02
0 0 40 80 1200 160 200 0 40 80 1200 160 200
A>B 60 90 120 150 60
0 0 40 80 120 160 200 00 30 00 30
12
0 40 Flow
80 rate l/min
4
120 160 200
12 0 30 60 90 1 120 150 0 30 60
40 80 120 160 200
A>C Style A>C Style
12 8 0 12 8
C - D200 - 3E - F 0
0 30 60
G 90- 3H 120 Valves
150
0 40 80 120 160
80 120 160 200
LMP 124 - Filter housing with 2 bar checkA>C
valve
A>B
LMP 124 - Filter Style
housing with3 3 bar check valve A>C A>B
LMP 124 - Filter length: 11 - 2 - 3 - 4
Style 3
12 12 12 12
e drop 8 4 8 4
C - D - E -2 F A>C A>C 1
2
3 4 G - H 2
A>C A>C 2
2 A>B 3 2
4 84 80 A>B 843 80 LMP 124 - Filter length: 3 1 - 32 -3-4 4
∆p bar

∆p bar

0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 801 120160 200 1


A>B A>B 1
1 2 A>B A>B
1 1 21 2 3
40 4 402 4 3 4 3 4 4
3 32 2
0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 0 120 160 200 0
00 1 230 60 90 120 150 00 1 30 60
0 0 01 0 2 3
2 0 30 3 4 60 90 1 1 120 150 0 30 4 60
0 0 40 40 80 80 120 120 160 160 200 200 0 0 40 40 80 80 120 120 160 160 200 200 2
Style Flow rate l/min Style
Flow rate l/min
12 C-D-E-F 1 0
60
G
3 90
-H 120 150
10
0
0
30 60 60 903 90 120 120 150 150
C
40 80 120 160
Style200
A>C
0 30
Style3
0 30
Filter length:
3 1-2-3-4
STYLE C-D-E-F LMP 124 - Filter length: 1-2-3-4
8
C-D-E-F 0 G - 2H 0
80 120 160 Style
200 Style 0 30 60 Style
90Style 120 150 0
1
230 3
4
60 902 120 150
Absolute filtration A10 LMP 124 - FilterA>B 2 1 filtration A25 2
>B 43 C -CD--DE -- EF - F length: 3 1Absolute
- 2
3 - 3 filtration
- 4 A16
G -G1H- H 3 Absolute
3
2 3
4
1
1 1 1
LMPLMP
124 124 -2 Filter
- Filter 3length:
length: 1 - 21- -32- -43 - 4 1 1 2 2 3 1
1 2 3
3 02 4 3 32 2 3 4 4 32 2 2 3 4
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar

200 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 0 4


1 2 00 30
1 60 90 120 150 00 30 60
1 2 2 3 1
32 31 3 4 321 31 2 3
2 0 30 3 4 60 9021 1 120 150 0 30 4 60
4
1 2 1 2 1 1
3 4 3 4 2 3 2 3
21 20 210 20 4 4 0 0
1 1
0 30 60 90 90 120 120 150
0 30
Style
Flow
60
rate l/min
90 120 150 0 0 30 30 60 60
Flow rate l/min
90 90 120 120 150 150 0 30 60
Flow rate l/min
150

10
0
1
30 60
G 90- H 120 150
0
10
0
1
30 60 90 120 120 150 150
0
0 30 60 90 0 30 60 90 120 150
ilter length:0STYLE
03 1 -G2--H3 - 4 03 03 3
0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150
1 2 1
Absolute filtration A10 Absolute filtration A16 2 3 Absolute filtration A25
3 32 3 4 3 32 2 1 4 3 2 1
2 3 2 3
4 4
1 1
3 4 1 2 2 3 2 3
32 231 3 4 4 321 31 1 1 1
2 2 3 4 2 2 3
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar

4 4
1 2 1 2 1 1
2 3 2 3
21 120 3 4 3 4 210 20 4 4 0
1 1
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 30 60 90 120 150

10 10 0 10 1 0
150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0 03 0 03
0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
3∆p varies
32 proportionally with density. 1 2 3 2 1
2
3 4 3 4
1
32 3 2 3 32 31
3 4 21 1
2 3 4 1
2 3
4 4
267 Return / Suction filters

2 20 1 1 2 20 1 1
LMP 124
MULTIPORT

Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - N series


M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
1 39 41 58 60 69 99 84 85
2 47 53 68 69 77 99 90 91
LMP 124
3 59 61 73 77 86 99 92 93
4 70 78 84 86 93 100 94 95
Maximum flow rate for a complete return/suction filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.2 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols - Multiport styles


Multiport Valves C option Valves D option Valves E option Valves F option

OUT 2 OUT 2 OUT 2 OUT 2

A
C B

OUT 1 IN OUT 1 IN

OUT 1 IN OUT 1 IN

A Return
B Tank
C Pump

Multiport Valves G option Valves H option

OUT 2

OUT 2

A
C B

OUT 1 IN

OUT 1 IN

A Return
B Pump
C Tank

Return / Suction filters 268


LMP 124 MULTIPORT

269 Return / Suction filters


LMP 124
MULTIPORT

Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP124 4 C A F 1 A10 N P01
LMP124
Filter length
1 2 3 4
Hydraulic diagram configuration - see page 268
C D E F G H
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
B G 1”
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
Connection for indicator
1 Without
2 With connection G 1/8” for clogging indicator
3 With connection G 1/4” for clogging indicator
4 With connection for differential indicator
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Indicators on Return Line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 278 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVR Radial pressure gauge 278 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 279 BET Electrical pressure indicator 276-277
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 279 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 277-278

Differential indicators page page


DEA Electrical differential indicator 280 DTA Electronic differential indicator 283
DEM Electrical differential indicator 280-281 DVA Visual differential indicator 283
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 281-282 DVM Visual differential indicator 283
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 282

Additional features page


T2 Plug 284

Return / Suction filters 270


LMP 124 MULTIPORT

Dimensions
LMP 124
MULTIPORT
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365

Connections R
B M10
F 3/8” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Connection for G - depth 12 mm


differential indicator Nr. 3 holes
T2 plug not included
Connection for
clogging indicator

Side
OUT

Front IN
OUT

271 Return / Suction filters


LMP 124 SPARE PARTS
MULTIPORT

Order number for spare parts

LMP 124 MULTIPORT

3d 3c 4

3a

3b

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
LMP 124 MULTIPORT order 02050478 02050479 T2H T2V
table

Return / Suction filters 272


Clogging indicators
Introduction Vacuum indicators
Barometric indicators
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited. This is achieved by using filter
housings equipped with clogging indicators.
OUT OUT Differential
OUT indicators
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase in pressure drop across the 1
filter
2
1
2
3 3
element.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.
MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:
- Vacuum switches and gauges
IN IN IN
- Pressure switches and gauges
OUT OUT OUT
- Differential pressure indicators
2 2
These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals. 1
3
1
3

Suitable indicator types IN IN IN


OUT
OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT
VACUUM INDICATORS OUT OUT OUT
Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the efficiency 1
2
1
2
3 3
of the filter element.
They measure the pressure downstream of the filter element.
Standard items are produced with R 1/4” EN 10226 connection.
2 2
Available products with R 1/8” EN 10226 to be fitted on MPS series. 1
3
1
3

IN IN IN
IN IN IN
OUT
OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Pressure indicators are used on the Return line to check the
efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream of the filter element.
Standard items are produced with R 1/8” EN 10226 connection. 1
2
1
2
3 3

IN IN IN
OUT OUT OUT
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT
Differential indicators are used on the Pressure line to check the
efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream and downstream of the 2 2 1
2
1 1 3
filter element (differential pressure). 3
1
2 3
1
2
3 3
Standard items are produced with special connection G 1/2” size.
Also available in Stainless Steel models. IN IN IN
IN
IN IN
IN IN
IN IN
IN
OUT OUT OUT

Quick reference guide


2
Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual 1 2
1
2 1
Filter series indicator indicator indicator 3 3
3

VLB21AA51P01
Suction VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 VEB21AA50P01
line VVS16P01 VLB21AA53P01
IN IN IN
VLB21AA71P01
OUT OUT OUT
BEA25HA50P01
BVA25P01 BLA25HA51P01
BEM25HA41P01
Return MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 BVR25P01 BLA25HA52P01
BET25HF10P01 2
line LMP 124 MULTIPORT BVP20HP01 BLA25HA53P01 1
2
1
2 1
BET25HF30P01 3 3
3
BVQ20HP01 BLA25HA71P01
BET25HF50P01

IN IN IN

273 Return / Suction filters


VACUUM INDICATORS

12

12
12
Dimensions
R R

VE*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical Vacuum Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
R Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
EN 10226 - R1/4” VE A 21 A A 50 P01 3
- Seal: NBR
EN 10226 - R1/8” VE B 21 A A 50 P01
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
- Max working pressure: 4 10 bar 4
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 2 3 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943 3
1

- Degree of protection: 1 IP65 according to EN 60529

77
77

1 3 1

73
2 2 2
Electrical data
77
77

73
5
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
12

GREEN RED GREE

12
12

2 LAMP LAMP LAMP


torque: 25 N∙m 1 2 4 A / 250 Vac
1
3 - Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
12

R R R

12
12

2 - CE certification1
1
3 2
R R R
VL*51 - VL*52 - VL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
R Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Brass - Nylon
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A xx P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A xx P01
Technical data
4 4
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
3 4 3 - Working temperature:4 From3 -25 °C to +80 °C
1
GREEN
1
RED
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
1 oils, Synthetic fluids
2
LAMP
2
LAMP
HFA,2 HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529
77

3 3
73

2 5
1
1 1 1 1
3 Electrical data 2
77

73

2 2 2
- Electrical connection:
3 EN 175301-803
GREEN RED GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Type 4 5 51 LAMP 52 LAMP 53
A/F 27 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
Max tightening - Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
12

12

2
torque: 25 N∙m 1
GREEN RED 1 2 GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP
3
R R
12

12

R VL*71 R
Hydraulic symbol Materials
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
Connections Indicator code 2 - Contacts: Silver
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A 71 P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A 71 P01
Technical data
4 4 - Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
4 3 43 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
1 1 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
73

3 35 2
1
1
1 1
3 Electrical data 2
2 2 - Electrical connection:
3 IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
5
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP - Lamps 4 24 Vdc
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
Max tightening
12

torque: 25 N∙m
GREEN RED GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP

Return / Suction filters 274


VACUUM INDICATORS
Dimensions

V VA - V V B Hydraulic symbol Materials


Axial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
- Dial: Painted Steel
ø43

EN 10226 - R1/4” V V A 16 P01


- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
ø43

EN 10226 - R1/8” V V B 16 P01


Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
- Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
Red
R
Technical data
18 ø43

R
A/F 14 Yellow - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
18ø43

A/F 14 Fluctuating: 6 bar


Short time: 10 bar
Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
24

cmHg
R - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
24

R HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


A/F 14 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
Conversion to SI units
18

A/F 14
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
18

-12 -0.16
24

-18 -0.24
24

2
-76 -1.01
1 1 2

VVR - VVS 3
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Radial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R A/F Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
EN 10226 - R1/4” 14 V V R 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel
EN 10226 - R1/8” 11 V V S 16 P01 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
Red 2 - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
1
3 Technical data
ø53

Yellow - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar


ø53

Fluctuating: 6 bar
Short time: 10 bar
Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
ø53 18

A/F cmHg - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids


ø53 18

HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


R
Conversion to SI units - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
R
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
2
-12 1 -0.16 1
1828

-18 3 -0.24 2
1828

2
-76 -1.01 3
1 2
R 1
4
3
R 5

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE


28

Series Configuration example 1: VE A 21 A A 50 P01


28

VE Electrical vacuum indicator Configuration example 2: VL B 21 A A 71 P01


VL Electrical/Visual vacuum indicator
Configuration example 3: VV R 16 P01
VV Vacuum gauge 2
1
Type VE - VL Type VV 3

A Connection EN 10226 - R1/4” A Axial connection EN 10226 - R1/4”


B Connection EN 10226 - R1/8” B Axial connection EN 10226 - R1/8”
R Radial connection EN 10226 - R1/4”
S Radial connection EN 10226 - R1/8”
Vacuum setting VE VL VV
16 0.16 bar •
21 0.21 bar 2 • •
1
1
Seals 3 VE VL VV 2

A NBR • • 3
4
Thermostat VE VL VV 5

A Without • •
Electrical connections VE VL VV
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •
275 Return / Suction filters
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS

10

10
10
Dimensions
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

BEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.5 bar ±10% BE A 15 H A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BE A 20 H A 50 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
- Proof pressure: 4
60 bar 4
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
Electrical symbol
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
77
3
1 - Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529 3

73
77

1000
1 3 1 1

2 Electrical data 2 2
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
10

10
10

torque: 25 N∙m 4 A / 250 Vac

55
- Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
77

EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”


- CE certification EN 10226 - R1/8”
2
1
1
3 2

14
BEM*41 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass EN 10226 - R1/8”
10

Electrical Pressure Indicator 5


- Base:
EN 10226 - R1/8” Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.5 bar ±10% BE M 15 H A 41 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BE M 20 H A 41 P01
4 Technical data 4
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
- Proof pressure: 60 bar
1000

Electrical symbol
3 3 - Working temperature:3 From -25 °C to +80 °C
GREY 1
- Compatibility with fluids:
1
Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
BLACK 2 2
2
1
- Degree of protection: 2 IP67 according to EN 60529
BROWN 3
Electrical data
55

YELLOW / GREEN
- Electrical connection: Four-core cable
77

- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc


4 A / 30 Vdc
5 A / 125 Vac
A/F 27
14

4 A / 250 Vac
Max tightening
- CE certification
torque: 25 N∙m
ENOn10226 - R1/8”
request this indicator can be provided with main connectors
10

EN 10226 - R1/8” 2 in use for wirings.1


1
3 2

BET*10 3
81

79

Hydraulic symbol Materials


4
Electrical Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar ±10% BE T 20 H F 10 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2.5 bar ±10% BE T 25 H F 10 P01
GREY
9

Technical data
BLACK - Max working pressure: 10 bar
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BROWN - Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +100 °C
YELLOW / GREEN Electrical symbol
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
N.C.
1
N.C. - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 Thermal lockout
81

79

C C
Electrical data
A/F 27 - Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
Max tightening - Resistive load: 0.5 A / 48 Vdc
torque: 25 N∙m - Thermostat condition: Open up to 30 °C
- CE certification
9

EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”


2
1
1
3 2
3
Return / Suction filters 276
N.C. N.C. 4
5
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Dimensions
71

81

79
BET*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
- Seal: HNBR
9

2 bar ±10% BE T 20 H F 30 P01

9
3
2.5 bar ±10% BE T 25 H F 30 P01
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +100 °C
N.C. N.C. - Compatibility with fluids:
N.C. Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 Thermal lockout
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
C 1 - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
C C
79

3
A/F 27 Electrical data
Max tightening - Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
torque: 25 N∙m - Resistive load: 0.5 A / 48 Vdc
- Thermostat condition: Open up to 30 °C
- CE certification
9

8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

2
1
1
71

81
3 2
N.C.
BET*50 Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Pressure Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
C - Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 2
- Contacts: Silver
1
2 bar ±10% BE T 20 H F 50 P01 - Seal: HNBR
9

9
3
2.5 bar ±10% BE T 25 H F 50 P01
EN 10226 - R1/8”Technical data EN 10226 - R1/8”
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +100 °C
N.C. - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
N.C.
oils, Synthetic fluids
2 Thermal lockout
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
1 - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
71

81

79

C C
3

A/F 27 Electrical data


Not - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening
77

73
77

connected
torque: 25 N∙m - Resistive load: 0.5 A / 48 Vdc
- Thermostat condition: Open up to 30 °C
- CE certification
9

2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1
EN 10226 2- R1/8”
1
EN 10226 - R1/8”
3
10

10
10

2
1
1
3 2
N.C. EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 102263 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*51 - BL*52 - BL*53 N.C.
Hydraulic symbol 4
Materials
N.C.

Electrical/Visual
C Pressure Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
C C
- Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A xx P01 3

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
GREEN RED
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
LAMP LAMP
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3 3
77

73

2
1 1 1 Electrical data 1 1
3 - Electrical connection:
2 EN 175301-803
2 2 2
- Type 3 51 52 53
- Lamps 4 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
Max tightening
10

10

torque: 25 N∙m

- R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

277 Return / Suction filters


77

73
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
3
Dimensions
10

10
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A 71 P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3
2
Electrical data 1
1 1 1
3
- Electrical connection:
2
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
2
A/F 27
2 - Lamps: 3
24 Vdc
Max tightening - Resistive load: 4 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
10

torque: 25 N∙m 5

” EN 10226 - R1/8”

BVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Axial Pressure Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
- Window: Transparent plastic
Settings Ordering code - Dial: Painted Steel
1.4 bar ±10% BV A 14 P01 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
2.5 4bar ±10% BV A 25 P01 - Pressure connection: Brass
Dial scale - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
BV A 14 P01
Red Technical data
43

Yellow
43
ø 43 øøø43

3
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
1
Fluctuating: 6 bar
2
Green Short time: 10 bar
- Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
R1/8”
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
A/F 11 BV A 25 P01 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
15

EN 10226 - A/F
R1/8”
A/F 11
15

11
15

Yellow Red - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529


A/F 11
25
25 15
25

Green
2
1 1 2
25

bar 3

BVR Hydraulic symbol Materials


Radial Pressure Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
- Window: Transparent plastic
Settings Ordering code 2 - Dial: Painted Steel
1.4 bar ±10% BV R 14 P01 1 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
2.5 bar ±10% BV R 25 P01 3 - Pressure connection: Brass
Dial scale - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
BV R 14 P01
Red Technical data
Yellow
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Fluctuating: 6 bar
43
43
16 ø 43 øøø43

Short time: 10 bar


Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
A/F 11
11 1
1 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
16

A/F
16

A/F 11 - Accuracy: 2 Class 2.5 according to EN 13190


BV R 25 P01
3
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
3
R1/8” Yellow Red
16

A/F 11 4

EN 10226 - R1/8” 5
Green 2
23

1 1 2
23
23

3
bar
23

Return / Suction filters 278


BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Dimensions

BVP - BVQ Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Cover / internal parts: Nylon
Setting Ordering code - Caps: VMQ
BV P 15 H P01 - Seal: HNBR
1.5 bar ±10%
BV Q 15 H P01
BV P 20 H P01 Technical data
2 bar ±10% - Reset: BVP - Automatic reset
BV Q 20 H P01
BVQ - Manual reset
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 1 2
3
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: IP45 according to EN 60529
55

A/F 27
Max tightening Signals
14

55

torque: 25 N∙m
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1 Absence of pressure Presence of pressure Clogged filter element
(no3 indicator) (green button rises gradually) (red button risen)
14

EN 10226 - R1/8”
R1/8”

2
1
1
3 2
3
DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE 4

Series Configuration example 1: BE 5 M 15 H A 41 P01


BE Electrical pressure indicator Configuration example 2: BL A 20 H A 71 P01
BL Electrical/Visual pressure indicator
Configuration example 3: BV R 14 P01
BV Visual pressure indicator
Configuration example 4: BV P 20 H P01

Type BE BL BV
A Standard type • • A Axial connection pressure gauge
M With wired electrical connection • R Radial connection pressure gauge
T With thermal switch • P Visual indicator with automatic reset
Q Visual indicator with manual reset

Pressure setting BEA-BEM BET BLA BVA-BVR BVP-BVQ


14 1.4 bar •
15 1.5 bar • •
20 2 bar • • • •
25 2.5 bar • •
Seals BE BLA BVA-BVR BVP-BVQ
H HNBR • • •
Thermostat BEA-BEM BET BLA BV
A Without • •
F With •

Electrical connections BEA BEM BET BL BV


10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5 •
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P •
41 Connection via four-core cable •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 • •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •

279 Return / Suction filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar ±10% DE A 20 x A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids
53

53
2

50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc

75
60
2
1
1
3 2

DEM*10 Hydraulic symbol Materials 4


3

Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: 5 Brass


- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code
2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 24
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 xx 10 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM4

Technical data
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 3
1 Electrical symbol
1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar 1
2 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar 2
2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,5 Synthetic fluids
75

2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”

HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


60

1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75

torque: 65 N∙m
60

2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DEM20xx20P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75

1 1 1 1
60

3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
1
1
3 2

Return / Suction filters 280 3 C


4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

75
60

DEM*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 xx 30 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 Thermal lockout
A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
75

3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
75

1
1
3 2

DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar1±10% DE M 20 xx 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM

Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”

A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Not
Electrical data
53

53

connected
50

- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-3-P


- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: SPDT contact
2 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28 1 1 2
Max tightening 3
torque: 65 N∙m 2
1
1
3 2

DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3

Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53

50

1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529

2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc

281 Return / Suction filters


53

50
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS 1
2
1 2

Dimensions 3

DLA*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A 71 P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
2
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical
1 symbol 1 2
3 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
4 4
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
50

GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58

DLE*A50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
58

58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
2 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
4 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58

58

3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58

DLE*F50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator 3
- Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
58

3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
21bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
3 2
2 2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58

3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m

Return / Suction filters 282


3
2
1

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3

Dimensions

DTA*70 Hydraulic symbol Materials

47

39
Electronic Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47

39
Electrical symbol

34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc

DVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
1 +24 Vdc
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
22 bar ±10% 4 ÷ 20 mA
DV A 20 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3 75% - N.O.
Technical data
100% - N.O.
4 - Reset: Automatic reset
5 0 Vdc
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Green / Red - Proof pressure: 630 bar
clogging indicator - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
39

34

1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

DVM Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DV M 20 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM

2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34

1 1 2 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


3
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

283 Return / Suction filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
10
Dimensions
A/F30

T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS


Series Configuration example 1: DE M 20 H F 50 P01
DE Electrical differential indicator Configuration example 2: DL E 20 V A 71 P01
DL Electrical/Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 3: DT A 20 H F 70 P01
DT Electronic differential indicator
DV Visual differential indicator Configuration example 4: DV M 20 V P01
Type DE DL DT DV
A Standard type • • • A With automatic reset
M With wired electrical connection • M With manual reset
E For high power supply •
Pressure setting
20 2 bar
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
Thermostat DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
A Without • • • •
F With thermostat • • •
Electrical connections DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5 •
20 Connection AMP Timer Junior •
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P •
35 Connection Deutsch DT-04-3-P •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 • •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • Option
70 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12) • P01 MP Filtri standard
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc • Pxx Customized

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATOR PLUG


Series Configuration example T2 H
T2 Indicator plug
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
Return / Suction filters 284
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

285 Return / Suction filters


Spin-On filters are used as process and safety filters
to protect individual pumps, valves or the entire hydraulic circuit
from contamination as per ISO 4406.

In-line Spin-On filters can be used for the following purposes:


- Suction filters
- On the return circuit, for mounting on the line or on the tank cover
- In-line for low and medium pressure applications

Spin-On filters are available in 4 configurations:


- Single cartridge in-line
- In-line with two parallel cartridges on the same axis
- In-line with two parallel cartridges mounted side by side

All versions may be equipped with visual and/or


electrical blockage indicators.

Spin-on filters 286


Spin-on filters

MPS page 289


MSH 305
INDICATORS 311

287 Spin-on filters


Spin-on filters 288
Spin-on filters

MPS series
Maximum working pressure up to 1.2 MPa (12 bar) - Flow rate up to 365 l/min

289 Spin-on filters


MPS GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Spin-on filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 1.2 MPa (12 bar)
- Bypass valve: Nylon - Steel
Flow rate up to 365 l/min - Element: Zinc-Plated Steel - Painted Steel

MPS is a range of spin-on filters suitable to be used in suction, return


and low pressure lines.
Bypass valve
They offer a good balance between performances, dimensions and prices. - Return filter opening pressure: 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Suction filter opening pressure: 30 kPa (0.3 bar) ±10%
hydraulic fittings.
∆p element type
Available features: - ∆p: 5 bar
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 365 l/min.
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid Seals
- Double connection for the cans, to fit both European and American Standard NBR - series A
standard elements
- Double cans fitting, to increase the life time of the filter
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Temperature
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators for suction and From -20 °C to +110 °C
return applications
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators for low
Note
pressure applications
MPS filters are provided
for vertical mounting
Common applications:
- Suction lines, Return lines, Delivery lines, in economic industrial
equipment or mobile machines.
- Off-line filtration tank in economic industrial equipment or mobile machines

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]

MPS 050 1.00 0.70


MPS 051 1.05 0.70
MPS 070 1.20 0.95
MPS 071 1.25 0.95
MPS 100 2.10 1.65
MPS 101 2.20 1.65
MPS 150 2.40 2.00
MPS 151 2.50 2.00
MPS 200 3.90 3.00
MPS 250 4.60 3.70
MPS 300-301 5.30 3.40
MPS 350-351 6.00 4.10

Spin-on filters 290


0
Maximum pressure 12 bar 0
0 30 60 90 120 150

MPS
Flow rate to 365 l/min 0 22 44 66 88 110

GENERAL INFORMATION
Pressure drop
MPS 050/070
MPS 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 120 Bypass valve
3 MPS 050/070 MPS
MPS100 - 150
100 - 200
- 150 - 250
- 200 - 300
- 250 - 350
- 300 - 350 pressure drop
In-Line/Return - Setting 1.75 bar In-Line/Return - Setting 1.75 bar
3 120803
2
2 80402
∆p bar

∆p bar
1
1 40 01
0 0 22 44 66 88 110
0 30 60 90 120 150
0 00
0 24 48 72 96 120 00 3030 6060 9090 120
120 150
150
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

MPS
MPS050/070
050/070 MPS 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 350
In-Line/Suction - Setting 0.3 bar In-Line/Suction - Setting 0.3 bar
1.2 3
120 120
1.2 MPS 050/070
120
80 2
0.8 80
0.8
∆p bar

∆p bar

80
0.4
40 1 0.4
40
40
00 0 00
00 2224 4448 6672 8896 120
110 0 30 60 90 120 150
Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min
0 22 44 66 88 110

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

MPS 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 350


120 MPS 050/070 MPS 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 350
3 120
80
2 80
40
1 40
0
120 0 30 60 90 120 150
0 0
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 30 60 90 120 150

291 Spin-on filters


MPS GENERAL INFORMATION
Hydraulic symbols

Filter series
MPS 050 •
MPS 051 •
MPS 070 •
MPS 071 •
MPS 100 •
MPS 101 •
MPS 150 •
MPS 151 •
MPS 200 •
MPS 250 •
MPS 300 •
MPS 301 •
MPS 350 •
MPS 351 •
Style U/P Style U/P Style U Style U/P Style U/P
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I.
D.I.

IN IN
IN IN IN

Style R/S Style R/S Style R/S Style R/S Style R/S
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I.
D.I.

IN IN
IN IN IN

Spin-on filters 292


GENERAL INFORMATION MPS
Cartridge

CS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150


CG - CW 050 - 070 CG - CW 100 - 150 CW
This series of cartridge removes
water from oil while filtering the oil
at the same time.
Water absorbent polymers
up to 800 times their own weight
provide this major feature.

Water holding capacities:


CW 050= 240 ml
Ordering code: CW050P10AP01

CW 150= 788 ml
Ordering code: CW150P10AP01

Thread connections Water holding capacities CW


Element Connection good poor
CS 050 - 070 G 3/4” Viscosity 30/46 mm2/s (cSt) > 46 mm2/s (cSt)
CS 100 - 150 G 1 1/4” H2O p.p.m. 600/800 p.p.m. > 800 p.p.m.
Flow rate CW050 7/15 l/min CW050 > 20 l/min
CG / CW 050 - 070 1” - 12 UNF CW150 20/40 l/min CW150 > 50 l/min
CG / CW 100 - 150 1 1/2” - 16 UN Temperature 40/60 °C < 30 °C

Heads

CG / CW CS CS
1” - 12 UNF G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
CG / CW
1 1/2” - 16 UN

293 Spin-on filters


MPS MPS050 - MPS070 MPS051 - MPS071
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS050 R G1 A10 A P01
MPS050 MPS070 With connections for clogging indicators
MPS051 MPS071 With connections for differential indicators

Bypass valve MPS 050 - 070 MPS 051 - 071


R Return: 1.75 bar • •
S Suction: 30 kPa •
U Without bypass •
P Without bypass •

Connections
G1 G 3/4”
G2 3/4” NPT
G3 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G4 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G5 G 1”
G6 1” NPT

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Seal Execution
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard

CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS050 A10 A P01
CS050 CS070
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316

Clogging indicators on SUCTION line page page


VVB Axial pressure gauge 313 VEB Electrical vacuum indicator 312
VVS Radial pressure gauge 313 VLB Electrical/visual vacuum indicator 312

Differential indicators page page


DEA Electrical differential indicator 317 DTA Electronic differential indicator 320
DEM Electrical differential indicator 317-318 DVA Visual differential indicator 320
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 318-319 DVM Visual differential indicator 320
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 319

Spin-on filters 294


MPS050 - MPS070 MPS051 - MPS071 MPS
Dimensions
MPS050
SF2500
- MPS070
Filter H
size [mm]
IN OUT 050 192
070 256

Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M6
G2-G3-G4 1/8” NPT 1/4” UNC
G5 G 1/8” M6
G6 1/8” NPT 1/4” UNC

Recommended
T - Connection for clearance space
clogging indicator T - Connection for for maintenance
on Return Line clogging indicator
on Suction Line

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line
T - Connection for
clogging indicator R - depth 12 mm
on Return Line Nr. 2 holes

MPS051
SF2500
- MPS071
Filter H
size [mm]
IN OUT 051 192
071 256

Connections R
G1 M6
G2-G3-G4 1/4” UNC
G5 M6
G6 1/4” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 2 holes

295 Spin-on filters


MPS MPS100 - MPS150 MPS101 - MPS151
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS100 R G1 A10 A P01
MPS100 MPS150 With connections for clogging indicators
MPS101 MPS151 With connections for differential indicators

Bypass valve MPS 100 - 150 MPS 101 - 151


R Return: 1.75 bar • •
S Suction: 30 kPa •
U Without bypass •
P Without bypass •

Connections
G1 G 1 1/4”
G2 1 1/4” NPT
G3 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Seal Execution
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard

CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS100 A10 A P01
CS100 CS150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316

Clogging indicators on SUCTION line page page


VVB Axial pressure gauge 313 VEB Electrical vacuum indicator 312
VVS Radial pressure gauge 313 VLB Electrical/visual vacuum indicator 312

Differential indicators page page


DEA Electrical differential indicator 317 DTA Electronic differential indicator 320
DEM Electrical differential indicator 317-318 DVA Visual differential indicator 320
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 318-319 DVM Visual differential indicator 320
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 319

Spin-on filters 296


MPS100 - MPS150 MPS101 - MPS151 MPS
Dimensions
MPS100
SF2500
- MPS150
Filter H
size [mm]
IN OUT 100 246
150 295

Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M8
G2-G3 1/8” NPT 5/16” UNC

Recommended
T - Connection for clearance space
clogging indicator for maintenance
on Return Line T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line

T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line
T - Connection for
clogging indicator R - depth 12 mm
on Return Line Nr. 2 holes

MPS101
SF2500
- MPS151
Filter H
size [mm]
IN OUT 101 246
151 295

Connections R
G1 M8
G2-G3 5/16” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 2 holes

297 Spin-on filters


MPS MPS200 - MPS250
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS200 R G1 A10 A P01
MPS200 MPS250

Bypass valve
R Return: 1.75 bar
S Suction: 30 kPa
U Without bypass

Connections
G1 G 1 1/2”
G2 1 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Seal Execution
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard

CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS100 A10 A P01
CS100 CS150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316

Clogging indicators on SUCTION line page page


VVB Axial pressure gauge 313 VEB Electrical vacuum indicator 312
VVS Radial pressure gauge 313 VLB Electrical/visual vacuum indicator 312

Spin-on filters 298


MPS200 - MPS250 MPS
Dimensions
MPS200
SF2500
- MPS250
Filter H
size [mm]
200 213
250 262

Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M10
G2-G3 1/8” NPT 7/16” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

T - Connection for T - Connection for


clogging indicator clogging indicator
on Return Line on Suction Line

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 2 holes

299 Spin-on filters


MPS MPS300 - MPS350 MPS301 - MPS351
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS300 R F1 A10 A P01
MPS300 MPS350 With connections for clogging indicators
MPS301 MPS351 With connections for differential indicators

Bypass valve MPS 300 - 350 MPS 301 - 351


R Return: 1.75 bar • •
S Suction: 30 kPa •
U Without bypass •
P Without bypass •

Connections
G1 G 1 1/2”
G2 1 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Seal Execution
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard

CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS100 A10 A P01
CS100 CS150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316

Clogging indicators on SUCTION line page page


VVB Axial pressure gauge 313 VEB Electrical vacuum indicator 312
VVS Radial pressure gauge 313 VLB Electrical/visual vacuum indicator 312

Differential indicators page page


DEA Electrical differential indicator 317 DTA Electronic differential indicator 320
DEM Electrical differential indicator 317-318 DVA Visual differential indicator 320
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 318-319 DVM Visual differential indicator 320
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 319

Spin-on filters 300


MPS300 - MPS350 MPS301 - MPS351 MPS
Dimensions
MPS300
SF2500
- MPS350
Filter H
size [mm]
300 266
350 315

Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M10
G2-G3 1/8” NPT 7/16” UNC
F1 G 1/8” M10
F2 1/8” NPT 7/16” UNC

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes

IN OUT

T - Connection for T - Connection for


clogging indicator clogging indicator
on Return Line on Suction Line
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

T - Connection for T - Connection for


clogging indicator clogging indicator
on Return Line on Suction Line

301 Spin-on filters


MPS MPS300 - MPS350 MPS301 - MPS351
Dimensions
MPS301
SF2500
- MPS351
Filter H
size [mm]
301 266
351 315

Connections R
G1 M10
G2-G3 7/16” UNC
F1 M10
F2 7/16” UNC

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Spin-on filters 302


MPS

303 Spin-on filters


Spin-on filters 304
Spin-on filters

MSH series
Maximum working pressure up to 3.5 MPa (35 bar) - Flow rate up to 195 l/min

305 Spin-on filters


MSH GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Spin-on filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 3.5 MPa (35 bar)
- Bypass valve: Nylon - Steel
Flow rate up to 195 l/min - Element: Aluminium - Painted Steel

MSH is a range of spin-on filters suitable to be used in low pressure lines.


They offer a good balance between performances, dimensions and prices. Bypass valve
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the Opening pressure: 250 kPa (2.5 bar) ±10%
hydraulic fittings.
∆p element type
Available features: - ∆p: 5 bar
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/4”, for a maximum flow rate - Oil flow from OUT to IN
of 195 l/min
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir
- Strong sealing between the housing and cans, to be used in heavy Seals
applications - Standard NBR - series A
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Optional FPM - series V
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators for
low pressure applications
Temperature
Common applications: From -20 °C to +110 °C
- Delivery lines, in economic industrial equipment or mobile machines
Note
MSH filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]

MSH 050 1.50 0.65


MSH 070 1.90 0.95
MSH 100 3.30 1.80
MSH 150 3.80 2.20

Cartridge
CH

Thread connections
Type Connection
CH 050 - 070 M32 x 2
CH 100 - 150 M45 x 2

Spin-on filters 306


2

GENERAL
0
0
INFORMATION
24 48 72 96
MSH
120
Pressure drop

Bypass valve
pressure drop
MSH 050/070 - Setting 2.5 bar MSH 100/150 - Setting 2.5 bar
6 6

4 4
∆p bar

∆p bar
2 2

0 0
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 30 60 90 120 150
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

0
0 30 60 90 120 150

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
MSH 050 • •
MSH 070 • •
MSH 100 • •
MSH 150 • •
OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

307 Spin-on filters


MSH MSH050 - MSH070 MSH100 - MSH150
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MSH050 B A G1 A10 P01
MSH050 MSH070 MSH100 MSH150

Bypass valve
S Without bypass
B 2.5 bar

Seal
A NBR

Connections MSH 050 - 070 MSH 100 - 150


G1 G 1” G 1 1/2”
G2 G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G3 1” NPT 1 1/2” NPT
G4 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G5 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Execution
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm P01 MP Filtri standard

CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CH050 A10 A P01
CH050 CH070 CH100 CH150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seal Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 317 DTA Electronic differential indicator 320
DEM Electrical differential indicator 317-318 DVA Visual differential indicator 320
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 318-319 DVM Visual differential indicator 320
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 319

Additional features page


T2 Plug 321

Spin-on filters 308


MSH050 - MSH070 MSH100 - MSH150 MSH
Dimensions
MSH050
SF2500
- MSH070
Connection for
differential indicator Filter H
T2 plug not included size [mm]
050 236
070 324

IN OUT Connections R
G1-G2 M8
G3-G4-G5-G6 5/16” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes

MSH100
SF2500
- MSH150
Connection for
differential indicator Filter H
T2 plug not included
size [mm]
100 311
150 354

Connections R
IN OUT
G1-G2 M10
G3-G4-G5-G6 3/8” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 18 mm
Nr. 3 holes

309 Spin-on filters


MSH SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 1 2 3
Filter Filter Cartridge Seal
series assembly code number
MSH 050-070 See See O-R 167 (ø 63.50 x 3.53)
order order
MSH 100-150 table table O-R 4362 (ø 91.67 x 3.53)

Spin-on filters 310


Spin-on filters

Clogging indicators
Introduction Barometric indicators
Vacuum indicators
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.OUT
This is achieved by using filter
housings equipped with clogging indicators.
OUT Differential
OUT indicators
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase in pressure drop across 1
the
2 filter
1
2
3 3
element.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.
MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:
- Vacuum switches and gauges
IN IN IN
- Pressure switches and gauges
OUT OUT OUT
- Differential pressure indicators
2 2
These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals. 1
3
1
3

Suitable indicator types IN IN IN

VACUUM INDICATORS OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the efficiency 2 2
1 1
of the filter element. 3 3

They measure the pressure downstream of the filter element.


Standard items are produced with R 1/4” EN 10226 connection. 2 2
1 1
Available products with R 1/8” EN 10226 to be fitted on MPS series. 3 3

IN IN IN IN IN IN

OUT OUT OUT


BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Pressure indicators are used on the Return line to check the
efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream of the filter element.
Standard items are produced with R 1/8” EN 10226 connection. 1
2
1
2
3 3

IN IN IN

OUT OUT OUTOUT


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS OUT OUT OUT
Differential indicators are used on the Pressure line to check the
efficiency of the filter element. 2
They measure the pressure upstream and downstream of the 1
2
1
2 1
3
3 3
filter element (differential pressure). 1
2
1
2
3 3
Standard items are produced with special connection G 1/2” size.
Also available in Stainless Steel models. IN IN IN IN IN
IN IN
OUT OUT OUT

Quick reference guide


2
2 2 1
Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual 1 1 3
Filter series indicator indicator indicator
3 3

VLB21AA51P01
Suction MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
VEB21AA50P01 IN IN IN
line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 VVS16P01 VLB21AA53P01
VLB21AA71P01
OUT OUT OUT
BVA14P01 BLA15HA51P01
Return MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 BVR14P01 BEA15HA50P01 BLA15HA52P01
line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 BVP20HP01 BEM15HA41P01 BLA15HA53P01 1
2
1
2 1
2
3
BVQ20HP01 BLA15HA71P01 3 3

DLA12xA51P01
MPS 051 - 071 - 101 - 151 DLA12xA52P01
DVA12xP01 DEA12xA50P01
In-line MPS 301 - 351 DLA12xA71P01
IN IN IN
DVM12xP01 DEM12xAxxP01
MSH 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 DLE12xA50P01
DLE12xF50P01
311 Spin-on filters
VACUUM INDICATORS

12

12
12
Dimensions
R R

VE*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Vacuum Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
R Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
EN 10226 - R1/8” VE B 21 A A 50 P01 3
- Seal: NBR

Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
- Max working pressure: 4 10 bar 4
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids

77
2
77

3 3 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943 3

73
1

1 3 - Degree of protection: 1 IP65 according to EN 60529 1

2 2 2
Electrical data
77
77

73
5
A/F 27 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
12

12
12

torque: 25 N∙m 4 A / 30 Vdc


2 5 A / 125 Vac
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
GREE
LAMP

R 1 R 1 2 4 A / 250 Vac R
3 - Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
12

12
12

2 - CE certification1
1
3 2
R R R
VL*51 - VL*52 - VL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
R Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Brass - Nylon
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A xx P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 Electrical3 symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar 3
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 4 1 1
- Working temperature:4 From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
2 oils, Synthetic fluids
77

GREEN RED
HFA,5 HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

LAMP LAMP

3 3
2
- Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1 1 1 1
GREEN3 Electrical data 2
77

RED GREEN RED


LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP
73

2 2 2
A/F 27
- Electrical connection:
3 EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Type 4 5 51 52 53
12

12

torque: 25 N∙m - Lamps 5 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac


2 - Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
R 1
GREEN
LAMP RLAMP
RED 1 2 GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
3
12

12

R VL*71 R
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Connections Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A 71 P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 3Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 1
4 4 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

GREEN RED
5 LAMP LAMP

3 3 2
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1
1 1
GREEN RED GREEN
LAMP
3
RED
LAMP
Electrical data 2
LAMP LAMP
2 A/F 27 2 - Electrical connection:
3 IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
Max tightening 5 - Lamps 4 24 Vdc
12

torque: 25 N∙m - Resistive load: 5 0.4 A / 24 Vdc

GREEN R RED GREEN RED


LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP

Spin-on filters 312


VACUUM INDICATORS
Dimensions

VVB Hydraulic symbol Materials


Axial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
ø43

EN 10226 - R1/8” V V B 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel


- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
ø43

Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass


- Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
R Red
18 ø43

Technical data
A/FR14 - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Yellow
18ø43

A/F 14 Fluctuating: 6 bar


Short time: 10 bar
Green
24

R cmHg - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C


- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
24

A/FR14 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


18

Conversion to SI units - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190


A/F 14
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
18
24

-12 -0.16
-18 -0.24
24

2
-76 1 -1.01 2
1

VVS 3
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Radial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
EN 10226 - R1/8” V V S 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel
- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
Red 2 - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
1
Technical data
ø53

Yellow - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar


ø53

Fluctuating: 6 bar
Short time: 10 bar
A/F 11 Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
ø53 18

cmHg - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids


ø53 18

R HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


Conversion to SI units - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
R
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2
1828

-12 1 -0.16 1

-18 3 -0.24 2
1828

2
R -76 1 -1.01 2
3
1
4
3
R 5
28

28

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE


Series Configuration example 1: VE B 21 A A 50 P01
VE Electrical vacuum indicator 2 Configuration example 2: VL B 21 A A 71 P01
VL Electrical/Visual vacuum indicator 1
Configuration example 3: VV S 16 P01
VV Vacuum gauge 3

Type VE - VL Type VV
B Connection EN 10226 - R1/8” B Axial connection EN 10226 - R1/8”
S Radial connection EN 10226 - R1/8”
Vacuum setting VE VL VV
16 0.16 bar •
21 0.21 bar 2 • •
1
1
Seals 3 VE VL VV 2

A NBR • • 3
4
Thermostat VE VL VV 5

A Without • •
Electrical connections VE VL VV
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •
313 Spin-on filters
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS

10

10
10
Dimensions
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

BEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.5 bar ±10% BE A 15 H A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BE A 20 H A 50 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
- Proof pressure: 4
60 bar 4
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
Electrical symbol
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
77
3
1 - Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529 3

73
77

1000
1 3 1 1

2 Electrical data 2 2
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
10

10
10

torque: 25 N∙m 4 A / 250 Vac

55
- Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
77

EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”


- CE certification EN 10226 - R1/8”
2
1
1
3 2

14
BEM*41 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass EN 10226 - R1/8”
10

Electrical Pressure Indicator 5


- Base:
EN 10226 - R1/8” Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.5 bar ±10% BE M 15 H A 41 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BE M 20 H A 41 P01
4 Technical data 4
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
- Proof pressure: 60 bar
1000

Electrical symbol
3 3 - Working temperature:3 From -25 °C to +80 °C
GREY 1
- Compatibility with fluids:
1
Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
BLACK 2 2
2
1
- Degree of protection: 2 IP67 according to EN 60529
BROWN 3
Electrical data
55

YELLOW / GREEN
- Electrical connection: Four-core cable
77

73
77
77

- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc


4 A / 30 Vdc
5 A / 125 Vac
A/F 27
14

4 A / 250 Vac
Max tightening 2
1 - 2CE certification
torque: 25 N∙m 1
3 ENOn10226 - R1/8”
request this indicator can be provided with main connectors
10

10

10
10

EN 10226 - R1/8” 2 in use for wirings.1


1
3 2
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*51 - BL*52 - BL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A xx P01 3
GREY
Technical data
BLACK - Max working pressure: 40 bar
BROWN Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
YELLOW / GREEN - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
GREEN RED
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
LAMP LAMP
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3 3
77

73

2
1 1 1 Electrical data 1 1
3 - Electrical connection:
2 EN 175301-803
2 2 2
- Type 3 51 52 53
- Lamps 4 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
Max tightening
10

10

torque: 25 N∙m

/8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

Spin-on filters 314


77

73
1
2 BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
1 2
3
Dimensions
10

10
8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A 71 P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73

GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3
2
Electrical data 1
1 1 1
3
- Electrical connection:
2
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
2
A/F 27
2 - Lamps: 3
24 Vdc
Max tightening - Resistive load: 4 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
10

torque: 25 N∙m 5

R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”

BVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Axial Pressure Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
- Window: Transparent plastic
Settings Ordering code - Dial: Painted Steel
1.4 bar ±10% BV A 14 P01 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
2.5 4bar ±10% BV A 25 P01 - Pressure connection: Brass
Dial scale - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
BV A 14 P01
Red Technical data
43

Yellow
43
ø 43 øøø43

3
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
1
Fluctuating: 6 bar
2
Green Short time: 10 bar
- Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
R1/8”
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
A/F 11 BV A 25 P01 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
15

EN 10226 - A/F
R1/8”
A/F 11
15

11
15

Yellow Red - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529


A/F 11
25
25 15
25

Green
2
1 1 2
25

bar 3

BVR Hydraulic symbol Materials


Radial Pressure Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
- Window: Transparent plastic
Settings Ordering code 2 - Dial: Painted Steel
1.4 bar ±10% BV R 14 P01 1 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
2.5 bar ±10% BV R 25 P01 3 - Pressure connection: Brass
Dial scale - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
BV R 14 P01
Red Technical data
Yellow
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Fluctuating: 6 bar
43
43
16 ø 43 øøø43

Short time: 10 bar


Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
A/F 11
11 1
1 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
16

A/F
16

A/F 11 - Accuracy: 2 Class 2.5 according to EN 13190


BV R 25 P01
3
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
3
R1/8” Yellow Red
16

A/F 11 4

EN 10226 - R1/8” 5
Green 2
23

1 1 2
23
23

3
bar
23

315 Spin-on filters


BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Dimensions

BVP - BVQ Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Cover / internal parts: Nylon
Setting Ordering code - Caps: VMQ
BV P 15 H P01 - Seal: HNBR
1.5 bar ±10%
BV Q 15 H P01
BV P 20 H P01 Technical data
2 bar ±10% - Reset: BVP - Automatic reset
BV Q 20 H P01
BVQ - Manual reset
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 1 2
3
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: IP45 according to EN 60529
55

A/F 27
Max tightening Signals
14

55

torque: 25 N∙m
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1 Absence of pressure Presence of pressure Clogged filter element
(no3 indicator) (green button rises gradually) (red button risen)
14

EN 10226 - R1/8”
8”

2
1
1
3 2
3
4
DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE 5

Series Configuration example 1: BE M 15 H A 41 P01


BE Electrical pressure indicator Configuration example 2: BL A 20 H A 71 P01
BL Electrical/Visual pressure indicator
Configuration example 3: BV R 14 P01
BV Visual pressure indicator
Configuration example 4: BV P 20 H P01

Type BE BL BV
A Standard type • • A Axial connection pressure gauge
M With wired electrical connection • R Radial connection pressure gauge
P Visual indicator with automatic reset
Q Visual indicator with manual reset

Pressure setting BEA-BEM BLA BVA-BVR BVP-BVQ


14 1.4 bar •
15 1.5 bar • •
20 2 bar • • •
25 2.5 bar •
Seals BE BLA BVA-BVR BVP-BVQ
H HNBR • • •
Thermostat BEA-BEM BLA BV
A Without • •

Electrical connections BEA BEM BL BV


10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P
41 Connection via four-core cable •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc •
P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •

Spin-on filters 316


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.2 bar ±10% DE A 12 x A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DE A 20 x A 50 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids
53

53
2

50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc

75
60
2
1
1
3 2

DEM*10 Hydraulic symbol Materials 4


3

Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: 5 Brass


- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code
2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 24
1.2 bar ±10% DE M 12 x x 10 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM4
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 10 P01
Technical data
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 3
1 Electrical symbol
1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar 1
2 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar 2
2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,5 Synthetic fluids
75

2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”

HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


60

1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75

torque: 65 N∙m
60

2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DE M 12 x x 20 1P01 1 2
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 20 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75

1 1 1 1
60

3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
1
1
3 2
3 C 317 Spin-on filters
4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

75
60

DEM*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
1.2 bar ±10% DE M 12 x x 30 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 30 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Thermal lockout
75

3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
75

1
1
3 2

DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.2 bar1±10% DE M 12 x x 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 35 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”

A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53

53

50

- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-3-P


- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: SPDT contact
2 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28 1 1 2
Max tightening 3
torque: 65 N∙m 2
1
1
3 2

DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DL A 12 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A xx P01 3

Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53

50

1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529

2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc

Spin-on filters 318


53

50
1
2 DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
1 2
3
Dimensions

DLA*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DL A 12 x A 71 P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
2
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical
1 symbol 1 2
3 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
4 4
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
50

GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58

DLE*A50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
58

58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DL E 12 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
24 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58

58

3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58

DLE*F50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator 3
- Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
58

3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.21bar ±10% DL E 12 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
2
22bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 3
2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58

3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m

319 Spin-on filters


3
2
1

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3

Dimensions

DTA*70 Hydraulic symbol Materials

47

39
- Body: Brass

34
Electronic Differential Indicator
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
1.2 bar ±10% DT A 12 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01 3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47

39
Electrical symbol

34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc

DVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
1 +24 Vdc
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1.2
2 bar ±10% 4 ÷ 20 mA
DV A 12 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
32 bar ±10% DV A 20 x P01
75% - N.O.
Technical data
100% - N.O.
4 - Reset: Automatic reset
5 0 Vdc
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Green / Red - Proof pressure: 630 bar
clogging indicator - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
39

34

1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

DVM Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DV M 12 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DV M 20 x P01
2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34

1 1 2 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


3
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

Spin-on filters 320


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

10
Dimensions

A/F30 T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS


Series Configuration example 1: DE M 12 H F 50 P01
DE Electrical differential indicator Configuration example 2: DL E 20 V A 71 P01
DL Electrical/Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 3: DT A 12 H F 70 P01
DT Electronic differential indicator
DV Visual differential indicator Configuration example 4: DV M 20 V P01
Type DE DL DT DV
A Standard type • • • A With automatic reset
M With wired electrical connection • M With manual reset
E For high power supply •
Pressure setting
12 1.2 bar
20 2 bar
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
Thermostat DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
A Without • • • •
F With thermostat • • •
Electrical connections DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5 •
20 Connection AMP Timer Junior •
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P •
35 Connection Deutsch DT-04-3-P •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 • •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • Option
70 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12) • P01 MP Filtri standard
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc • Pxx Customized

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATOR PLUG


Series Configuration example T2 H
T2 Indicator plug
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
321 Spin-on filters
LMP - low and medium pressure filters are used as process
filters to protect pumps, pressure reducers and hydraulic
circuits from damage due to oil contamination as per ISO 4406.

LMP series is available in 5 different sizes: 100, 200, 400, 900 and
950 and a wide range of versions.

LMP filters are available with several working pressures suitable


for all hydraulic circuits as:
- return filters in external tank mounting construction
for medium and high flow rates in single and duplex versions
- in-line filters for low and medium pressures for off-line
applications
- in-line process filters for medium pressures, for example, for
forced lubrication applications, in single or duplex versions
- in-line filters for medium pressures for filtering
hydraulic boost circuits
- in-line filters as high holding capacity filters on test beds

LMP filters are thus specifically designed to be suitable for a wide


range of application: from steel plants to mobile equipments,
from test benches to naval application, providing the right solution
for filtering requirements in all sectors.

LMP filters are available in single, manifold and duplex versions


(LMD series).

FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 24

Low & Medium Pressure filters 322


Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 110 - 120 - 123 MULTIPORT page 325 Filter element according to DIN 24550 page 415
LMP 210 - 211 341 LDP - LDD 417
LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 351 LMP 900 - 901 427
LMP 950 - 951 363 LMP 902 - 903 435
LMP 952 - 953 - 954 371
LMD 211 383
LMD 400 - 401 & 431 391 INDICATORS page 444
LMD 951 407 ACCESSORIES page 450

323 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 324
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 110-120-123 series MULTIPORT


Maximum working pressure up to 8 MPa (80 bar) - Flow rate up to 200 l/min

325 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 110-120-123
MULTIPORT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 8 MPa (80 bar)
- Housing: Cataphoresis - Painted Steel
Flow rate up to 200 l/min - Bypass valve: Brass - Aluminium

LMP110 is a range of versatile low pressure filter for transmission,


protection of sensitive components in low pressure hydraulic systems Pressure
and filtration of the coolant into the machine tools. - Test pressure: 12 MPa (120 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Burst pressure:
hydraulic fittings. LMP 110: 29 MPa (290 bar)
LMP 120/130: 38 MPa (380 bar)
Available features: - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
- Female threaded connections up to 1”, for a maximum return with pressure from 0 to 8 MPa (80 bar)
flow rate of 200 l/min
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
Bypass valve
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Multiport and multifunction schemes, to meet any type of application. - Other opening pressures on request.
- LMP112: 3/4” additional input port
- LMP116: 3/4” additional output port
∆p element type
- LMP118: 3/4” bypass port, to send the bypass flow to the reservoir
instead of the system - Microfibre filter elements - series N - W: 20 bar
- LMP119: 3/4” relief port, to relief the input pressure in the filter, protecting - Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
the components downstream the filter against back pressure caused - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
by the pressure drop (cold starts)
- LMP120: connections placed in the same side
Seals
- LMP122: connections placed in the same side and 1” additional output port
- LMP123: 2 and 3 bar integrated relief valve - Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Common applications:
Delivery lines, in any low pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
LMP MULTIPORT filters
are provided for vertical
mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
LMP 110-112-116-118-119 1.60 1.80 2.10 2.60 0.75 0.81 1.11 1.53
LMP 120-122 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.90 0.75 0.81 1.11 1.53
LMP 123 1.70 1.90 2.20 2.70 0.75 0.81 1.11 1.53

Low & Medium Pressure filters 326


0.4 1/2”F1 - 3” 3/4” 1” 0.9
Δp bar A>C
A>C

Δp
LMP 901 0.6 0.9 A>B
0.6 0.2 F1 - 3” 9
LMP 901 3/4” A>B
1”
0.2 0.9 0.9
18 9 0.6
F1 - 3” 0.6

LMP 110-120-123
1/2” 1” 3/4” 3/4” 1”

0
100
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.3 0
0.6
300
100
600
300
900
600
Flow
900
1200 rate l/min
1500
1200 1500 0.6
12
0.3 0.6
0.3
6
6
0.3
MULTIPORT
0 0.3 3
0 Flow rate l/min
0.36 0 40 80 120 160 200
0.3 0 40 80 120 160 200 0
3 0
0 40 Pressure
80 drop 160
120
0 40 80 120 160 200
0 0
0 00 0 40 80 120 160 0 200 0 40 80 120 160
0 40 80 120 160 200 00 40
20
Valves 80
40 120
60 160
80 200
100 0 Valves
40 Filter
80 housings
120 ∆p 160
pressure200
drop
LMP 110 LMP 112Bypass valve pressure drop Bypass valve pressure drop
0.9 0.9
0.9 OUT OUT
0.9 1/2” 3/4” 1” OUT 0.9
OUT 3/4” 1” 12
0.9
1/2” 3/4” 1” 3/4” 1” 0.99 12 A>C 0.9 12 18
0.6 3/4” 1” 0.6 A>C A>B 1/2” 3/4” 1”
0.6
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.6 0.6 A>B
0.9
0.6
0.3 1/2” 3/4” 1” PAG0.60.3144
18
6 DEL PDF 8 0.6
8
8
A>C
12
0.3
0.3 0.3
0.6 12 4 A>B
0.3 0.33 4 0.3 4 6
0 0
0 80 120 160 200 LMP 900/901 0- F1 - 3” 30 60 90 120 150
0 0.9 0 40 0
0.3 080 30 60 90 120 150
0.6 186 0
0 40 0 Flow
120 1/2” 160 rate
3/4”l/min
200 1” 00 0Flow
0 rate40l/min 80 120 160 0 200 0
0 40 80 120 160 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 00 40
40 080
80 120
120
40 160
160
80 200
200
120 160 0 200 40 0
80 40
120 80
160 120
200 160
0.6 LMP 900
0 0.4 120 F1 - 3”
Valves
Δp bar

0 40 80 120 160 200 Valves 0 20 40 60 80 100 LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar


Bypass valve pressure drop
0.9
0.9
LMP 116 0.9 LMP 118 - 11918 LMP 110 LMP - Setting
901 6 bar LMP 120 18
12
0.3
0.9 0.2 6 pressure drop
Bypass valve
0.9 F1 - 3” IN 0.9
18 9
0.9 OUT A>C OUT
IN 1/2” 3/4” 1” 3/4” 1”
3/4” 3/4” - 1” A>C
OUT OUT -1”1”
3/4”A>B 12 12
0.9 0.69 12
PAG0.600.6
0.6
144 DEL PDF 3/4” 1”
3/4” 1” 0
12
0
0.6 12 12
0.6
12 8 6
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar
0.6 0 40 80 120 160 200 100 300 0 60020 900 40 1200 60 150080 100 A>C
8 8
0.6 Flow rate l/min 6 A>C A>B
0.3
0.3 86
0.3 6 8 4
0.3 0.3 0.36 3
0.3 A>B
LMP 900/901 - F1 - 3” 4 4
0.6 0.9
0.3 9 A>B
04 3 4 0
000 3/4” 1” 0 0 0 00 00 32 64 96 128 0
0 000 30 60 90 120 150 30 060 90 120 150
40 80
60 120
90 160
120 200
150 32120 64 96
200 128 00160 40 080 40
120 8080
160 120
200 160
0 30 0.6 60
30
90 LMP
120 900 150
0 40 0 80 160 20 0 40 60 100
6
0.4 0 Flow
F1 - rate
3” l/min 00 Flow
0 rate40l/min 80 120 160 0 200 Flow
0 rate 40
l/min 80 120 160
80 120 160 200
Δp bar

0 40 00 4040 8080 120


120 160
160 200
200 0 40 80 120 160 200
Valves 0.9
0.3 pressure drop
Bypass valve LMP 901 3
0.9
0.2 F1 - 3” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 0.99
3/4” 6 bar
LMP 110 - Setting 1” A>C
0.9 LMP 122 LMP110
123- Setting18housing with 2 bar check valve
- Filter LMP 123 - Filter12housing with 3 bar check A>B
valve
0.6 LMP 6 bar
0.9 0.9
12 IN 18
12 12
0 0 0
0.6 0.66 A>C
IN 120 A>C 1603/4” - 1”
200
100 300 0 60040 900803/4” -1200
1” 1500 A>B
0 40
12
80 120 160 200
8 A>C
0.6 0.3 A>C
0.6
8 Flow rate l/min 128 8
0.6 0.3 0.33
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar
A>B
0.3 6 4 A>B
0.9 0 A>B
0.3 0.3
4 64 4
A>C 0 40 0 80 120 160 200 00
A>B 0 40 80 120 160 200 200
0 0 00 40
40 0 8080 120
120 160
160 200
0.6 64 96 128 160 80 120 160
0 00 0 30 60 90 120 150 00 0 32 0 0 40
0060 4090
40 80
80
120 120
120
150 160
160 200
200 00 32
40 64
80 96
120 128
160 160
200 0 40 80 120 160 200
0.90 30 Valves
0.3
1/2” 3/4” Flow1” rate l/min 0.9 Flow rate l/min Bypass valve pressure drop Flow rate l/min
Valves 0.9 A>C
0.6 LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar OUT OUT A>B
18 pressure drop
Bypass valve 12 3/4” 1” 12 12
0 0.6
0 40 80 120 160 0.6 200 A>C
0.3 12 12
12 8 8 8
0.3
Valves 0.3
0 A>C
A>B
8 pressure drop
Bypass valve 8
0 40 6 80 120 160 200 4 4 Bypass valve pressure drop 4
0
LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 - Setting 3.5
0 bar 0LMP 11840- Setting 80
3.5 bar 120 160 200
0.9
124 124 60
18 A>B
0 30 90 120 150
1/2” 3/4” 1”
180 0 0 0
0 32 64 96 128 160 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 120 160 200
Valves A>C
0.68 1280
0 Bypass valve pressure drop
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.9 12 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 120 160 200


OUT OUT LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar
0.3
4 3/4” 1” 64 A>B 1812 12
0.9 12
0.6 IN
6 LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar 3/4” - 1”
18 12 A>C
00 0.6 080 128 8
0.3
00 40
40 80
80 120
120 160
160 200
200 00 40
20 80
40 120
60 80 A>C 100
160 200
12
0 Flow rate l/min 8 Flow rate l/min A>B
0.3 4 64 4
200 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar A>B
0.9
186 60 94
12
0 30 90 120 150
3/4” 1”
0 0 00 0
A>C
LMP 120 - 122 - Setting 3.5 bar 0 30 060 4090 80
120 120
150 160 200 00 32
40 64
80 96
120 128
160 160
200
0.6
12
90 68
0
0 32 64 96 128 160 0 40 80 120 160 200
A>B
0.3 3 LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar
0.9 6 184 12
6
IN
∆p bar

3/4” - 1” A>C
00 00
12 8
0.6
3 00 40
32 80
64 120
96 160
128 200
160 0 40
40 80
80 120
120 160
160 200
200
A>B
0.3 6 4
0
0.9
200 0 40 80 120
A>C 160 200 0 0
0
0 30 60 90 Flow
120 rate150
l/min A>B 0 32 64 96 128 160 0 40 80 120 160 200
0.6

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p0.3varies proportionally with density.

0
0 40 80 120 160 200

Valves
327 Low & Medium Pressure filters
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 110-120-123
MULTIPORT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - N Series


M25
Filter series M60
Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25
M90
M250
1 40 42 65 69 85 163 117 120
2 49 57 83 83 101 163 136 138
LMP 110
3 66 70 92 102 124 164 142 144
4 86 102 118 124 144 165 148 149
1 36 38 55 57 67 105 84 86
2 44 49 66 66 76 105 93 94
LMP 112
3 56 58 71 77 87 106 96 97
4 67 77 85 88 97 106 99 99
1 36 38 54 56 64 96 79 80
2 43 49 63 64 72 96 86 87
LMP 116
3 54 57 68 73 82 96 88 89
4 65 73 79 82 89 96 91 91
1 40 42 65 69 85 163 117 120
2 49 57 83 83 101 163 136 138
LMP 118
3 66 70 92 102 124 164 142 144
4 86 102 118 124 144 165 148 149
1 40 43 66 70 87 172 121 125
2 50 58 85 85 104 172 142 144
LMP 120
3 67 71 94 105 129 173 149 151
4 88 106 122 129 151 174 155 157
1 39 42 64 67 81 146 109 111
2 49 56 80 80 96 146 124 126
LMP 122
3 65 68 88 96 114 146 129 130
4 82 97 110 115 131 147 134 135
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Filter element design - N Series


M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
M60 P10 P25
M90
1 35 37 50 52 59 83 70 71
2 41 46 58 58 65 83 76 76
LMP 123
3 51 53 62 65 72 83 77 78
4 59 65 70 72 78 83 79 79
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 2.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Low & Medium Pressure filters 328


GENERAL INFORMATION LMP 110-120-123 MULTIPORT

Hydraulic symbols - Multiport styles

LMP 110 In-Line filter LMP 120 Port IN-OUT on the same side

OUT

D.I.
D.I. D.I.

OUT IN
IN

LMP 112 Double IN port LMP 122 Lateral OUT port high flow

OUT

OUT

D.I. D.I.
D.I.

IN2

IN1 IN

LMP 116 Double OUT port LMP 123 Bypass valve


Type 1 for heat exchanger high flow
OUT
OUT2

OUT2

D.I.
D.I. D.I.

OUT1 IN
IN

LMP 118 Bypass lateral


Always cleaning fluid in OUT port
Type 2
OUT1 OUT2

D.I.
D.I.

OUT2
OUT1 IN

IN

LMP 119 Safety valve 6 bar


for heat exchanger

OUT1

D.I.

OUT2

IN

329 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP
MULTIPORT
LMP110 - LMP112 - LMP116
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP112 4 B A D 1 A10 N P01
LMP110 LMP112 LMP116
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
Aux (only LMP 112 - 116)
A G 3/4” G 3/4”
B G 1” G 3/4”
C 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
D 1” NPT 3/4” NPT
E SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
Connection for differential indicator
1 Without
2 With standard connection
3 With connection on the opposite side
6 With two connections on both sides
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 330


LMP110 - LMP112 - LMP116 LMP
MULTIPORT

Dimensions
LMP110 - LMP112
LMP116
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
2 - Standard connection for
differential indicator 35.1
T2 plug not included

Fixing holes
Option for Metric and UNC screws

3/8 UNC x depth 12


Nr. 4 holes
3 - Connection for M10 x depth 12
differential indicator Nr. 3 holes
60.6 on the opposite side
T2 plug not included

LMP 110 LMP 112 LMP 116

Aux Aux
IN OUT

331 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP
MULTIPORT
LMP118 - LMP119
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP118 4 B A D 1 A10 N P01
LMP118 LMP119
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
Aux OUT
A G 3/4” G 3/4”
B G 1” G 3/4”
C 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
D 1” NPT 3/4” NPT
E SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
Connection for differential indicator
1 Without
2 With standard connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 332


LMP118 - LMP119 LMP
MULTIPORT

Dimensions
LMP118 - LMP119
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator 35.1
T2 plug not included

Fixing holes
Option for Metric and UNC screws

3/8 UNC x depth 12


Nr. 4 holes

M10 x depth 12
60.6 Nr. 3 holes

Aux
OUT

333 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP
MULTIPORT
LMP120 - LMP122
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP120 4 B A D 1 A10 N P01
LMP120 LMP122
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections LMP120 LMP122
A G 3/4” •
B G 1” • •
C 3/4” NPT •
D 1” NPT • •
E SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN •
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •

Connection for differential indicator


1 Without
2 With standard connection

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 334


LMP120 - LMP122 LMP
MULTIPORT

Dimensions
LMP120
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365

Connections R
A-B M10
C-D-E-F 3/8” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Connection for Nr. 3 holes
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

OUT IN

LMP122
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365

Connections R
B M10
D-F 3/8” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for R - depth 12 mm
differential indicator Nr. 3 holes
T2 plug not included

OUT

Plug not included


IN

335 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP
MULTIPORT
LMP123
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP123 4 R A F 1 A10 N P01
LMP123
Length
1 2 3 4
Valves Bypass OUT to cooler Check valve
C front 2 bar
D 3 bar
without
G side 2 bar
H 3 bar
M front 2 bar
N 3 bar
3.5 bar
Q side 2 bar
R 3 bar

Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
B G 1”
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN

Connection for differential indicator


1 Without
2 With standard connection

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Element ∆p Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 336


LMP123 LMP
MULTIPORT

Dimensions
LMP123
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365

Connections R
B M10
F 3/8” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for R - depth 12 mm
differential indicator Nr. 3 holes
T2 plug not included

Side
OUT

Front IN
OUT

337 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 110-120
MULTIPORT
SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 LMP 120 LMP 122 - 123

4 3c 3d
3d 3c 4

3d 3c 4

3a
3a 3a

3b
3b 3b

2
2 2

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
LMP 110-112-116 -118-119 See
LMP 120 order 02050478 02050479 T2H T2V
table
LMP 122-123

Low & Medium Pressure filters 338


LMP 110-120 MULTIPORT

339 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 340
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 210-211
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Flow rate up to 330 l/min

341 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 210-211 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar)
- Bowl: Cataphoretic Painted Steel
Flow rate up to 330 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 304 - Nylon

LMP210 is a range of versatile low pressure filter for transmission,


protection of sensitive components in low pressure hydraulic systems
Pressure
and filtration of the coolant into the machine tools. - Test pressure: 9 MPa (90 bar)
They are also suitable for the off-line filtration of small reservoirs. - Burst pressure: 21 MPa (210 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
hydraulic fittings. with pressure from 0 to 6 MPa (60 bar)

Available features: Bypass valve


- Flanged connections up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 330 l/min - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
(LMP210) - Other opening pressures on request.
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum return
flow rate of 330 l/min (LMP211)
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system ∆p element type
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators

Common applications: Seals


Delivery lines, in any low pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines - Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
Inlet/Outlet In-Line

Note
LMP 210 - 211 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 Length 1 2 3
LMP 210-211 3.10 4.80 6.40 1.60 2.10 2.80

Low & Medium Pressure filters 342


0.3

0.3

LMP 210-211
0

GENERAL INFORMATION
0 80 160 240 320 400

0
0 80 160 240 320 400
Pressure drop
LMP 211 Δp
0.9
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LMP 210 Δp Housing 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” LMP 211 Δp Housing
0.9 0.9
0.6
1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
0.6
0.3 0.6
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.3 0.3
0
0 80 160 240 320 400

0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 80 160 240 320 400
Valves
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP
LMP 211 Δp
210/211 Bypass valve pressure drop
90.9

1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” LMP 210/211


60.6 9
∆p bar

30.3 6

00 3
00 80
100 160
200 240
300 320
400 400
500
Flow rate l/min
0
500
The
Valves curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in0 compliance
100
ISO 3968.300
with 200 400

∆p varies
Bypass proportionally
valve pressure drop with density.

LMP 210/211
9
Flow rates [l/min]
6 Filter element design - N Series
Filter series Length
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 M60 M90 M250 P10 P25
3 1 106 130 190 200 221 286 287 287 288 261 265
LMP 210 2 153 175 220 237 249 288 289 290 290 265 269
3 204 214 248 260 265 289 290 291 291 277 281
0
0 100 1 200
300 400 500
118 149 227 240 269 358 359 360 361 324 330
LMP 211 2 178 207 268 292 307 361 362 363 364 329 335
3 247 260 306 323 329 362 363 364 365 345 351
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMP 210-211 • •

OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

343 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 210
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP210 3 B A F1 A10 N P01
LMP210
Length
1 2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
F1 1” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F4 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F5 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F6 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU210 3 A10 A N P01
CU210
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm


Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 344


LMP 210
Dimensions
LMP210
Filter H
length [mm]
1 362
2 492
IN OUT
3 633

Connections R
F1 - F2 - F3 M8
F4 - F5 - F6 5/16” UNC

A/F 30
Drain plug only length 3
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

345 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 211
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP211 3 B A D 6 A10 N P01
LMP211
Length
1 2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
A G 1”
B G 1 1/4”
C G 1 1/2”
D 1” NPT
E 1 1/4” NPT
F 1 1/2” NPT
G SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
H SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU210 3 A10 A N P01
CU210
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Element ∆p Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 346


LMP 211
Dimensions
LMP211
Filter H
length [mm]
1 358
2 488
IN OUT 3 629

Connections R
A-B-C M8
D-E-F-G-H-I 5/16” UNC

A/F 30
Drain plug only length 3
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

347 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 210-211 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMP 210 LMP 211

4 4

3c 3c

3d 3d

3a 3a

3b 3b

2 2

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
LMP 210-211 order 02050435 02050436 T2H T2V
table

Low & Medium Pressure filters 348


LMP 210-211

349 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 350
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 400-401 & 430-431 series


Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Flow rate up to 740 l/min

351 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 400-401 & 430-431 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar)
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Flow rate up to 740 l/min - Bypass valve: Steel

LMP400 is a range of low pressure filter with large filtration surface Pressure LMP 400 length 2 -3 - 4
mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of the reservoirs and - Working pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
filtration equipment. - Test pressure: 9 MPa (90 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Burst pressure: 21 MPa (210 bar)
hydraulic fittings. - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
with pressure from 0 to 6 MPa (60 bar)
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 2” and flanged connections up to 2 1/2”, Pressure LMP 400 length 5 - 6
for a maximum flow rate of 740 l/min - Working pressure: 5 MPa (50 bar)
- In line or 90° connections, to meet any type of application - Test pressure: 7.5 MPa (75 bar)
- Base-mounting design also available, for ease of the replacement of - Burst pressure: 15 MPa (150 bar)
the filter element - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system with pressure from 0 to 5 MPa (50 bar)
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Bypass valve
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work - Other opening pressures on request.
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
∆p element type
Common applications: - Microfibre filter elements - series N - W: 20 bar
- Off-line filtration of reservoirs - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Filtration systems
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
LMP 400 - 430: In-line Inlet/Outlet
LMP 401 - 431: 90° Inlet/Outlet

Note
LMP 400 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 2 3 4 5 6 Length 2 3 4 5 6
LMP 400-401 & 430-431 7.20 8.10 8.80 11.90 14.40 3.50 5.00 6.50 9.50 13.50

Low & Medium Pressure filters 352


0.3

GENERAL INFORMATION LMP 400-401 & 430-431 0


0 180 360 540 720 900

Valves Pressure drop


Bypass valve pressure drop
Filter housings Bypass valve
LMP 400 - 401 - 430 - 431 LMP 400 - 401 - 430 - 431
0.9 ∆p pressure drop 9 pressure drop
G1
0.6 G2 - F1 6
∆p bar

∆p bar
F2

0.3 3

0 0
0 180 360 540 720 900 0 140 280 420 560 700
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The
Valves curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies
Bypass proportionally
valve pressure drop with density.
LMP 400 - 401 - 430 - 431
9

Flow rates [l/min]


6
Filter element design - N Series
M25
3 series
Filter Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
M250
0 2 205 244 370 411 515 720 524 556
0 140 3 280 420280 333 474 515
560 700 602 760 637 660
LMP 400 4 347 400 535 564 637 769 660 688
5 459 501 610 660 717 781 700 721
6 504 575 676 689 728 783 708 727

2 200 236 347 382 468 628 475 501


3 268 315 434 468 537 659 565 582
LMP 401 4 328 373 484 507 565 665 582 603
5 423 456 544 582 626 674 613 629
6 459 516 594 604 634 676 619 633

5 459 501 610 660 717 781 700 721


LMP 430
6 504 575 676 689 728 783 708 727

5 423 456 544 582 626 674 613 629


LMP 431
6 459 516 594 604 634 676 619 633
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols LMP 430-431: execution P02


Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMP 400-401 & 430-431 • •

OUT OUT

“Internal tube
D.I. D.I. for reduced flow rate”
is recommended
for flow rate values
IN IN below 100/150 I/min.

The use of option P02


makes it easier to fill
the housing with the
operating fluid.

353 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 400-401
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP401 3 B A G1 A10 N P01
LMP400 LMP401
Length
2 3 4 5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2” F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G2 G 2” F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G3 1 1/2” NPT F3 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G4 2” NPT F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G5 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filter length
Element ∆p Execution 2 3 4 5 6
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard • • • • •
P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing • •
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 3 A10 A N P01
CU400
Element length
2 3 4 5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 354


LMP 400-401
Dimensions
LMP400
Length 2 - 3 - 4
Filter H
length [mm]
OUT IN 2 378
3 478
4 578

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC

Drain plug Recommended


clearance space
for maintenance
Breather plug
T2 plug R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve

LMP400
Length 5 - 6
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
OUT IN length [mm] P01 P02
5 828 120 660
6 1158 120 690

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC

Drain plug H2 - Recommended


clearance space
Breather plug for maintenance
T2 plug R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve

355 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 400-401
Dimensions
LMP401
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes Length 2 - 3 - 4
OUT
Filter H
length [mm]
2 378
IN 3 478
4 578

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC

Drain plug Recommended


clearance space
for maintenance
T2 plug Breather plug

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve

LMP401
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes Length 5 - 6
OUT H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
IN 5 828 120 660
6 1158 120 690

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC

Drain plug H2 - Recommended


clearance space
T2 plug Breather plug for maintenance

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve

Low & Medium Pressure filters 356


LMP 400-401

357 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 430-431
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP431 5 B A G1 A10 N P01
LMP430 LMP431
Length
5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2” F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G2 G 2” F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G3 1 1/2” NPT F3 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G4 2” NPT F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G5 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 5 A10 A N P01
CU400
Element length
5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 358


LMP 430-431
Dimensions
Drain plug LMP430
T2 plug
R - depth 20 mm Filter H H2
Nr. 4 holes length [mm] [mm]
5 828 660
T2 plug =
6 1158 690
connection for differential indicator
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
Drain plug G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
T2 plug H2 - Recommended
clearance space F1-F2 M12
for maintenance F3-F4 1/2” UNC
Breather plug

OUT IN

T2 plug Drain plug


LMP431
Filter H H2
length [mm] [mm]
5 828 660
T2 plug = 6 1158 690
connection for differential indicator

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
Drain plug
T2 plug H2 - Recommended G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
clearance space F1-F2 M12
for maintenance
Breather plug F3-F4 1/2” UNC

IN

R - depth 20 mm
OUT Nr. 4 holes

359 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 400-401 & 430-431 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMP 400 - 401


length 2 - 3 - 4

4 3c 3d

3e 3d

3f 3c

3a

LMP 400 - 401 3b LMP 430 - 431


length 5 - 6 length 5 - 6

4 3c 3d 2
3f

3e 3d

3b
3f 3c

3g
3a
3a

3b 2

2 3a

3b
3a

6 4

5
3c

3d
3b

3g

3g 4 3c 3d

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Housing spigot Tube
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM no bypass with bypass assembly
LMP 400-401 length 2-3-4 See 02050391 02050392
LMP 400-401 length 5-6 order 02050393 02050394 T2H T2V 01044108
LMP 430-431 length 5-6 table 02050393 02050394 01044108 02001414 Length 5: 02025041 Length 6: 02025042

Low & Medium Pressure filters 360


LMP 400-401 & 430-431

361 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 362
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 950-951 series


Maximum working pressure up to 3 MPa (30 bar) - Flow rate up to 2400 l/min

363 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 950-951 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 3 MPa (30 bar)
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Flow rate up to 2400 l/min - Bypass valve: Anodized Aluminium

LMP950 is a range of low pressure filter with large filtration surface Pressure
mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of the reservoirs and
- Test pressure: 4,5 MPa (45 bar)
filtration equipment.
- Burst pressure: 12 MPa (120 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
- Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
hydraulic fittings.
with pressure from 0 to 3 MPa (30 bar)
Available features:
- Flanged connections up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 2400 l/min Bypass valve
- In line or 90° connections, to meet any type of application - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Base-mounting design, for ease of the replacement of the filter element - Other opening pressures on request.
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media ∆p element type
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Seals
Common applications: - Standard NBR series A
- Off-line filtration of reservoirs - Optional FPM series V
- Filtration systems
- Lubrication systems
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
LMP 950: In-line Inlet/Outlet
LMP 951: 90° Inlet/Outlet

Note
LMP 950 - 951 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 2 3 Length 2 3
LMP 950-951 25.1 33.5 15 28

Low & Medium Pressure filters 364


0
LMP LMP 0.4
0
F1 - 3”
LMP 951
F1 - 3”
0.24 0
0 4

950 -GENERAL
951 952 LMP
- 954 950-951
100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0.2 0.12

INFORMATION 0
Pressure drop of filter co
Valves
oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /

LMP 950 - 951 - F3 - 4” 0 Bypass valve pressure d


0.6 100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 Pressure
0 drop
600 12
LMP 953 LMP 952
0.36 0.6 LMP 952
LMP 950 6
F3 - 4”
0.4 LMP 952 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LMP 950 - 951 - F1 - 3” LMP 951 LMP 950 - 951
0.36- F3 - 4”
0.6 0.6 0.4
F3 - 4” 0.24 4
LMP 953
0.2 LMP 950 LMP 950 0.36
F1 - 3” 0.24 F3 - 4” 0.2
0.4 0.4 0.12 2
∆p bar

∆p bar
LMP 951 LMP 951
0 F1 - 3” F3 - 4” 0.24
100 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0.12
0.2 0.2 0 0
0 0 6
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 4
0.12
0 0 0
100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 100 500 0 1000 600 1500 1200
2000 18002500 2400 3000
Valves 0
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Pressure drop of filter co
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 600 12
oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /

LMP 950 - 951 - F3 - 4” LMP 954 LMP 953


0.6 LMP 950 - 951 0.36 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.6
6 Valves LMP 952
LMP 953 0.6
LMP 950 Bypass valve pressure drop 0.36
F3 - 4” 0.24 0.4
0.4
4 LMP 951 LMP 954
0.36 0.4
F3 - 4” LMP 950 - 951
0.24
∆p bar

6
0.2 0.12 0.2
2 0.24
0.12 0.2
4
0 0 0
0 100 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 6
0.12 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 0
2 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 6
Flow rate l/min
0
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm0 3 in compliance with ISO 3968. 0 600 12
Valves
∆p varies proportionally with density. 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 954
LMP 954 0.6 LMP 953
0.36
6
LMP 950 - 951 Flow rates [l/min] 0.6

Filter element design - N Series 0.4


0.24 0.4
4
M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
M90 0.2
0.12 M250 0.2
2 2 613 756 953 1219 1515 2170
LMP 950
3 1148 1219 1502 1713 1808 2293 0
0 0
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 6
0 2 635 789 1007 1308 1649 2420 0 6
LMP 951
0 400 3 800 1200
2000
1600 1226 1308 1634 1881 1993 2566
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
LMP 954
0.6

Hydraulic symbols Execution P02


0.4
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMP 950-951 • • 0.2

OUT OUT 0
0 6
“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
D.I. D.I.
is recommended
for flow rate values
below 100/150 I/min.
IN IN

The use of option P02


makes it easier to fill
the housing with the
operating fluid.

365 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 950-951
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP951 2 B A F2 A10 N P01
LMP950 LMP951
Length
2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F3 4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F4 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU950 2 A10 A N P01
CU950
Element length
2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449 CFA Retaining clamp 450

Low & Medium Pressure filters 366


LMP 950-951
Dimensions

Drain plug LMP950


T2 plug
R - depth 25 mm Filter H H2
Nr. 4 holes length [mm] [mm]
2 680 350
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator 3 1230 900

Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
Drain plug F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
T2 plug H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Breather plug

OUT IN

T2 plug Drain plug


LMP951
Filter H H2
length [mm] [mm]
T2 plug = 2 680 350
connection for differential indicator 3 1230 900

Connections R
Drain plug H2 - Recommended
F1 - F3 M16
T2 plug
clearance space F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
for maintenance
Breather plug

IN

R - depth 25 mm
OUT Nr. 4 holes

367 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 950-951 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMP 950 - 951

3f

3b

3a

3a
6

4
3b

3c

3d

3g

4 3c 3d

Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Housing spigot Tube assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM no bypass with bypass length 2 length 3
See
LMP 950-951 length 2-3 order 02050367 02050368 T2H T2V 01044106 02001379 02025032 02025033
table

Low & Medium Pressure filters 368


LMP 950-951

369 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 370
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 952-953-954 series


Maximum working pressure up to 2.5 MPa (25 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min

371 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 952-953-954 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 2.5 MPa (25 bar)
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Flow rate up to 3000 l/min - Manifolds: Welded - Phosphatized Steel
- Bypass valve: Anodized Aluminium
LMP952, LMP953 and LMP954 are ranges of low pressure filter with
large filtration surface mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of Pressure
the reservoirs and filtration equipment. Test pressure: 3.5 MPa (35 bar)
Multiple LMP950 filters are connected to a manifold to reduce the
pressure drop caused by the filter media and to increase the life time of
Bypass valve
the filter element.
- Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
- Other opening pressures on request.
hydraulic fittings.

Available features: ∆p element type


- 4” flanged connections, for a maximum flow rate of 3000 l/min - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Base-mounting design, for ease of the replacement of the filter element - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid Number of filter elements
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - LMP 952: 2 filter elements CU950-3
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - LMP 953: 3 filter elements CU950-3
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work - LMP 954: 4 filter elements CU950-3
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Seals
Common applications: - Standard NBR series A
- Off-line filtration of reservoirs - Optional FPM series V
- Filtration systems

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
LMP 952-953-954:
In-line Inlet/Outlet

Note
LMP 952 - 953 - 954 filters
are provided for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 3 Length 3
LMP 952 96 66
LMP 953 138 99
LMP 954 192 132

Low & Medium Pressure filters 372


LMP 2

LMP
LMP 951
Valves0.12
F1 - 3”

952 - 954
Bypass valve pressure drop 0.12 0
0.2
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 0

INFORMATION LMP 952-953-954


952 - 954
0 LMP 952 - 954 0 400 800 1

GENERAL
Valves
0 6 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0
Bypass valve pressure drop
100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 0
Valves 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Pressure drop of filter complete with cartridge,
oil viscosity
Bypass valve30pressure /s (cSt)
mm 2drop Pressure drop of filter complete with cartridge,
4
6
LMP 952 - 954 Pressure drop
oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /s (cSt)

LMP 950 LMP 952- F3 - 4”


- 951 LMP 952 - 954
0.6 0.36 6 LMP 952 A03 A06 A10 A16
0.362 LMP 953 0.6 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LMP 952 4 LMP 953 LMP 952
0.36 A25 0.6
0.36 LMP 950
F3 - 4” 4
0.4 0.24 0 0.4
0.24 LMP 951 2 M25
0 400 800 1200
F3 - 4” 1600 2000 0.24 0.4
0.24
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.2 0.12 2
0 0.12 0.2
0 0.2
Pressure0.12drop of filter complete with cartridge, 0.12 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
0 0 oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /s (cSt) 0
0
100 0 0500 600 1000 1200 1500 18002000 2400 2500 3000 0
0
400
600
800
1200
1200
1800
1600
2400
2000
3000
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 0
Valves 0
Pressure drop
0 of filter complete
600 with cartridge, 1800
1200 2400 3000 0 600 1200
0LMP 952600 1200 1800 3000
A03 A06 2400 A10 A16
0.6 pressure drop
Bypass valve oil viscosity 30 mm /s (cSt) 2
Flow rate l/min A25
Flow rate l/min
Pressure drop of filter complete with cartridge,
LMP 952 - 954 oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /s (cSt)
Valves 6
LMP0.4953 LMP 952 A03 A06 A10 A16
0.36 drop
Bypass valve pressure M25 0.6
LMP 954
0.36 LMP 953 LMP 953
0.6954LMP 952 A03 A06 A03A25
A06
A10 A10
A16
0.36 0.6
LMP LMP 953
4
0.2 0.36 A16 0.6
LMP 950 - 951 0.4 A25
6 0.24 M25 A25
0.24 0.4
0.4
0.24
02
∆p bar

0.24 M25
M25 0.4
0.12 0.2
0 4 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0.12 0.2
0.2
0.12
0 0.12
0 0.2
2 0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
00
0 0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 00 600
600 1200
1200 1800
1800 2400
2400 3000
3000 0
0 600 1200 1800
Flow rate l/min 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 Pressure dropLMP
of filter 0 600 1200 1
953complete with cartridge, A03 A06 A10
0.6
0 oil viscosity 800
400 30 mm /s (cSt) 2 1200 1600 2000
A16
A25 Pressure drop of filter complete
LMP0.4954LMP 952 A03 A06 A10 A16 LMP 953 A03 A06 A10
0.36 0.6 0.6 with cartridge,
M25 A16
LMP 954 A25 LMP 953 A03 A06 A10 oil viscosity 30 mm2/s (cSt)
0.36 0.6 LMP 954
0.6 A25
0.24 0.2 A03 A16 LMP 954
0.4 0.4 A06
M25 0.6
∆p bar

∆p bar

M25 A25
A10
0.24 0.4
0 0.4 A16
0 0.12 0.2 0.2 M25
A25
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0.4
0.12 M25
0.2
0 0.2
0 0
0.2
0
0 0 600 6001200 12001800 2400
1800 2400 3000 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 0
Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0
LMP 954 0 600 1200 1
0.6
A03
A06
A10
LMP 953 A03 A06 A10
0.6
0.4 A16 LMP 954
A16
A25 0.6
∆p bar

A03
LMP 954 A06
A25
M25 0.6 A10
0.4
0.2 A03
0.4 A16 A06
M25 A10
A25
0.4 A16
0.2 M25
0 A25
0.2
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
M25
Flow rate l/min 0.2
0
0 Valves 0
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 Bypass valve pressure drop
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
LMP 952 - 954
6

4
LMP 954
∆p bar

0.6
A03
A06
2 A10
0.4 A16
A25
0 M25
0.2 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Flow rate l/min
0
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
Pressure0drop of filter complete with cartridge,
oil∆p varies
viscosity 0 mm
30 2600
proportionally
/s (cSt) 1200 density.
with 1800 2400 3000

LMP 952 A03 A06 A10 A16


0.6
A25

0.4 373 Low & Medium Pressure filters


M25
LMP 952-953-954 GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - N Series


M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
M90
M250
LMP 952 3 2172 2294 2766 3106 3256 3998
LMP 953 3 2842 2964 3403 3696 3820 4395
LMP 954 3 3259 3372 3770 4026 4133 4618
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S - Execution B Execution S - Execution B Execution S - Execution B
LMP 952 •
LMP 953 •
LMP 954 •

S OUT
S OUT
S OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN

B OUT
B OUT
B OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN

Low & Medium Pressure filters 374


GENERAL INFORMATION LMP 952-953-954
Manifolds Focus on

Breather plug
G 1/2” - A/F 10

Oil drain plug


FA G 1/2” - A/F 10
Position of manifolds Indicator port
IN - OUT connections Plug T2 - A/F 30

Indicator port - Plug T2 - A/F 30


Oil drain plug - G 1/2” - A/F 10

Execution P02 CMV4 & CUV4 Flange options


Code Thread Materials
1 - 4” SAE flange
2 - O-R 4437 (FPM) for flange
3 - Plug G 1-1/4”
CMV4 G 1 1/4” 4 - O-R 3168 for plug (FPM)
5 - No. 4 Hex bolt screws UNI-EN 24017
M16 x 65-10.9
6 - No. 4 Spring washers UNI 1751-B 16
7 - No. 4 Nuts UNI 5587 - M16

1 - 4” SAE flange
2 - O-R 4437 (FPM) for flange
3 - Plug SAE 20 1 5/8” - 12 UN
CUV4 SAE 20 4 - 1147 O-R for plug (FPM)
5 - No. 4 Hex bolt screws 5/8” UNC x 2 1/2”
6 - No. 4 Spring washers UNI 1751-B 16
7 - No. 4 Nuts 5/8” UNC

2 1

“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
4
is recommended for
flow rate values below: 3
Oil drain plug
LMP 952 - 300 l/min Flange with oil drain plug
LMP 953 - 450 l/min for rapid discharge
LMP 954 - 600 l/min
7 6 5
The use of option P02
makes it easier to fill the
housing with the operating fluid.

375 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 952-953-954
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP952 3 B A FA A10 N P01
LMP952 LMP953 LMP954
Length
3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM

Connections
FA 4” SAE 3000 psi

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm


Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU950 3 A10 A N P01
CU950
Element length
3
Filter series and size
LMP952 Nr. 2 filter elements
LMP953 Nr. 3 filter elements
LMP954 Nr. 4 filter elements
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 376


LMP 952-953-954
Dimensions
LMP952

Breather plug

Drain plug

IN
T2 plug

OUT

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

377 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 952-953-954
Dimensions
LMP953

Breather plug

Drain plug

IN

T2 plug

OUT

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Low & Medium Pressure filters 378


LMP 952-953-954
Dimensions
LMP954

Breather plug

Drain plug

IN

T2 plug

OUT

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

379 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 952-953-954 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMP 952 - 953 - 954

2
5b
5
5a

3
6d 6
6b
6c
6c
6b
6a

Item 7:
for complete filter code and
spare parts, see
LMP 950 - 951 series chapter

Quantity:
- filter spare parts:
LMP 952 - 2 pcs.
LMP 953 - 3 pcs.
LMP 954 - 4 pcs.

- filter seal kit:


LMP 952 - 2 pcs.
LMP 953 - 3 pcs.
LMP 954 - 4 pcs.
Item: 2 3 4 5 (5a-5b) 6 (6a ÷ 6d) 7
Filter Manifold 4” SAE 3000 psi plugged flange Manifolds seal kit Threaded fasteners kit Filter
series Q.ty IN OUT Q.ty Q.ty NBR FPM Q.ty Q.ty
LMP 952 1 pc. 01039270 01039271 2 pcs. 1 pc. 02050404 02050405 1 pc. 02049051 2 pcs.
LMP 953 1 pc. 01039337 01039338 2 pcs. 01042012 1 pc. 02050404 02050405 1 pc. 02049052 3 pcs. LMP9513xxF1xxxNP0x
LMP 954 2 pcs. 01039270 01039271 2 pcs. 1 pc. 02050406 02050407 1 pc. 02049053 4 pcs.

Low & Medium Pressure filters 380


LMP 952-953-954

381 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 382
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMD 211 series


Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Flow rate up to 330 l/min

383 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 211 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Duplex
- Bowl: Cataphoretic Painted Steel
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Bypass valve: AISI 304 - Nylon
Flow rate up to 330 l/min
LMD211 is a range of versatile low pressure duplex filter with integrated
changeover function to allow the filter element replacement without the
Pressure
system shut-down. - Test pressure: 9 MPa (90 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Burst pressure: 21 MPa (210 bar)
hydraulic fittings. - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
with pressure from 0 to 6 MPa (60 bar)
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections Bypass valve
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 330 l/min - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Balancing valve integrated in the changeover lever, to equalize the
housing pressure before the switch ∆p element type
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work
- Optional sampling ports, to get samples of fluid or to connect additional
instrument to the system Seals
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Common applications:
- Systems where shut-down causes high costs
- Systems where shut-down causes safety issues Temperature
From -25° C to +110° C

Connections
Inlet/Outlet In-Line

Note
LMD 211 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 Length 1 2 3
LMD 211 9.5 11.2 12.8 4.1 4.6 5.3

Low & Medium Pressure filters 384


0.3

LMD 211
0

GENERAL INFORMATION
0 80 160 240 320 400
Flow rate l/min

Pressure drop
LMD 211 Δp Housing LMD 211 Δp
0.9 0.9

1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LMD 211 Δp Housing
0.9
0.6 0.6
∆p bar Δp bar

0.6
0.3 0.3

0.3
0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 50 100 150 200 250
Flow rate l/min
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Valves
Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop

Bypass valve pressure drop


LMD 211
9

6
∆p bar

0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
Filter series Length
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 M60 M90 M250 P10 P25
1 90 95 140 147 156 191 192 192 193 177 181
LMD 211 2 113 121 158 162 173 192 192 193 193 181 183
3 131 146 166 169 177 193 194 194 194 184 187
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
LMD 211 • •

OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

385 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 211
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD211 3 B A C 6 A10 N P01
LMD211
Length
1 2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
C G 1 1/2”
F 1 1/2” NPT
I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
L 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M + G 1 1/4”
M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + 1 1/4” NPT
N 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + SAE 20 - 1 5/8” UN
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU210 3 A10 A N P01
CU210
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 386


LMD 211
Dimensions
LMD211
Filter H
length [mm]
1 383
2 513
3 651

Connections R
C M10
F-I 3/8” UNC
L M10
M-N 3/8” UNC

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes

IN OUT

Breather plug

Drain plug
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

387 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 211 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMD 211

3d

3e

3c

3a

3b

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
LDD order 02050671 02050672 T2H T2V
table

Low & Medium Pressure filters 388


LMD 211

389 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 390
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMD 400-401 & 431 series


Maximum working pressure up to 1.6 MPa (16 bar) - Flow rate up to 590 l/min

391 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 400-401 & 431 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Duplex
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 1.6 MPa (16 bar) - Manifolds: Steel - Painted black
Flow rate up to 590 l/min - Bypass valve: Steel
LMD400 is a range of versatile low pressure duplex filter with integrated - 3-way ball valve: Steel housings - Stainless Steel ball
changeover function to allow the filter element replacement without the - Valve: Phosphatized Steel - Stainless Steel
system shut-down.
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
Pressure
hydraulic fittings.
Test pressure: 2.5 MPa (25 bar)
Available features:
- 2 1/2” flanged connections, for a maximum flow rate of 590 l/min Bypass valve
- LMD400: In-line connections - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- LMD401: In-line connections with compact design - Other opening pressures on request.
- LMD431: In-line connections with compact design and base mounting
- Base-mounting design also available, for ease of the replacement of
the filter element ∆p element type
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Microfibre filter elements - series N - W: 20 bar
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Balancing valve, to equalize the housing pressure before the switch
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Seals
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system
FPM series V
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Temperature
Common applications: From -25° C to +110° C
- Systems where shut-down causes high costs
- Systems where shut-down causes safety issues
Connections
- LMD 400-401: In-line Inlet/Outlet
- LMD 401: Same side
- LMD 400-401-431: In-Line

Note
LMP 400 - 401 - 431 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 4 5 6 Length 4 5 6
LMD 400 - 401 60 65 72 20 28 33
LMD 431 - 68 78 - 28 33

Low & Medium Pressure filters 392


GENERAL INFORMATION LMD 400-401 & 431
LMD 400 - 401 - 431
Pressure drop
0.6

LMD 400 - 401 - 431 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


0.6
0.4

0.4
0.2
∆p bar

0.2
0
100 200 300 400 500 600

0
100 200 300 400 500 600
Flow rate l/min

Bypass valve pressure drop


LMD 400 - 401 - 431
9

LMD 400 - 401 - 431


69
∆p bar

36

30
0 140 280 420 560 700
Flow rate l/min
0
0 are plotted
The curves 140 280mineral420
using density of 700
oil with 560 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
M25
Filter series M60
Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25
M90
M250
4 308 349 453 474 530 628 547 567
LMD 400 - 401 5 395 427 509 547 589 637 577 592
6 429 483 558 568 597 639 583 597

5 395 427 509 547 589 637 577 592


LMD 431
6 429 483 558 568 597 639 583 597
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMD 400 - 401 • •
LMD 431 • •
OUT OUT

D.I.
D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN

393 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 400-401 & 431 GENERAL INFORMATION
Focus on

A Breather plug G 3/8” - A/F 8


B Indicator port Plug T2 - A/F 30
C Compensation valve LMP 400 - 401 & 431 A
D Oil drain plug G 3/8” - A/F 8 Fit one differential indicator for individual filter assembly.

B
A B
D

A
C
C
B
B
D

LMD 431: Execution P02

“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
is recommended
for flow rate values
below 150 I/min.

The use of option P02


makes it easier to fill
the housing with the
operating fluid.

Low & Medium Pressure filters 394


LMD 400-401 & 431

395 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 400-401
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD401 4 B V F1 A10 N P01
LMD400 LMD401
Length
4 5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Connections LMD400 LMD401
F1 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M • •
F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC • •
F3 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M, In-line connections •
F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC, In-line connections •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Filter length
Element ∆p Execution 4 5 6
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard • • •
P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing • •
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 4 A10 V N P01
CU400
Element length
4 5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 396


LMD 400-401
Dimensions
LMD400
Length 4
Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
Drain plug for maintenance

R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Bypass valve

Breather plug T2 plug

T2 plug =
Connection for differential indicator

397 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 400-401
Dimensions
LMD400
Length 5 - 6
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
5 883 120 660
6 1213 120 690

Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC

IN OUT

Drain plug

R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Bypass valve

Breather plug T2 plug

T2 plug =
Connection for differential indicator

Low & Medium Pressure filters 398


LMD 400-401
Dimensions
LMD401
Length 4

Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC

Connections Connections

OUT OUT

Breather plug
Bypass plug

IN T2 plug
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Drain plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

399 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 400-401
Dimensions
LMD401
Length 5 - 6
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
5 1044 120 660
6 1374 120 690

Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
Connections Connections F4 1/2” UNC

OUT OUT

Breather plug
Bypass plug

IN T2 plug
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Drain plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Low & Medium Pressure filters 400


LMD 400-401

401 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 431
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD431 5 B V F1 A10 N P01
LMD431
Length
5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Connections
F1 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F3 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M, In-line connections
F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC, In-line connections
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Element ∆p Execution
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 5 A10 V N P01
CU400
Element length
5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •

Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 402


LMD 431
Dimensions
LMD431
Filter H H2
length [mm] [mm]
5 1161 660
6 1491 690

Breather plug

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

IN

Drain plug

OUT OUT

Connections Connections

Fixing holes

Ø 15
Nr. 4 holes

403 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 400-401 & 431 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMD 400

5a
5b
4b
5c 3
5d
4a
2 7

LMD 401 LMD 431

5a
5b
4b

4a

3 4a

2
5d
5c
7 3
6
4b

2 5b
5d
5c 5a

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs.
Item: 2 3 4 (4a ÷ 4b) 5 (5a ÷ 5d) 6 7
Filter 3-way ball valve PN 16 Threaded Kit ball valve Filter
series 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC One-way valve Seal Kit fasteners kit with hose fitting See order table

LMD 400-401-431 02001440 02001441 02001429 02050399 02049062 02025043 LMP400xF2.....

Low & Medium Pressure filters 404


LMD 400-401 & 431

405 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 406
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMD 951 series


Maximum working pressure up to 1.6 MPa (16 bar) - Flow rate up to 1200 l/min

407 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 951 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Duplex
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 1.6 MPa (16 bar) - Manifolds: Welded - Painted black
Flow rate up to 1200 l/min - Bypass valve: Steel
LMD950 is a range of versatile low pressure duplex filter with integrated - 3-way ball valve: Steel body - Stainless Steel ball
changeover function to allow the filter element replacement without the - Check valve: Cast Iron body - AISI 304 leaf
system shut-down.
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the Pressure
hydraulic fittings. - SAE + DIN Flange
- Test pressure: 2.5 MPa (25 bar)
Available features:
- Flanged connections up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 1200 l/min Bypass valve
- Base-mounting design, for ease of the replacement of the filter element - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Balancing valve, to equalize the housing pressure before the switch Number of filter elements
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media LMD 951: 2 filter elements CU950-3
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators ∆p element type
- Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
Common applications: - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Systems where shut-down causes high costs
- Systems where shut-down causes safety issues
Seals
FPM series V

Temperature
From -25° C to +110° C

Connections
- LMD 951: In-line Inlet/Outlet
- Same side

Note
LMD 951 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
DN 80 DN 100 DN 80 DN 100
LMD 951 102 130 62 66

Low & Medium Pressure filters 408


0.4
DN 100

LMD 951
0

GENERAL INFORMATION 0 240 280 720 960 1200

Pressure drop

Filter housings Bypass valve


LMD 951 LMD 951
1.2 ∆p pressure drop 6 pressure drop

DN 80
0.8 4
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.4 2
DN 100

0 0
0 240 280 720 960 1200 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

LMD 951
6
Flow rates [l/min]
4 Filter element design - N Series
M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
2
M90
M250
LMD 951 3 853 884 995 1066 1096 1233
0
0
Maximum 800 a complete
400 rate for
flow 1200 low 2000
1600 and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMD 951 • •

OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN

Focus on Execution P02

B
“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
is recommended
for flow rate values
below 100/150 I/min.
C A
The use of option P02
LMD 951 makes it easier to fill
Fit one differential indicator the housing with the
for individual filter assembly. operating fluid.
A
A Indicator port Plug T2 - A/F 30
B Compensation valve
C Oil drain plug G 1/2” - A/F 10

409 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 951
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD951 3 B V F1 A10 N P01
LMD951
Length
3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar

Seals and treatments


V FPM
Connections
F1 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F3 4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F4 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F5 3” SAE 3000 psi/M, In-line connections
F6 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC, In-line connections
F7 4” SAE 3000 psi/M, In-line connections
F8 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC, In-line connections
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU950 3 A10 V N P01
CU950
Element length
3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Seals
V FPM

Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 410


LMD 951
Dimensions

Recommended clearance space


for maintenance

Breather plug

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
IN

Drain plug

OUT OUT

Connections Connections

Fixing holes

Ø 15
Nr. 4 holes

LMD951
H L L1 M
Connections [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
F1 1530 838 588 370
F2 1530 838 588 370
F3 1577 932 682 650
F4 1577 932 682 650
F5 1530 838 588 370
F6 1530 838 588 370
F7 1577 932 682 650
F8 1577 932 682 650

411 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMD 951 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

LMD 951

2
4a
5f
5e

4b

5b

5a

4a
3
4a
5d
5f
5c

Item 7:
for complete filter code and
spare parts, see
LMP 950 - 951 series chapter

Quantity:
- filter spare parts: 2 pcs.
- filter seal kit: 2 pcs.
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs.
Item: 2 3 4 5 (5a ÷ 5f) 6 7
Filter series 3-way ball valve PN 16 One-way Seal Kit Threaded G 1/2” Ball Valve Kit Filter
LMD 951 valve fasteners kit with straight fittings
F1 - F2 - F5 - F6 / D1 - D3 3” SAE 3000 psi/M 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
(3” SAE / DIN PN16 DN 80) 02001135 02001438 02001418 02050388 02049056 LMP9513xVF1xxxNP01
02025043
F3 - F4 - F7 - F8 / D2 - D4 4” SAE 3000 psi/M 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
02001419 02050389 02049057 LMP9513xVF3xxxNP01
(4” SAE / DIN PN16 DN 100) 02001162 02001439

Low & Medium Pressure filters 412


LMD 951

413 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 414
Low & Medium Pressure filters

DIN 24550 Filter element according to DIN 24550

LDP & LDD series


Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Flow rate up to 330 l/min

LMP 900-901 series


Maximum working pressure up to 3 MPa (30 bar) - Flow rate up to 2000 l/min

LMP 902-903 series


Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min

415 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 416
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LDP & LDD series


Filter element according to DIN 24550
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Flow rate up to 330 l/min

417 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LDP & LDD GENERAL INFORMATION
Filter element according to DIN 24550
Descriptions Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar)
- Bowl: Cataphoretic Painted Steel
Flow rate up to 330 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 304 - Nylon
LDP is a range of versatile low pressure filter for transmission, protection
of sensitive components in low pressure hydraulic systems and filtration
of the coolant into the machine tools. Pressure
They are also suitable for the off-line filtration of small reservoirs.
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Test pressure: 9 MPa (90 bar)
hydraulic fittings. - Burst pressure: 21 MPa (210 bar)
- Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
Available features: with pressure from 0 to 6 MPa (60 bar)
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum return flow
rate of 330 l/min
- Filter element designed in accordance with DIN 24550 regulation
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system Bypass valve
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Other opening pressures on request.
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators

Common applications:
Delivery lines, in low pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines ∆p element type
- Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
LDD is a range of versatile low pressure duplex filter with integrated - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
changeover function to allow the filter element replacement without the
system shut-down.
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
hydraulic fittings. Seals
- Standard NBR series A
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections - Optional FPM series V
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum
flow rate of 330 l/min
- Filter element designed in accordance with DIN 24550 regulation
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system Temperature
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid From -25° C to +110° C
- Balancing valve integrated in the changeover lever, to equalize the housing
pressure before the switch
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system Connections
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work Inlet/Outlet In-Line
- Optional sampling ports, to get samples of fluid or to connect additional
instrument to the system
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Note
Common applications:
LDP - LDD filters are provided
- Systems where shut-down causes high costs
- Systems where shut-down causes safety issues for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
LDP 016 2.0 1.2
LDP 025 3.0 1.6
LDP 040 5.0 2.2
LDD 016 9.3 3.6
LDD 025 9.5 4.1
LDD 040 11.3 4.8

Low & Medium Pressure filters 418


0.6 0.6

Δp bar Δ
0.3

Δp bar 0.3 0.3

0
0

0
0 80 160
Flow rate l/min
GENERAL INFORMATION
240 320 400 LDP & LDD
0 0 80 80 160 160 240 240 320 320 400 400 Filter element according to DIN 24550
FlowFlow
rate rate
l/minl/min
LDP - Δp LDD - Δp
0.9 0.9 Pressure drop
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LDP -LDP
Δp - Δp Housing 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” LDD -LDD
Δp -Housing
Δp
0.9 0.6
0.9 0.9 0.6
0.9

1” 1” 1 1/4”1 1/4”1 1/2”1 1/2”


0.6 0.6
0.3 0.6 0.6
0.3
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 50 100 150 200 250

0 0 0 0
0 0 80 80 160 160 240 240 320 320 400 400 0 0 50 50 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250
Valves
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
ValvesValves
BypassBypass
valve pressure
valve LDD
pressure
drop drop
Bypass valve pressure drop
- LDP
9

LDD -LDD
LDP- LDP
9 9
6
∆p bar

6 36

3 3
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
0 0 Flow rate l/min
0 0 100 100 200 200 300 300 400 400 500 500
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
Filter series
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 M60 M90 M250 P10 P25
LDP 016 83 91 178 198 222 350 353 358 359 295 309
LDP 025
124 134 227 245 265 357 358 358 359 319 330
LDP 040
173 191 274 284 311 359 360 361 362 332 337

LDD 016 68 73 120 130 140 189 190 192 192 169 174
LDD 025 93 98 142 149 157 191 192 192 192 178 181
LDD 040
118 126 161 165 175 192 192 193 193 182 184
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B Execution S Execution B
LDP 016 • •
LDP 025 • •
LDP 040 • •
LDD 016 • •
LDD 025 • •
LDD 040 • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.
D.I. D.I.

IN IN

IN IN

419 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LDP Filter element according to DIN 24550
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series Configuration example: LDP 025 B A D 6 A10 N P01
LDP
Size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
A G 1” F 1 1/2” NPT
B G 1 1/4” G SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
C G 1 1/2” H SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
D 1” NPT I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
E 1 1/4” NPT
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series Configuration example: DN 025 A10 A N P01
DN
Element size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm


Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Element ∆p Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 420


Filter element according to DIN 24550 LDP
Dimensions
LDP
Filter H
size [mm]
016 268
025 358
IN OUT 040 508

Connections R
A-B-C M8
D-E-F-G-H-I 5/16” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

421 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LDD Filter element according to DIN 24550
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series Configuration example: LDD 025 B A C 6 A10 N P01
LDD
Size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
C G 1 1/2”
F 1 1/2” NPT
I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
L 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M + G 1 1/4”
M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + 1 1/4” NPT
N 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + SAE 20 - 1 5/8” UN
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series Configuration example: DN 025 A10 A N P01
DN
Element size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Element ∆p Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 422


Filter element according to DIN 24550 LDD
Dimensions
LDD
Filter H
size [mm]
016 293
025 383
040 533

Connections R
C M10
F-I 3/8” UNC
L M10
M-N 3/8” UNC

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes

IN OUT

Breather plug

Drain plug
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

423 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LDP SPARE PARTS
Filter element according to DIN 24550

Order number for spare parts


LDP

3c

3d

3a

3b

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
LDP order 02050435 02050436 T2H T2V
table

Low & Medium Pressure filters 424


SPARE PARTS LDD
Filter element according to DIN 24550

Order number for spare parts


LDD

3d

3e

3c

3a

3b

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3i) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
LDD order 02050671 02050672 T2H T2V
table

425 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 426
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 900-901 series Filter element according to DIN 24550


Maximum working pressure up to 3 MPa (30 bar) - Flow rate up to 2000 l/min

427 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 900-901 GENERAL INFORMATION
Filter element according to DIN 24550
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 3 MPa (30 bar)
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Flow rate up to 2000 l/min - Manifolds: Anodized Aluminium
LMP900 is a range of low pressure filter with large filtration surface - Bypass valve: Steel
mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of the reservoirs and
filtration equipment. Pressure
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Test pressure: 4.5 MPa (45 bar)
hydraulic fittings. - Burst pressure: 12 MPa (120 bar)
- Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
Available features: with pressure from 0 to 3 MPa (30 bar)
- Flanged connections up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 2000 l/min
- In line or 90° connections, to meet any type of application Bypass valve
- Filter element designed in accordance with DIN 24550 regulation - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
Number of filter elements
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system
LMP 900-1: 1 filter element CU900
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work
LMP 900-2: 2 filter elements CU900
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators

Common applications: Filter elements


- Off-line filtration of reservoirs Filter element according to DIN 24550
- Filtration systems Size: 1000
- Lubrication systems
∆p element type
- Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN

Connections
LMP 900: In-line Inlet/Outlet
LMP 901: 90° Inlet/Outlet

Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
LMP 900 - 901 filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 Length 1 2
LMP 900-901 19.2 30.4 16 24

Low & Medium Pressure filters 428


LMP 901
0.2 F1 - 3” LMP 900
0.4 LMP 902 - 903
F1 - 3”

LMP 900/901 LMP 902/903


0.36

GENERAL INFORMATION LMP 900-901


0 LMP 901
0.2 F1 - 3” LMP 902
100 300 600 900 1200 1500
0.24

LMP 903
0
100 300 600 900
Filter
1200
element
0.121500
according to DIN 24550
LMP 900 - 901 - F3 - 4”
0.6

LMP 900 Pressure drop


F3 - 4” 0 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
0.4 LMP 900 - 901 - F1 - 3” LMP 900 - 901 - F3 - 4” 100 600 1200 1800 2400 30
0.6 0.6
LMP 901
F3 - 4” LMP 900
0.2 F3 - 4”
0.4 LMP 900 0.4
F1 - 3” Valves
∆p bar

∆p bar
LMP 901
Bypass
F3 - 4”valve pressure drop
0 LMP 901
0.2 0.2
100 400 800 1200 1600F1 - 3” 2000 LMP 902 - 903
0.36 LMP 902 - 903
9
0 0
100 300 600 900 1200 1500 100 400 800 1200 1600 2000 LMP 902
0.24
6
Valves Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop LMP 903
LMP 900 - 901 - F3 - 4” 0.12
3
0.6 LMP 900 - 901 Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop
9
LMP 900 Bypass valve pressure drop
F3 - 4” 0
0
0.4 100 600 1200 1800 2400 30
LMP 900 - 901 0 240 480 720 960 12
6 LMP 901 9
∆p bar

F3 - 4”
0.2
3 Valves
6
Bypass valve pressure drop
0
0 100 400 800 1200 1600 2000
3 LMP 902 - 903
0 240 480 720 960 1200 9
Flow rate l/min
0
The
Valves curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance
0 240with ISO480
3968. 720 960 61200
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Bypass valve pressure drop

3
9
LMP 900 - 901 Flow rates [l/min]
Filter element design - N Series 0
M25240 0 480 720 960 12
6
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
M90
M250
3 1 706 877 1264 1291 1444 1803
LMP 900 2 1100 1264 1556 1573 1668 1867
0
1 480 715 899 1337 1369 1552 2000
LMP 901
0 240
2
720 960 1200
1147 1337 1689 1710 1828 2081
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols LMP 900-901 Length 2


Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMP 900-901 • •
OUT OUT

LMP 900 - 901 length 2 filters


D.I. D.I.
are equipped with two 1000
size cartridges in compliance
with DIN 24550 standard,
IN IN
connected by means of a
removable coupling spigot.

429 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 900-901 Filter element according to DIN 24550
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP901 2 B A F2 A10 N P01
LMP900 LMP901
Length
1 2
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F3 4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F4 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm


Filter length
Element ∆p Execution 1 2
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard • •
P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing •
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU900 A10 A N P01
CU900
Length
1 Nr. 1 filter element
2 Nr. 2 filter elements
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Filter length Filter length
Additional features 1 2 1 2 page
T2 Plug • • 449 CFA Retaining clamp • 450

Low & Medium Pressure filters 430


Filter element according to DIN 24550 LMP 900-901
Dimensions
LMP900
Length 1
Connections R
OUT IN
F1 - F3 M16
F2 - F4 5/8” UNC

Drain plug Recommended


clearance space
for maintenance

T2 plug R - depth 25 mm
Nr. 4 holes

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

T2 plug Bypass valve

LMP900
Length 2
H2
Execution [mm]
OUT IN P01 130
P02 800

Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
F2 - F4 5/8” UNC

Drain plug
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
T2 plug R - depth 25 mm
Nr. 4 holes

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

T2 plug Bypass valve

431 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 900-901 Filter element according to DIN 24550
Dimensions

R - depth 25 mm
LMP901
Nr. 4 holes Length 1
OUT
Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
IN F2 - F4 5/8” UNC

614 614
Drain plug Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
T2 plug

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

T2 plug

R - depth 25 mm
LMP901
Nr. 4 holes Length 2
OUT H2
Execution [mm]
P01 130
IN P02 800

Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
1035 1035

Drain plug

H2 - Recommended
T2 plug clearance space
for maintenance

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

T2 plug

Low & Medium Pressure filters 432


SPARE PARTS LMP 900-901
Order number for spare parts
LMP 900 - 901 LMP 900 - 901
length 1 length 2

4 3c 3d
4 3c 3d

3d
3d

3c
3c
3e
3e
4
4

3a

3a 3b

2
3b

3a
2

3a

3g

3a

3b

3g

Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6


Filter Filter element Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Housing spigot Coupling spigot
series Q.ty Q.ty NBR FPM Q.ty NBR FPM Q.ty Q.ty
LMP 900-901 length 1 1 pc. See 1 pc. 02050363 02050364 2 pcs. 1 pc. -
order T2H T2V 01044104 01044099
LMP 900-901 length 2 2 pcs. table 1 pc. 02050365 02050366 2 pcs. 1 pc. 1 pc.

433 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters 434
Low & Medium Pressure filters

LMP 902-903 series Filter element according to DIN 24550


Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min

435 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 902-903 GENERAL INFORMATION
Filter element according to DIN 24550
Description Technical data

Low & Medium Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized Aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar)
- Housing: Anodized Aluminium
Flow rate up to 3000 l/min - Manifolds: Welded - Phosphatized Steel
- Bypass valve: Steel
LMP902 and LMP903 are ranges of low pressure filter with large filtration - Size 1000 filter elements complying with DIN 24550 standard
surface mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of the reservoirs
and filtration equipment. Pressure
Multiple LMP950 filters are connected to a manifold to reduce the - Test pressure: 3.5 MPa (35 bar)
pressure drop caused by the filter media and to increase the life time
of the filter element. Bypass valve
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
hydraulic fittings. - Other opening pressures on request.

Available features: Number of filter elements


- 4” flanged connections, for a maximum flow rate of 3000 l/min LMP 902: 4 filter elements CU900
- Filter element designed in accordance with DIN 24550 regulation LMP 903: 6 filter elements CU900
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
Filter elements
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Filter element according to DIN 24550
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system Size: 1000
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
∆p element type
- Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Common applications:
- Off-line filtration of reservoirs
Connections
- Filtration systems
LMP 902-903: In-line Inlet/Outlet

Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Note
LMP 902 - 903 filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 2 Length 2
LMP 902 89.6 58
LMP 903 129.2 87

Low & Medium Pressure filters 436


GENERAL INFORMATION LMP 902-903
Filter element according to DIN 24550
LMP 902 - 903
0.36 Pressure drop
LMP 902 - 903 LMP 902
0.36
0.24 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop

LMP 902 LMP 903


0.24
0.12
∆p bar

LMP 903
0.12
0
100 600 1200 1800 2400 3000

0
100 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Valves Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
Valves Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 902 - 903
Bypass valve
9 pressure drop

LMP 902 - 903


96
∆p bar

63

30
0 240 480 720 960 1200
Flow rate l/min
0
0
The curves are240 480 mineral
plotted using density of1200
720oil with960 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
M90
M250
LMP 902 2 2217 2576 3241 3282 3506 3987
LMP 903 2 2838 3170 3720 3755 3926 4278
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B Execution S Execution B
LMP 902 • •
LMP 903 • •

OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN

437 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 902-903 GENERAL INFORMATION
Filter element according to DIN 24550
Manifolds

FA FB

FC FD

Position of manifolds
IN - OUT connections

Focus on

Bypass valve
Indicator port A/F 17
Plug T2 - A/F 30

Oil drain plug


G 1/2” - A/F 10

Low & Medium Pressure filters 438


LMP 902-903

439 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 902-903 Filter element according to DIN 24550
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP902 2 B A FA A10 N P01
LMP902 LMP903
Length
2
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar

Seals and treatments


A NBR
V FPM
Connections IN OUT
FA 4” SAE 3000 psi left left
FB 4” SAE 3000 psi left right
FC 4” SAE 3000 psi right left
FD 4” SAE 3000 psi right right
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU900 A10 A N P01
CU900
Filter series and size
LMP902 Nr. 4 filter elements
LMP903 Nr. 6 filter elements
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447

Additional features page


T2 Plug 449

Low & Medium Pressure filters 440


Filter element according to DIN 24550 LMP 902-903
Dimensions
LMP902

OUT

T2 plug

Bypass valve
IN

Drain plug

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

441 Low & Medium Pressure filters


LMP 902-903 Filter element according to DIN 24550
Dimensions
LMP903

OUT

T2 plug

Bypass valve
IN

Drain plug

T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator

Low & Medium Pressure filters 442


SPARE PARTS LMP 902-903
Order number for spare parts
LMP 902 - 903

3
6a
6b
6c
6c
6b
6d 6

5a
5
5b

Item 7:
for complete filter code and
spare parts, see
LMP 900 - 901 series chapter
Quantity:
- filter spare parts:
LMP 902 - 2 pcs.
LMP 903 - 3 pcs.

- filter seal kit:


LMP 902 - 2 pcs.
LMP 903 - 3 pcs.

Item: 2 3 4 5 (5a-5b) 6 (6a ÷ 6d) 7


Filter Manifold 4” SAE 3000 psi plugged flange Manifolds seal kit Threaded fasteners kit Filter
series Q.ty IN OUT Q.ty Q.ty NBR FPM Q.ty Q.ty
LMP 902 1 pc. 01039270 01039271 2 pcs. 1 pc. 02050404 02050405 1 pc. 02049051 2 pcs.
01042012 LMP9012xxF1xxxNP02
LMP 903 1 pc. 01039337 01039338 2 pcs. 1 pc. 02050404 02050405 1 pc. 02049052 3 pcs.

443 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium pressure filters

OUT OUT OUT

2 2
1 1
3 3

Clogging indicators
IN IN IN Differential indicators

Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
OUT OUT OUT
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.

These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase
in pressure drop across the filter element.

The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged. 1
2
1
2
3 3

MP Filtri can supply differential pressure indicators with a visual, electrical


IN IN IN
or both signals.

Suitable indicator types

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Differential indicators are used on the
Pressure line to check the efficiency of the OUT OUT OUT OUT
filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream
2
and downstream of the filter element 2 2 1
1 1 3
(differential pressure). 3 3
Standard items are produced with special
connection G 1/2” size.
Also available in Stainless Steel models.
IN IN IN IN

Quick reference guide


Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual Electronic
Filter series indicator indicator indicator indicator
LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 MULTIPORT
LMP 120 - 122 - 123 MULTIPORT
LMP 210 - 211 - LDP DLA20xA51P01
With LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 DLA20xA52P01
DVA20xP01 DEA20xA50P01
bypass LMP 900 - 901 DLA20xA71P01 DTA20xF70P01
DVM20xP01 DEM20xAxxP01
valve LMP 902 - 903 DLE20xA50P01
LMP 950 - 951 DLE20xF50P01
LMP 952 - 953 - 954
LMD 211 - 400 - 401 - 431 - 951 - LDD

LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 MULTIPORT


LMP 120 - 122 - 123 MULTIPORT
LMP 210 - 211 - LDP DLA50xA51P01
Without LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 DLA50xA52P01
DVA50xP01 DEA50xA50P01
bypass LMP 900 - 901 DLA50xA71P01 DTA50xF70P01
DVM50xP01 DEM50xAxxP01
valve LMP 902 - 903 DLE50xA50P01
LMP 950 - 951 DLE50xF50P01
LMP 952 - 953 - 954
LMD 211 - 400 - 401 - 431 - 951 - LDD
Low & Medium Pressure filters 444
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar ±10% DE A 20 x A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DE A 50 x A 50 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids
53

53
2

50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc

75
60
2
1
1
3 2

DEM*10 Hydraulic symbol Materials 4


3

Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: 5 Brass


- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code
2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 24
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 10 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM4
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 10 P01
Technical data
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 3
1 Electrical symbol
1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar 1
2 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar 2
2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,5 Synthetic fluids
75

2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”

HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


60

1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75

torque: 65 N∙m
60

2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical Differential Indicator 5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 20 1P01 1 2
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 20 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75

1 1 1 1
60

3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
1
1
3 2
3 C 445 Low & Medium Pressure filters
4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

75
60

DEM*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 30 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 30 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 Thermal lockout
A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
75

3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
75

1
1
3 2

DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar1±10% DE M 20 x x 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 35 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”

A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53

53

50

- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-3-P


- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: SPDT contact
2 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28 1 1 2
Max tightening 3
torque: 65 N∙m 2
1
1
3 2

DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A x x P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DL A 50 x A x x P01 3

Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53

50

1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529

2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc

Low & Medium Pressure filters 446


53

50
1
2 DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
1 2
3
Dimensions

DLA*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A 71 P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DL A 50 x A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
2
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical
1 symbol 1 2
3 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
4 4
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
50

GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58

DLE*A50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
58

58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
2 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
54 bar ±10% DL E 50 x A 50 P01 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58

58

3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58

DLE*F50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator 3
- Base: Black Nylon
58

3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
21bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
3 2
52bar ±10% DL E 50 x F 50 P01 2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58

3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m

447 Low & Medium Pressure filters


3
2
1

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3

Dimensions

DTA*70 Hydraulic symbol Materials

47

39
- Body: Brass

34
Electronic Differential Indicator
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DT A 50 x x 70 P01 3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47

39
Electrical symbol

34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc

DVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
1 +24 Vdc
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
22 bar ±10% 4 ÷ 20 mA
DV A 20 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
35 bar ±10% DV A 50 x P01
75% - N.O.
Technical data
100% - N.O.
4 - Reset: Automatic reset
5 0 Vdc
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Green / Red - Proof pressure: 630 bar
clogging indicator - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
39

34

1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

DVM Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
Visual Differential Indicator
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DV M 20 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DV M 50 x P01
2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34

1 1 2 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


3
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

Low & Medium Pressure filters 448


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

10
Dimensions

A/F30 T2 Materials
- Body: Phosphatized steel
Indicator plug
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS


Series Configuration example 1: DE M 20 H F 50 P01
DE Electrical differential indicator Configuration example 2: DL E 50 V A 71 P01
DL Electrical/Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 3: DT A 20 H F 70 P01
DT Electronic differential indicator
DV Visual differential indicator Configuration example 4: DV M 50 V P01
Type DE DL DT DV
A Standard type • • • A With automatic reset
M With wired electrical connection • M With manual reset
E For high power supply •
Pressure setting
20 2 bar
50 5 bar
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM
Thermostat DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
A Without • • • •
F With thermostat • • •
Electrical connections DEA DEM DLA DLE DT DV
10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5 •
20 Connection AMP Timer Junior •
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P •
35 Connection Deutsch DT-04-3-P •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 • •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • Option
70 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12) • P01 MP Filtri standard
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc • Pxx Customized

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATOR PLUG


Series Configuration example T2 H
T2 Indicator plug
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM

449 Low & Medium Pressure filters


Low & Medium Pressure filters

Accessories
RETAINING CLAMP

example
LMP950

Mounting holes

Series Configuration example: CFA 20 M P01


CFA Retaining clamp

Size
20

Screw
M Metric

Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard

Low & Medium Pressure filters 450


451 Low & Medium Pressure filters
High pressure filters are used as process filters to protect FMP series is specifically designed and suitable for:
individual valves or the entire hydraulic circuit from - feed pumps of hydrostatic drives
contamination as per ISO 4406. - pressure lubrication
9 versions are available with operating pressures - hydraulic systems in the high pressure range
range from 110 bar up to 560 bar.
A range of products is available to resolve all filter FMM series is optimized for the protection of servo and
mounting problems, in the following configurations: proportional hydraulics:
- In-line, with threaded and flange mounting - in agricultural machinery
- Manifold top mounting - in construction machinery
- Manifold side mounting - in commercial vehicles
- Manifold mounting, to DIN 24340 CETOP R 35 H
- Manifold threaded/flange mounting FHP & FHA series are the typical high-pressure filters
in the top extraction filter cartridge version optimized for industrial applications.
- Duplex versions for continuous operation requirements
FHM series is designed for intermediate plate
construction, CETOP design.

FHB series is designed for block mounting; the filter


head can be screwed in from the outside.

FHF series is designed to assemble HF4 filter element


according to SAE J2066.

FHD series is the duplex high pressure filter; with two


independent filter heads, the flow can be switched
without interruption during operation.

The range includes a complete set of valves:


- Bypass valve
- Check valve
- Bypass + check valve
- Reverse-flow valve
- Reverse-flow + bypass valve

FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 25

High Pressure filters 452


High pressure filters

FMP 039 page 455 FHM page 509


FMP 463 FHB 527
FHP 475 FHF 325 541
FMM 491 FHD 551
FHA 051 501 INDICATORS 564

453 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 454
High Pressure filters

FMP 039 series


Maximum working pressure up to 11 MPa (110 bar) - Flow rate up to 80 l/min

455 High Pressure filters


FMP 039 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Anodized aluminium
In-line
- Housing: Anodized aluminium
Maximum working pressure up to 11 MPa (110 bar) - Bypass valve: Steel
Flow rate up to 80 l/min
FMP039 is a range of versatile medium pressure filter for transmission, Pressure
protection of sensitive components in medium pressure hydraulic - Test pressure: 17 MPa (170 bar)
systems and filtration of the coolant into the machine tools. - Burst pressure: 33 MPa (330 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
hydraulic fittings. with pressure from 0 to 11 MPa (110 bar)

Available features: Bypass valve


- 1/2” female threaded connections, for a maximum flow rate of 80 l/min - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with ∆p element type
bypass valve - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN.
Common applications:
Delivery lines, in any medium pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet

Note
FMP 039 filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 2 3 4 Length 2 3 4
FMP 039 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.19 0.26 0.34

Executions
Execution 1: Execution 6
without indicator connection double indicator connection (A - B) A: B:
Closure cap Standard closure cap
A
with standard T2 steel. with plastic thread protection.
The position of the cap
is reversible. If necessary, a second T2
plug is available, see ordering
B information.

Special connections on request

High Pressure filters 456


GENERAL INFORMATION FMP 039
Pressure drop

FMP 039 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


1.50 FMP 039
1.50
with
1.00 bypass
1.00
without
∆p bar

bypass
0.50
0.50

0.00
0.00 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min
Valves
Valves valve pressure drop
Bypass
Bypass valve pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop
FMP 039
15 FMP 039
15

10
10
∆p bar

5
5

0
0 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
2 20 26 45 52 61 97
FMP 039 3 35 39 56 64 76 98
4 44 48 66 71 82 92
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FMP 039 • •

OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

457 High Pressure filters


FMP 039
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMP039 3 B A B 6 A03 N P01
FMP039

Length
2 3 4

Valves
S Without bypass
B 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections
A G 1/2”
B 1/2” NPT
C SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF

Connection for differential indicator


1 Without
6 With two connections on both sides

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 3 A03 A N P01
HP039

Element length
2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 458


FMP 039
Dimensions

16.5
IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 6 mm
Nr. 2 holes

Connection for
Version 1 Version 6 differential indicator
T2 plug

FMP039
Connection for
differential indicator Filter H
length [mm]
2 151
The position of the T2 plug is reversible
3 194
4 238

Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC

459 High Pressure filters


FMP 039 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FMP 039

4 3e 3d

3a

3b

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
See
FMP 039 order 02050509 02050510
table

High Pressure filters 460


FMP 039

461 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 462
High Pressure filters

FMP series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 475 l/min

463 High Pressure filters


FMP GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Phosphatized cast iron
In-line
- Housing: Phosphatized steel
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Bypass valve: Brass
Flow rate up to 475 l/min - Reverse Flow: Steel (only for series FMP 320)
FMP is a range of versatile high pressure filter for protection of - Check valve: Steel
sensitive components in high pressure hydraulic systems in the
industrial equipment.
Pressure
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
- Test pressure: 48 MPa (480 bar)
hydraulic fittings.
- Burst pressure: 96 MPa (960 bar)
- Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
Available features:
with pressure from 0 to 32 MPa (320 bar)
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 475 l/min
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system Bypass valve
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
- Check valve, to protect the system against reverse flow - Other opening pressures on request.
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with
bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not provided with ∆p element type
bypass valve - Microfibre filter elements - series N-R: 20 bar
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, for filter element - Microfibre filter elements - series H-S: 210 bar
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve in - Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
filters provided with the bypass valve - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter element
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve in
filters not provided with the bypass valve Seals
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Common applications:
Delivery lines, in any high pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet

Note
FMP filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
FMP 065 3.26 3.62 4.83 - 0.36 0.47 0.84 -
FMP 135 5.61 7.21 8.27 - 0.45 0.78 1.00 -
FMP 320 10.95 13.08 15.37 17.85 1.03 1.75 2.52 3.35

High Pressure filters 464


0.50
0.50

FMP
Valves
Valves

GENERAL INFORMATION
Bypass valve pressure drop
0.00 Bypass valve pressure drop
0 25 50 75 100 125 0.00
0 25 50FMP 065 75 100 125 FMP 320
15 Pressure15drop
15 065
FMP

FMP 135 10 10
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
1.50 FMP 065 FMP 135 10
1.50 3/4” 1.50
1/2” 1” Check Valve 3/4” 5
Check Valve 5 1”
1.00 3/4” 5
FMP 065 1.00 1.00
∆p bar

∆p bar
1/2” 0 0
0.50 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0
0.50 3/4” 0.50 0 12
Valves
0.00 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.00 0 50 100 150 200 250 0.00
0 FMP 135150 250 FMP 320
0 25 50 75 100 125 0 50 15100 200 4.50 135
FMP
Valves FMP 065l/min 15 FMP 320
Flow rate l/min Flow
15 rate 15
Bypass valve pressure drop
0
10 3.00
0 25 50 75 100 125 10
FMP 320
1.50 FMP 135 FMP 065 10 FMP 320 10
1.50 Check Valve 1 1/4” 15 FMP 320
1.50 15
3/4” 5 1 1/4” 1.50
11”
1/2” 5
1.00 5 1 1/2” 5
FMP 135 1.00 10
1.00 10
∆p bar

0 0.00
3/4” 0
0.50 1” 0 0 18 36 54 72 90 0 0
0.505 5 60 0 18
0.50 0 12 24 36 48 0
1 - Reve
0.00 2 - In fil
0.00 0 200 300 400 500 0
0.00 0
100
0 50 150
100 rate l/min 200 250 00 12
100 24
200 36
300 48
400 60
500 0 50 100FMP 320
Valves Flow FMP 135 FMP 320
15 4.50
Bypass valve pressure drop
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 Bypass valve pressure drop
FMP 065 FMP 320
FMP 135 10 FMP 320 3.00
15 FMP 320 15 15 4.50
1.50
1 1/4”
5 1.50
10 1 1/2” 10 10 3.00
FMP 320 1.00
∆p bar

∆p bar

1 1/4” 0 0.00
5 5 5 1.50 90 0
0.50 1 1/2” 0 18 36 54 72

0 0 0 0.00 1 - Reve
0.00 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0 18 50 36 100 54 150 72 200 90 250 0 70 1402 - In fil
0 100 200 300 400 500
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min FMP 320
1 - Reverse flow
0 2 - In filter direction
FMP 135
200FMP 320 500
0 100 15
15 FMP 320300 400
4.50
FMP 320 FMP 320 - Filter housing with c
15
1
10
10 3.00
∆p bar

2
55 1.50

00 0.00
60 00 50
18 100
36 150
54 200
72 250
90 0 70 140 210 280 350
60 50 100 150 200 250
Flow rate l/min
1 - Reverse flow
FMP 320
Filter housing 2with
- In check valve
filter direction Valves
4.50 FMP 320 FMP 320 - Filter housing with check valve
4.50 1 - Reverse flow
1
1 2 - In filter direction
3.00
3.00
∆p bar

2
2
1.50
1.50

0.00
0.00
90 0 70 140 210 280 350
90 0 70 140 210 280 350
Flow rate l/min
1 - Reverse flow
1 - Reverse flow
The curves
2 - are plotted
2 - In filter
In filter using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
direction
direction
∆p variesFMP
proportionally with density.
320 - Filter housing
FMP 320 - Filter housing
with check valve
with check valve

465 High Pressure filters


FMP GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - N Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
1 23 30 48 54 72 105
FMP 065 2 31 45 60 65 82 106
3 52 60 80 84 94 108

1 69 73 120 129 171 201


FMP 135 2 110 117 149 152 211 232
3 151 152 192 195 212 233

1 130 144 244 296 361 477


2 267 291 417 438 492 509
FMP 320
3 348 390 476 493 503 519
4 389 415 483 502 525 534
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S - E Style B - C Style T Style D
FMP 065 • • • •
FMP 135 • • • •
FMP 320 • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN

High Pressure filters 466


GENERAL INFORMATION FMP

467 High Pressure filters


FMP FMP065 - FMP135 - FMP320
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMP065 3 T A G1 M25 S P01
FMP065 FMP135 FMP320
Length FMP065 FMP135 FMP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Valves
S Without bypass C With bypass 6 bar, plug on the opposite side
E Without bypass, plug on the opposite side T With check valve, without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar D With check valve, with bypass
Seals
A NBR V FPM
Connections FMP065 FMP135 FMP320
G1 G 1/2” G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G2 G 3/4” G 1” G 1 1/2”
G3 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G4 3/4” NPT 1” NPT 1 1/2” NPT
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
F1 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F4 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
Valves Filter length
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S E B C T D Execution 1 2 3 4
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard • • • •
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm R 20 bar • P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing •
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm S 210 bar •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP065 3 M25 A S P01
HP065 HP135 HP320
Element length HP065 HP135 HP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Seals Element ∆p Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm V FPM R 20 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm H 210 bar
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm S 210 bar

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 468


FMP065 - FMP135 - FMP320 FMP
Dimensions

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
R - depth 15 mm for maintenance
Nr. 2 holes

Valves S - B - T - D Valves E - C
Connection for
differential indicator
Bypass plug T2 plug not included

FMP065
Filter H
length [mm]
1 169
Connection for 2 200
differential indicator
T2 plug not included 3 302
Bypass plug
Connections R
G1-G2 M8
G3-G4-G5-G6 5/16” UNC

469 High Pressure filters


FMP FMP065 - FMP135 - FMP320
Dimensions

IN OUT

R - depth 10 mm
Nr. 3 holes

Valves S - B - T - D Valves E - C Connection for


differential indicator
Bypass plug T2 plug not included

FMP135
Filter H
Connection for
differential indicator length [mm]
T2 plug not included 1 221
Bypass plug
2 334
3 409

Connections R
G1-G2 M10
G3-G4-G5-G6 3/8” UNC
F1-F2 M10
F3-F4 3/8” UNC

High Pressure filters 470


FMP065 - FMP135 - FMP320 FMP
Dimensions

Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4

40

40
IN OUT

Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Valves S - B - T - D Valves E - C
Connection for
differential indicator
Bypass plug T2 plug not included

FMP320
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
Connection for
differential indicator 1 263 150 -
T2 plug not included Bypass plug 2 386 150 -
3 518 150 -
4 671 150 550

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC

471 High Pressure filters


FMP SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FMP 065 - 135 - 320

5 3h 3m

3h 3m

3g

3a
3e 3d

3b

3c

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3m) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FMP 065 See 02050267 02050278 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
FMP 135 order 02050293 02050294 T2H T2V 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
FMP 320 table 02050274 02050285 02001396 02001397 02001398 02001399

High Pressure filters 472


FMP

473 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 474
High Pressure filters

FHP series
Maximum working pressure up to 42 MPa (420 bar) - Flow rate up to 750 l/min

475 High Pressure filters


FHP GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


In-line - Head: Phosphatized cast iron
Maximum working pressure up to 42 MPa (420 bar)
- Housing: Phosphatized steel
Flow rate up to 750 l/min
FHP is a range of versatile high pressure filter for protection of - Bypass valve
sensitive components in high pressure hydraulic systems in the AISI 316L: FHP 010 - 011
industrial equipment. Brass: FHP 065 - 135 - 320
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through Steel: FHP 500
the hydraulic fittings.
- Reverse Flow
Steel: FHP 320 - FHP 500
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections - Check valve: Steel
up to 2”, for a maximum return flow rate of 750 l/min
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system Pressure
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Test pressure: 63 MPa (630 bar)
- Check valve, to protect the system against reverse flow - Burst pressure: 126 MPa (1260 bar)
- Reverse flow valve, to allow bidirectional flow through the filter - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
housing. The back flow is not filtered. The filter requires the use of with pressure from 0 to 42 MPa (420 bar)
internal check valves to direct the flow through the element in one
direction and around the element in the other Bypass valve
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
bypass valve - Other opening pressures on request.
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not provided with
bypass valve ∆p element type
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, for filter - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
element protection against the back pressure caused by the check - Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar
valve or the reverse flow in filters provided with the bypass valve (not available for FHP 010-011 and FHP 500)
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 210 bar
element protection against the back pressure caused by the check - Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar (only for FHP 500)
- Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
valve or the reverse flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Seals
Common applications: - Standard NBR series A
Delivery lines, in any high pressure industrial equipment or mobile - Optional FPM series V
machines
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
FHP 010 - 065 - 135 - 500:
In-line Inlet/Outlet
FHP 011 - 320:
90° Inlet/Outlet

Note
FHP filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
FHP 010 - 011 2.05 2.18 2.64 3.13 - 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.20 -
FHP 065 4.26 4.62 5.83 - - 0.25 0.30 0.50 - -
FHP 135 7.11 8.71 9.76 - - 0.43 0.76 0.97 - -
FHP 320 13.95 16.08 18.37 20.85 - 1.00 1.72 2.49 3.32 -
FHP 500 27.00 31.17 34.69 46.70 52.5 1.71 2.43 3.04 5.18 6.51

High Pressure filters 476


1.50 15 1.00 1 1/2” 10 1 1/4”
FHP 010 1.00
FHP 011 1.00 1 1/2”
1 1/4”
1.00 1 1/4” FHP1011
1/2”
0.50 1 1/2” 1.00 10
1.00 10 0.50 5

FHP
FHP 011 0.50
0.50
0.50
0.00
0.50
0 10 20 30 40 50
0.50
0.00
GENERAL INFORMATION
5 0.00
0 100 200 300 400 500
5

0.00
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
0 10 20 30 40 50
0.00 0 100 200 300 400 500
50
0 0.00 10 20 30 40 50 0.00
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 50
0
0 100
Pressure
150 200
drop250
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 FHP 50
500 100 150 200 250 FHP 500
1.50 15
FHP 500
FHP 065 1 1/2” 1.50500
FHP Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
1.50 FHP 320 FHP 500
FHP
FHP 320
500 15
FHP
FHP 010
500 - 011 FHP 1.50
010 15
1.50 FHP
-15011 065 1 1/2”
1.50
1.50 1.50 1.00
1.50
FHP 320 FHP 320 1015
FHP 320
FHP 065 3/4” 1 1/2” 2” 1.50 1
1.50 FHP1/2”
010 Check Valve 1.00
1.00 1 1/4”1 1/2” FHP 010
3/4” 2”
1 1/2” 1/2” 1 1/4” 10
1.00
1.00 1.00 10
1.00 10 2” 5 1 1/4”
1.00 3/4” 2” 1.00 0.50
1.00 1 1/2” 10 1 1/2”
1.00 1
∆p bar

∆p bar
1.00 1/2” 0.50
0.50 FHP 011 FHP 011 5
FHP 0100.50
- 011 0.50
0.50 55 0.00 0
0.50 0.50 FHP 3200.50
1.50
1.50 0.50 FHP 320 5 0 150 300 450 600 750
0.50 0 150 300 450 600 75015 0.00
0.00 FHP 010 0
0.00 0 150 300 450 600 750
0.00 50 75 100 125 0
0
50 1.00 0.00 0 25 0.00 0.00
0.00 150 50
1 1/4” 0 0 150 300 450 600 750
00 100
10 200
20 300
30 400
40 500
50 0010 00
0 1.00 Valves 25 150 300 300 450
50 100 450 600
75 150 1/2” 750
100200
1600 125250
750 0.0010
0.00 150 300 450 600 750 0 20 100 30 20040 30050 400 500 0 100 0FHP 010 50
- 011 300
200 100 400150 200
500 250
0 25 50 Flow FHP
100 011
75 rate l/min 125 Flow rate l/min Valves 15
125 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.50
FHP 500 0.50 15 FHP 500
Valves 5Bypass FHP valve pressure drop
010 -FHP 011500 FH
FHP 010
Valves 1.50 - 011 FHPdropFHP-010
010 500
011- 011 FHP15
1.50 FHP 135 3/4” Bypass valve FHP 320
pressure
15 1.50 FHP FHP010 500-320
FHP 011 - Filter housing with check valve
15 1
Bypass 1.50
valve pressure drop 1.50 15 1.50 15 10
1 1/2” FHP 135 3/4” FHP 010 - 011 Check Valve
0.00 FHP 065 FHPValve
Check 010 FHP 065
1.50 Check Valve 1 1/2” 15
1.50 1” 1.50 0.00 10 0 1 1/2”
0 FHP 1.00 13510 20 30 403/4” 50 FHP 010 - 011 1 1/4”
1.50
1.00 FHP 010 - 011 2” 150 100 200 300 4001” 500 010 1050 100 150 200 250 1
1.00
15 1.00 10 1.00 10 1 1/2” 2” 1.00 10 5
2”
3/4” 3/4”
∆p bar

∆p bar
∆p bar

1”
1/2”
FHP 011 1.00 1/2” 10
1.00 1.00 5
1.00
0.50 0.50 10 5 500 5
FHP
10
0.50 FHP 55000.50
0.50 5 15
0.50 5 0
FHP 320 1.50 FHP 320
1.50 15
0.50 5 0 3 6 9 12 15
FHP 0650.50 0.50 0 1 1/2”
1.50 0.00 0 0
0.50
0.00 1 1/4” 600 5 0
0 0.00 150 300 450 600 750 10 0 0
1.000.00 0.00
0 1.000.005 100 15020 30030 450
40 50
1 1/2” 250
750 0
2” 03 1506 3009 12
450 60015 750
100 1503/4” 200 10 0 0 00 3 150
100 6200 6 300 300 9 450
12 18 12 600
400 500 15 750
24 32 0 0 0 150 50 300100 450150 600200 750250
125 0.00 0 50
1/2” 0.00
0.00
FHP 320
1.00 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 6 12 18 24 32
0.00 0 25 Flow50 rate l/min75 100 125 0 0 25 50 Flow 75 rate l/min
100 125 5
4.50 Flow rate l/min
Valves 0 100 150 200 250 0.50 1
00.50 50 0 FHP 010
5Valves 6 - 011 12 18 24 32 FHP 010 FHP -500011 - Filter housing with check valve
250 0 6 12 18 24 32 15
FHP 500 Valves FHP 320 FH
Bypass valve pressure drop 1.50 FHP FHP
320 065 15 320 - Pressure drop- in
FHP
4.50 FHP 010 011Reverse flow valves
0.50 4.50 valve15 pressure drop 15 1
Bypass Bypass valve 0 pressure 3.00
drop
FHP 065 1
FHP 065
1.50 0.00 0.00
0 FHP 065
1 1/2” 1 15 Bypass valve pressure drop
FHP 010 - 011 0 10 150 FHP 010300 4503/4” 600 750 0 150 300 450 600 750 2
10
0.00 FHP 0101.50 -15011FHP 135
015 065
100 200 300 4003/4” 500 15
FHP 1.00
135 0 320 10 15 50
- 011
100 150 200 250 3.00FHP 010 -10 011
1.50
3/4”125 1.50 1.50 FHP 3.00 2” 15 FHP 3201.50
15
1
0 25 50 75 1/2” 100 10
1.00 FHP 010 1” 1” 2
10 5 2 5
Valves 10 FHP
0.50 500 1 1/4” 1.50 FHP 0100.00 -5011 FHP 0
1.00 FHP
10 500
1.00 15 1.50 10 5
∆p bar

∆p bar

1.50 FHP 320 1.00 1 1/2” 10


15
10
Bypass 1.00
valve pressure drop 5 140 210 280 350
0.50 15 0 70
FHP 011 1 1/2”
5 5 0 0
5 3/4” 0.00 0.00 0
0.50 FHP 1350.50 FHP 010 0 -05011 3 6 9 12 15
1 1/2” 1.50 1.00 0.50 0.5015 10 0.00 55
10 0 150
070 300
3140 6450
210 600
280
9 12750
350 15
10 2” 0 0 150 0 70 12 300 140 24 450 210 600 36 280 48750 350 60 0
0.00
1” 0 FHP 50012 24 36 48 60
0 0 25 50 75 100 125 0 3.60
250 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 5 0 0 12 1
1.00 0.50 5 00 6 12 18 24 32 10 24 36 48 60 005
0 10 20 12
50 24
30100 36
40 150 48
200
50 60 Valves
250 50 FHP 320
0 100 6 150 12200 18 24 32 FHP 0 320 FHP-010Pressure 011 drop 12 in Reverse 18 flow valves
Flow rate l/min 0 0 4.50 100
FHP FHP 135200
500 Flow rate
300l/min 400 250 500 015
3.60
FHP
FHP 500
500 -4.50506 - FHP
Pressure 320100
drop 150
in Reverse 200
flow valve
24 32
250 FH
FH
Bypass valve3.60 pressure 15 drop 2.40 4.
1 FHP 135 1
0 1 0 15 1
0.50 0.00 0 FHP 065 5 FHP 135 150
FHP 135 15
0FHP FHP
320 135 4503/4” 15 0FHP 011 065 300
320 - FHP 450 600 750 0FHP 500 3 6 9 12 15 2
150 50 300 100 150 600 200
750 FHP 500010
3.00 2.40FHP 065
500 1.50 1.50 15 0 250 1.50 15 2.40 10 15 15 10
15 3.00
1.20 3.
1” 2 10
0.00 FHP 065 0 1 1/2”
1.50 10 1 1/4” 2 2
0
Valves 50 100 150 200 250 1 1/2” 100 1.50 6 12 18 24 2 32 1.20
1.00 1.00 10 FHP 500 5 - 011
10 10 5FHP
15 1.00 1015 1.20
FHP 010 FHP
10 010
4.50
- 011
320 - Filter housing with check valve
1.50
0.00 FHP1.3
∆p bar

2”
∆p bar
∆p bar

Bypass valve pressure drop 3/4” 5 0 150 300 4501 600 750
1.00 1/2”
2” 5 5 0.00
0.50 0.50 10 5 5FHP 065 5
0 55 0.00 0 0.00
FHP 010 - 011 15 10 0.00 0
0.50 70 140 210 280 350 3.00 00 0 6flow 140 9 12 15 0.
2” 15
0 0 150 24 300 48 450 72 600 96 750 120 031 - Reverse
150 70300 450 600
210 280750 350
0.50 0 2 - In 24
filter direction
48 72 96 120
0 0 2
0.00 0.00 50 0 0 0 24 00
12 24 36 48 60 0.00
10 5 00 48 72 96 120 1.50 0 1 - Reverse flow
0 10 0 050 100 24 100 200 48 150 300 200 72 400 96 250 500 120 0 3.60 FHP
1 - Reverse
50
0
1505006 flow
300 12100
12 450
150
2418 600
200
36 24 75048250
32 60 FHP
0 500 150
2 - -In320
Pressure
12 300
24 450
36
drop in Reverse flow valve
filter direction 600
48 750
60
0.00 2 - In filter direction FHP FHP 500 FH
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min 1 4.50 3.60 Flow rate l/min 3.
0 25
0 50 75 100 125 1 1
5 FHPFHP 135 5 0 FHP 500 0.00
500 15 0FHP 065 FHP
750 1.50 15 0 150 300 450 600 750
Valves
15 2.40 15
3 135 6 9 12 15 0FHP 135
FHP 010 -70 011 140 210 280 350 FHP 0
Bypass valve pressure drop
153.00
15 2.40
Valves 2.
1 1/2” 0
0 2 2
10 100 1.20 12 24 36 48 60 2
FHP 1.00
135 0 FHP 010 6
- 011
12 18
3/4” 24 2” 32 10
FHPFHP010 FHP
10
010- -320
011- Filter housing with check valve
011 101.50
10
FHP 320 FHP- Pressure
5001.20 drop in Reverse flow valves FHP1.5
1.50 15 15 4.50 3.60
1” 1 1
5 5
0.50 0.00135 5
5FHP
1.00 FHP 065 15 550.00 0.00 0.
15 10 10 3.00 0 150 300 450 600 750 2.40 0 070 140
150 210
300 280
450 600350 750
∆p bar

∆p bar

∆p bar

0 0
0.00 0 0 2 2
00
0.50 10 0 5
0
150
24
300
48
450
72
600
96
750
120 5 1.50 00 1 - Reverse
10 150 flow 300 450 600 750
1.20
2 - In012 2424
filter direction 4836 72
48 9660 120 0 3 1 - Reverse
24 6 flow 72
48 9 96
12 120
15
FHP 500 2 - In filter direction FH
3.60
0.00Valves 5 0 050.00 1
0.00
0 50 0 1003 1506 200 9 25012 015 0FHPFHP1350106 -70011 12 140 18 210 24280 32 350 FHP 010 - 011 - Filter housing with check valve
15 15 0FHP 320 150 300 450 600 750
Bypass valve pressure drop FHP 3
4.502.40
Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0 1
FHP 010 -12011 24 36 48 60 0 24 48 72 96 120 1 - Reverse flow 2
32 15 0 housing
Filter with check valve Pressure
10FHP 065drop in reverse flow valves
10 Pressure 2 -drop indirection
reverse flow valves
FHP 320 15 FHP 320 FHP- 500
Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves FHP1.20
3.00 500 -InPressure
filter drop in Reverse flow valve
4.50 3.60
1 - Reverse flow 1 1
2
10 FHP 135 55
215- In filter direction 10 1.50
0.00
3.00 2.40 0 150 300 450 600 750

5
The 00 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
10 curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of50.86
2
0 3 6
48 9
72 12 2
96 15
120 0.00 1 - Reverse flow
1.50 1.20 0 24
∆p varies proportionally with density. 0 2 - In 70 140
filter direction 210 280 350
0
5 0 0
0.00 6 12 18 24 32 0.00
0 FHP 320
12 24 36 48 60 FHP 320 - Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves
0 70 140 210 280 350 4.50 0 150 300 450 600 750 FHP 500 FHP 5
1 3.60
0 1
FHP 065 24
60 15 0 48 72 96 120 FHP 1135
3.00
- Reverse flow
FHP 500 2 - -InPressure
15 FHP 500 filter direction
drop in Reverse flow valve 2.40
3.60
2 477 High Pressure filters
1
10 2
10 1.50 1.20
FHP GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H Series Filter element design - N Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
1 3 5 6 7 8 4 6 8 9 10 37
2 5 7 13 16 22 6 8 16 19 24 40
FHP 010
3 10 13 22 25 30 11 14 23 26 31 41
4 12 15 25 27 32 16 19 27 30 33 41

1 3 5 6 7 9 4 6 8 9 11 47
2 5 7 14 17 24 7 9 17 21 28 52
FHP 011
3 11 14 25 29 36
11 14 26 30 37 53
4 12 16 28 32 38
17 21 32 36 40 54

1 24 25 50 59 84 25 33 56 63 90 142
FHP 065 2 33 38 68 77 98 34 52 72 79 106 143
3 61 70 100 107 123 61 73 101 108 125 147

1 49 55 95 98 147 67 72 115 122 159 184


FHP 135 2 89 106 129 131 163 105 111 140 142 192 209
3
120 132 158 166 180 141 143 176 179 193 211

1 97 102 156 162 228 112 121 187 217 253 313
2 161 181 238 241 283 200 214 282 294 321 330
FHP 320
3 207 234 276 281 307 246 268 313 322 327 335
4 233 247 280 284 311 268 281 316 326 338 342

1
144 157 265 268 355 269 305 390 406 444 612
2
232 262 350 363 398 321 357 433 441 484 619
FHP 500 3
293 301 398 408 455 396 416 497 499 537 622
4
336 377 452 455 507 430 475 516 524 545 626
5
420 428 494 500 544 475 493 535 545 569 627
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D Style V Style Z
FHP 010 - 011 • • • •
FHP 065 • • •
FHP 135 • • •
FHP 320 • • • • • •
FHP 500 • • • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN IN IN

High Pressure filters 478


GENERAL INFORMATION FHP

479 High Pressure filters


FHP FHP010 - FHP011
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHP010 2 B A B 2 A03 N P01
FHP010 FHP011
Length
1 2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A G 1/4”
B 1/4” NPT
C SAE 5 - 1/2” - 20 UNF
D G 3/8”
E 3/8” NPT
F SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
Connection for differential indicator
1 Without
2 With connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Valves
Element ∆p S B V Z Execution
N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 2 A03 A N P01
HP011
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 480


FHP010 - FHP011 FHP
Dimensions

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
FHP010
Filter H
length [mm]
1 92
2 103
3 153
4 203
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes Connections R

Connection for A M6
differential indicator B-C 1/4” UNC
T2 plug not included D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC

OUT

IN

Recommended
clearance space FHP011
for maintenance
Filter H
length [mm]
1 92
2 103
3 153
4 203
R - depth 12 mm Connections R
Nr. 3 holes

Connection for
A M6
differential indicator B-C 1/4” UNC
T2 plug not included D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC

481 High Pressure filters


FHP FHP065 - FHP135 - FHP320
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHP320 4 V A G1 A06 S P01
FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
Length FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Valves FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
S Without bypass • • •
B With bypass 6 bar • • •
T With check valve, without bypass • • •
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar •
V With reverse flow, without bypass •
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar •
Seals
A NBR V FPM
Connections FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
G1 G 1/2” G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G2 G 3/4” G 1” G 1 1/2”
G3 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G4 3/4” NPT 1” NPT 1 1/2” NPT
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
F1 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F4 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F5 - 3/4” SAE 6000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 6000 psi/M
F6 - 3/4” SAE 6000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 6000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
Valves Filter length
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution 1 2 3 4
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard • • • •
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm R 20 bar • • P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing •
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm H 210 bar • Pxx Customized
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm S 210 bar • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 4 A06 A S P01
HP065 HP135 HP320
Element length HP065 HP135 HP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •

Filtration rating (filter media) Seals Element ∆p Execution


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm V FPM R 20 bar Pxx Customized
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm H 210 bar
S 210 bar
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Additional features page
T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 482


FHP065 - FHP135 - FHP320 FHP
Dimensions

IN OUT

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 2 holes

FHP065
Filter H
length [mm]
1 196
2 227
3 329

Connections R
G1-G2 M8
G3-G4-G5-G6 5/16” UNC

483 High Pressure filters


FHP FHP065 - FHP135 - FHP320
Dimensions

IN OUT

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 10 mm
Nr. 3 holes

FHP135
Filter H
length [mm]
1 260
2 373
3 448

Connections R
G1-G2 M10
G3-G4-G5-G6 3/8” UNC
F1-F2 M10
F3-F4 3/8” UNC
F5 M10
F6 3/8” UNC

High Pressure filters 484


FHP065 - FHP135 - FHP320 FHP
Dimensions

Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4

IN OUT

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

FHP320
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 299 150 -
2 422 150 -
3 554 150 -
4 707 150 550

Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
F5 M12
F6 1/2” UNC

485 High Pressure filters


FHP FHP500
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHP500 4 V A G1 A06 S P01
FHP500
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2” F4 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G2 1 1/2” NPT F5 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/M
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN F6 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M F7 2” SAE 6000 psi/M
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC F8 2” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
F3 2” SAE 3000 psi/M

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
Valves Filter length
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution 1 2 3 4 5
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard • • • • •
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm R 20 bar • • P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing • •
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm S 210 bar • • • P03 Drain plug on length 1 - 2 • •
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP500 4 A06 A S P01
HP500
Element length
1 2 3 4 5

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Seals Element ∆p Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm V FPM R 20 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm S 210 bar
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 486


FHP500 FHP
Dimensions

Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4 - 5

Connection for Connection for


differential indicator differential indicator
T2 plug not included T2 plug not included

IN OUT

Drain plug only length 3

Drain
plug

Recommended clearance space for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Recommended clearance space for maintenance

FHP500
Valves S - B - T - D Valves V - Z
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 330 150 -
2 420 150 -
3 496 150 -
4 654 150 480
5 820 150 650

Connections R
G1 M12
G2-G3 1/2” UNC
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC
F5 M12
F6 1/2” UNC
F7 M12
F8 1/2” UNC

487 High Pressure filters


FHP SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FHP 010 - 011
4 3d 3e

3a Q.ty:
nr. 0 pcs. for version 1
3b
(without indicator port)

nr. 1 pc. for version 2


3c (with indicator port)
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e) 4
2
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FHP 010-011 order 02050501 02050492 T2H T2V
table

FHP 500
4 3d

3e

3g

3a

3b

3c

3c

3b
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FHP 500 order 02050330 02050331 T2H T2V
3f
table

High Pressure filters 488


SPARE PARTS FHP
Order number for spare parts
FHP 065 - 135 - 320

3m 3h

3d 3e

5
4

6
3g
3m 3h
3a

3b

3c

2 3c

3b

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3m) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHP 065 See 02050265 02050276 02001116 02001136 02001142 02001139
FHP 135 order 02050269 02050280 T2H T2V 02001117 02001137 02001143 02001392
FHP 320 table 02050272 02050283 02001118 02001138 02001144 02001395

489 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 490
High Pressure filters

FMM series
Maximum working pressure up to 42 MPa (420 bar) - Flow rate up to 250 l/min

491 High Pressure filters


FMM GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head
In-line
Phosphatized cast iron: FMM 050
Maximum working pressure up to 42 MPa (420 bar) Painted cast iron: FMM 150
Flow rate up to 250 l/min
FMM is a range of versatile high pressure filter for protection of - Housing: Phosphatized steel
sensitive components in high pressure hydraulic systems in the mobile
machines. - Bypass valve: Steel
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
hydraulic fittings.
Pressure
Available features: - Test pressure: 63 MPa (630 bar)
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/4”, for a maximum flow rate - Burst pressure: 126 MPa (1260 bar)
of 250 l/min - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system with pressure from 0 to 42 MPa (420 bar)
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with
bypass valve Bypass valve
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, for filter element - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve in - Other opening pressures on request.
filters provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter element
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve in ∆p element type
filters not provided with the bypass valve - Microfiber filter elements - series N-R: 20 bar
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Microfiber filter elements - series S: 210 bar
- Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
Common applications: - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Agricultural machines
- Mobile machines
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet

Note
FMM filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
FMM 050 3.11 3.48 3.90 4.36 5.54 0.34 0.48 0.63 0.81 1.23
FMM 150 7.50 9.50 10.90 - - 0.60 1.00 1.25 - -

High Pressure filters 492


5

GENERAL INFORMATION FMM 0 30 60

Flow rate

Valves
FMM 150(for FMM) Pressure drop
15
Bypass valve pressure drop

FMM 050 Filter housings


FMM 050 10 FMM 150
15 ∆p FMM 150
1.50 1.50 15 pressure drop

Δp bar
1/2”
3/4” 1”
1” 1/4
5 10
1.00 1.00 10
∆p bar

∆p bar
Δp bar

Δp bar
0 5
0.50 0.50 5
0 30 60 90 120 150

0
0.00 0.00 Flow 0
0 30 rate l/min
60 90 120 150
0 - FHA) 30
Valves (for FMM 60 90 120 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100
FHA - Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves
Bypass valve
Valves (for pressure drop
FMM) Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve FMM
pressure Flow rate l/min
050drop
- FHA 051 FHA 051 FMM - Filter housing with check valve
15 4.50
1
Bypass valve
MM 150 FMM 050 FMM 150
15 15 FMM 050 pressure drop
4.50
10 1” 3.00
1” 1/4 DIAGRAMMA PER CALCOLO 2
Δp bar

Δp bar
10 10
FMM 3.00
∆p bar

∆p bar

150
Δp bar

5 1.501.50
5 5 1”
1.50 1” 1/4
0 1.000.00
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 0 0
Flow rate l/min 0.0050 Flow rate l/min
50 100 0 150 30 200 60 250 90 300 120 350 150 0 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 0.50 0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
FMM - Filter housing with check valve
Flow rate l/min
FMM - Filter housing with check valve
*
0.00
Filter housing
1 - Reverse flow
2 - In filter direction Flow rate l/min
Valves
FMM 050 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
4.50 with check valve
FMM 050
4.50
AGRAMMA PER CALCOLO
3.00
Flow rate l/min
∆p bar

MM 150 3.00
1.50 1”
1” 1/4
1.50
0 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100
0.00
0 20 Flow
40 rate l/min
60 80 100

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
50 ∆p100
varies proportionally
150 200 with250
density. 300 350
Flow rates [l/min]
Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - S Series
Flow rate l/min
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 42 43 79 82 106 147 29 39 57 59 74
2 52 57 85 96 121 149 45 49 76 88 114
FMM 050 3 66 69 97 106 130 150 58 61 89 99 125
4 83 89 113 115 134 152 74 80 106 108 129
5 107 110 130 134 141 154 93 95 111 121 139

1 81 88 156 163 179 295


FMM 150 2 142 145 227 230 236 312
3 170 180 242 245 263 315
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FMM 050 • • • •
FMM 150 • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN

493 High Pressure filters


FMM FMM050
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMM050 3 B A G A10 N P01
FMM050
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A M18x1.5 - ISO 6149
B M22x1.5 - ISO 6149
C G 1/2”
D G 3/4”
E 1/2” NPT
F 3/4” NPT
G SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
H SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
Valves
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S B T D Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm N 20 bar • P01 Upper connection for clogging indicator
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm R 20 bar • P02 Without connection for clogging indicator
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm S 210 bar • • P03 Frontal connection for clogging indicator
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 3 A10 A N P01
HP050
Element length
1 2 3 4 5

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Seals Element ∆p Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm V FPM R 20 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm S 210 bar
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 494


FMM050 FMM
Dimensions
FMM050
Filter H
length [mm]
1 158
2 195
3 237
4 285
5 407

Connections R
A-B-C-D M10
E-F-G-H 3/8” UNC
IN OUT

H
Drain plug only length 5 Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes

Execution P01 Execution P02 Execution P03

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

495 High Pressure filters


FMM FMM150
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMM150 2 B A D 2 M25 N P01
FMM150

Length
1 2 3

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections
C G 1”
D G 1 1/4”
E 1” NPT
F 1 1/4” NPT
G SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
H SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN

Connection for differential indicator


1 Without connection
2 Upper connection
3 Frontal connection

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP150 2 M25 A N P01
HP150

Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 496


FMM150 FMM
Dimensions
FMM150
Filter H
length [mm]
1 230
2 340
3 415

Connections R
IN OUT C-D M10
E-F-G-H 3/8” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Version 1 Version 2 Version 3

Connection for
differential indicator Connection for
T2 plug not included differential indicator
T2 plug not included

497 High Pressure filters


FMM SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FMM 050

3d

3e

3g
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
3a series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FMM 050 order 02050314 02050315 T2H T2V
table
3b

3c

3f

FMM 150

3d

3e

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
3a series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FMM 150 order 02050731 02050732 T2H T2V
3b table

3c

3f

High Pressure filters 498


FMM

499 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 500
High Pressure filters

FHA 051 series


Maximum working pressure up to 56 MPa (560 bar) - Flow rate up to 140 l/min

501 High Pressure filters


FHA 051 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Steel (chemical heat treatment)
In-line
- Housing: Steel (chemical heat treatment)
Maximum working pressure up to 56 MPa (560 bar) - Bypass valve: Steel
Flow rate up to 140 l/min
FHA is a range of high pressure filter for protection of sensitive Pressure
components in high pressure hydraulic systems in the mobile machines. - Test pressure: 84 MPa (840 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Burst pressure: 168 MPa (1680 bar)
hydraulic fittings. - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 00 000 cycles
with pressure from 0 to 56 MPa (560 bar)
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 3/4”, for a maximum flow rate Bypass valve
of 140 l/min - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Check valve, to protect the system against reverse flow
∆p element type
- Reverse flow valve, to allow bidirectional flow through the filter
- Microfibre filter elements - series N-R: 20 bar
housing. The back flow is not filtered
- Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with
- Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
bypass valve
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, for filter element
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve or the
reverse flow in filters provided with the bypass valve Seals
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter element - Standard NBR series A
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve or the - Optional FPM series V
reverse flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Common applications:
Delivery lines, in any heavy duty industrial equipment or mobile machines
Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet

Note
FHA filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
FHA 051 3.28 3.65 4.06 4.54 5.74 0.33 0.47 0.62 0.79 1.23

High Pressure filters 502


560 bar 10 3.00
Flow rate to
140 l/min 5 1.50

GENERAL INFORMATION 0
0 30 60 90 120
FHA 051 150
0.00
0 20 4
Valves (for FHA)
Pressure drop
FHA - Press
Bypass valve pressure drop
Filter housings Bypass valve flow
1 - Reverse
FHA 051 ∆p pressure drop FHA 051 2 - In filter
pressure FHA 051
dropdirection
1.50 15 4.50
1/2”

1.00 3/4” 10 3.00


∆p bar

∆p bar
0.50 5 1.50

0.00 0 0.00
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150 0 2
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
FHA - Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves
Pressure drop in reverse flow valves 1 - Reverse
FHA 051 FHA 051 2 - In filter
4.50 1.50
1
1/2”
1 - Reverse flow
2 - In filter direction
3/4”
3.00 1.00
2
∆p bar

1.50 0.50

0.00 0.00
150 0 20
0 40
30 60 80
90 100
120 150
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
1 - Reverse flow
∆p varies2 proportionally with density.
- In filter direction

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - R Series Filter element design - S Series
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 42 41 82 85 110 156 42 41 82 85 110 30 40 58 60 76
2 53 58 87 100 127 158 53 58 87 100 127 45 50 78 91 120
FHA 051 3 68 71 101 111 137 160 68 71 101 111 137 59 62 92 103 131
4 86 92 118 121 142 162 86 92 118 121 142 77 83 110 113 137
5 112 115 137 142 150 165 112 115 137 142 150 96 99 116 128 147
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D Style V Style Z
FHA 051 • • • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN IN IN

503 High Pressure filters


FHA 051
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHA051 3 B A G A10 N P01
FHA051
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A M18x1.5 - ISO 6149 E 1/2” NPT
B M22x1.5 - ISO 6149 F 3/4” NPT
C G 1/2” G SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
D G 3/4” H SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
Valves
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm N 20 bar • P01 Upper connection for clogging indicator
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm R 20 bar • • P02 Without connection for clogging indicator
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm S 210 bar • • • P03 Frontal connection for clogging indicator
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 3 A10 A N P01
HP050
Element length
1 2 3 4 5

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Seals Element ∆p Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm V FPM R 20 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm S 210 bar
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 504


FHA 051
Dimensions

FHA051
Filter H
length [mm]
1 158
2 195
3 237
IN OUT 4 285
5 407

Connections R
A-B-C-D M10
E-F-G-H 3/8” UNC

H
Drain plug only length 5 Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes

Valves S - B - T - D

Execution P01 Execution P02 Execution P03

Connection for Connection for


differential indicator differential indicator
T2 plug T2 plug

Valves V - Z
Execution P01 Execution P02 Execution P03

Connection for Connection for


differential indicator differential indicator
T2 plug T2 plug

505 High Pressure filters


FHA 051 SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FHA 051
4

3d

3e

3g

3a

3b

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
3f See
FHA 051 order 02050288 02050305 T2H T2V
table

High Pressure filters 506


FHA 051

507 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 508
High Pressure filters

FHM series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 450 l/min

509 High Pressure filters


FHM GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head
Manifold
Phosphatized cast iron: FHM 006-007-010
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) Phosphatized steel: FHM 050-065-135-320-500
Flow rate up to 450 l/min
- Housing: Phosphatized steel
FHM is a range of high pressure filter for protection of sensitive components
in high pressure hydraulic systems in the mobile machines. - Bypass valve: Steel
They are directly connected to the top of the manifold, through the proper
flanged interface. - Check valve: Steel

Available features: Pressure


Available features: - Test pressure: 48 MPa (480 bar)
- Manifold connections up to Ø30 mm, for a maximum flow rate of 450 l/min - Burst pressure: 96 MPa (960 bar)
- ISO 4401 CETOP 3 and CETOP 5 interface, for direct mounting on the - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles with pressure
CETOP valves from 0 to 32 MPa (320 bar)
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Bypass valve
- Check valve, to protect the system against reverse flow
- Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with bypass valve
- Other opening pressures on request.
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not provided with
bypass valve
∆p element type
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter element
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve in filters - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
not provided with the bypass valve (not available for FHM 006, FHM 007 and FHM 010)
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 210 bar
(not available for FHM 050 and FHM 500)
- Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar
Common applications:
(only for FHM 050 and FHM 500)
Delivery lines, in any high pressure industrial equipment
- Wire mesh filter elements - series H: 210 bar
(only for FHM 006, FHM 007 and FHM 010)
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN

Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
Manifold mounting

Note
FHM filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
FHM 006 2.17 - - - - 0.12 - - - -
FHM 007 - 4.74 5.95 - - - 0.30 0.50 - -
FHM 010 - 4.74 5.95 - - - 0.30 0.50 - -
FHM 050 5.31 5.68 6.09 6.56 7.74 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.89
FHM 065 5.47 5.83 7.04 - - 0.27 0.34 0.56 - -
FHM 135 8.78 10.38 11.43 - - 0.49 0.82 1.03 - -
FHM 320 19.80 21.93 24.22 26.70 - 1.04 1.76 2.53 3.36 -
FHM 500 35.00 39.17 42.69 54.70 60.50 1.63 2.35 2.96 5.11 6.44

High Pressure filters 510


1.50 1.00
1.50
0.50 0.50

FHM
0.00 0.50
0 6 12 18 24 30
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.00
0
0.00
6
0
12
30
18
60
24
90
30
120 150
0.00
0 70 1
0.00
Pressure drop
0 30 60

FHM 010 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


4.50
FHM 006 - 007 FHM 010 FHM 500
4.50 4.50 1.50
FHM 500
FHM 135 1.50 FHM 320
3.00 1.50 1.50
3.00 3.00 1.00
∆p bar

∆p bar
1.00
1.50 1.00 1.00
FHM 135 FHM 320
1.50 1.501.50 0.50
FHMFHM
135135 FHMFHM
320320
1.501.50 1.501.50 0.50
0.00 0.50 0.50
0.00 0
1.00 12 24 36 48 60 0.001.00 0.00
1.001.00 0 6 12 18 24 30 0
1.001.00 12 0 2490 36180 48270 60
360 450 0.00
0.00 0.00
Flow rate l/min Flow 0 90 180
4.50
FHM 006 - 007 0 30 rate l/min
60 90 120 150 0 70 1
FHM 0060.50
- 007 0.50
4.50 0.500.50 0.50 FHM 135 FHM 320
1.500.50 1.50
FHM 050 - 065 FHM 135 FHM 320
3.00 1.50 1.50 1.50
0.00 FHM 010 FHM 050 - 065
0.00
3.00 1.50
0.004.50
0.00 0 30 60 90 120 150 1.000.00 0
0.00 70 140 210 280 350 1.00
FHM 500
0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120120 150150 1.00 0 0 1.50
70 70 140Check 210210
140 Valve 280280 350350 1.00
1.50 1.00
Valves
∆p bar

∆p bar

1.50 3.00 1.00


Valves
0.50 Bypass valve pressure drop 0.50
1.00
0.00 0.50 0.50 0.50Bypass valve pressure drop
FHM 500
1.50 30 0.50 FHM 050 - 065 FHM 320
0.00 0 1.50
FHM 50050012
6 FHM 18 24
0.00 15 0.00 15
0 1.501.50
6 12 18 24 30 FHM 050 - 065
0.00 0 0.50
30 60 90 120 150 0.00 0 15 70 140 21
0.00
1.00 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.00 0 30 60 90 120 150 0 70 140 21
0.00 10 10
1.001.00 0 12 Flow
24 rate l/min
36 48 60 0 20 Flow 60
40 rate l/min 80 100
0.00 10
FHM 010 0 90 180 270 360 450
4.50 FHM 0100.50 5
0.500.50 FHM 320 FHM 500 5
4.50 1.50 1.50
FHM 500 5
1.50
3.00 0.00 FHM 050 - 065
Check Valve270
180 360 450 0 Check Valve 0
3.00 0.001.50
0.00
1.00
0 90 1.00
180180 270270 360360 450450 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0 18
0 0 90 90 1.00
∆p bar

∆p bar

0 12 24
1.50
1.50 1.00
0.50 0.50 Valves
0.50 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.00
0.50 FHM 135
0.00 0 12
0.00 24 36 48 60 0.00 15
FHM 135
150 0 12 0 2470 36140 48210 60
280 350 0.00 0 90
15
FHM 050
180- 065 270 360 450 15 15 FHM 320
Valves
0 90 180 270 360 450
Valves 0.00 pressure drop
Valves valve
Bypass
Flow rate l/min 10
Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve
Bypass 0pressure
pressure
valve 20
dropdrop 40 60 80 100 10 10
10
FHM 050 - 065 FHM 320
1.50 FHM 050 -15 FHM 050 - 065 Bypass valve pressure drop
065 15 3203205
FHMFHM
1.50 FHMFHM
050050
- 065
- 065
15 15 15 15 5 5
5
1.00 10 10 0
Valves
1.00 10 10 10 10 0 18 36 54 72 90
Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 0 0
∆p bar

∆p bar

Bypass valve pressure drop 0 24 36 48 60 0 0 18 18 36


0.50 12
5 5
0.50 5 5 5 FHM 050 - 065 FHM 320
15 5 15
FHM 320
FHM 050 - 065
0.00 15 15
0 0
0.00 0 20 4012 6024 80 36 10048 60 0 00 18 36 54 72 90
0 00 10 10
10048 FHM 135
450 0 20
0 0 124012 6024
24 80 36
36 48 60 60 10
0 0 18
15 18 36 36 54 54 72 72 90 90
10
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
5 5
5 10 5
FHM 135
15
FHMFHM
135135
15 15 0 0
00 125 24 36 48 60 00 18 36 54
10 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 18 36 54
∆p bar

10 10
0
0 18 36 54 72 90
5
5 FHM 320
5 15 FHM 135
15 FHM 135
15
0
00
0 10 18 36 54 72 90
10
0 0 18 18 36 rate54l/min
36Flow 54 72 72 90 90
10

The curves
5 are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in5 compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density. 5

0 0
60 0 18 36 54 72 90 00 18 36 54 72 90
0 18 36 54 72 90
511 High Pressure filters
FHM GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
FHM 006 1 9 10 13 14 15 16

2 13 13 15 16 16 16
FHM 007
3 15 15 16 16 17 17
2 23 25 32 34 37 38
FHM 010
3 31 33 37 38 39 40

Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - S Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 38 37 65 67 81 101 28 36 50 52 62
2 46 50 69 75 89 102 41 44 63 71 85
FHM 050 3 57 59 76 81 93 103 51 53 71 77 90
4 68 71 84 86 95 103 62 66 81 82 93
5 82 83 93 95 98 105 73 75 83 89 97

Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - H Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 23 30 48 53 71 102 22 23 43 50 67
2 30 45 59 64 81 103 30 34 56 62 76
FHM 065 3 52 60 78 82 92 105 51 58 77 81 91

1 61 65 99 104 131 149 46 51 83 86 122


FHM 135 2 91 96 118 119 155 167 79 92 109 111 134
3 118 119 144 146 156 168 103 112 130 137 146

1 112 121 187 217 252 312 97 102 156 162 228
2 200 214 281 293 320 328 161 181 237 241 282
FHM 320
3 245 267 312 320 325 333 207 233 275 280 306
4 267 281 315 325 336 341 232 247 279 283 309

Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - S Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 211 232 281 289 309 394 126 135 208 210 261
2 242 262 303 308 330 397 187 206 258 266 285
FHM 500 3 284 294 336 338 357 399 226 230 285 290 315
4 302 325 346 350 361 401 251 273 314 315 341
5 325 334 356 361 373 401 296 301 335 338 360
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FHM 006 •
FHM 007 •
FHM 010 •
FHM 050 • • • •
FHM 065 • • • •
FHM 135 • • • •
FHM 320 • • • •
FHM 500 • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN

High Pressure filters 512


FHM

513 High Pressure filters


FHM FHM006 - FHM007 - FHM010
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHM010 2 S V G1 A03 H P01
FHM006 FHM007 FHM010

Length FHM006 FHM007 FHM010


1 •
2 • •
3 • •

Valves
S Without bypass

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections
G1 Manifold side “A”
G2 Manifold side “B”

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Element ∆p Execution
H 210 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP065 2 A03 A H P01
FHM006 FHM007 FHM010
HP011 •
HP065 • •

Element length FHM006 FHM007 FHM010


2 • •
3 • • •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR H 210 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 514


FHM006 - FHM007 - FHM010 FHM
Dimensions
FHM006
Connection G1

OUT Connection for


differential indicator
T2 plug not included

IN

Nr. 4 holes

Mounting surface

Connection for OUT


differential indicator
T2 plug not included

IN

Nr. 4 holes

Mounting surface

FHM006
Connection G2

515 High Pressure filters


FHM FHM006 - FHM007 - FHM010
Dimensions
FHM007
Connection G1
OUT
Filter H
length [mm]
2 265
3 366

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance IN

Nr. 4 holes

Mounting surface

OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended clearance
IN space for maintenance

Nr. 4 holes

FHM007
Connection G2
Filter H
length [mm]
Mounting surface
2 265
3 366

High Pressure filters 516


FHM006 - FHM007 - FHM010 FHM
Dimensions
FHM010
Connection G1
OUT Filter H
length [mm]
2 280
3 381

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance IN

Nr. 4 holes

Mounting surface

OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Recommended clearance
IN space for maintenance

Nr. 4 holes

FHM010
Connection G2
Filter H
Mounting surface length [mm]
2 280
3 381

517 High Pressure filters


FHM FHM050 - FHM065 - FHM135
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHM135 3 S A F1 A10 H P01
FHM050 FHM065 FHM135
Length FHM050 FHM065 FHM135
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
5 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Valves: FHM050 FHM065-135
Element ∆p S B T D S B T D Execution
N 20 bar • • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
S 210 bar • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP135 3 A10 A H P01
HP050 HP065 HP135
Element length HP050 HP065 HP135
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
5 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p HP050 HP065 HP135 Execution


A NBR N 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
S 210 bar •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 518


FHM050 - FHM065 - FHM135 FHM
Dimensions
FHM050 FHM065
Filter H Filter H
length [mm] length [mm]
1 154 1 162
2 191 2 193
3 233 3 295
4 281
5 403

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Nr. 4 holes

519 High Pressure filters


FHM FHM050 - FHM065 - FHM135
Dimensions
FHM135
Filter H
length [mm]
1 202
2 315
IN OUT 3 390

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

depth 13 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Nr. 4 holes

High Pressure filters 520


FHM

521 High Pressure filters


FHM FHM320 - FHM500
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHM320 4 D A F1 A06 N P01
FHM320 FHM500
Length FHM320 FHM500
1 • •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Valves: FHM320 FHM500 Filter length


Element ∆p S B T D S B T D Execution 1 2 3 4 5
N 20 bar • • • • P01 MP Filtri standard • • • • •
H 210 bar • • P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing • •
S 210 bar • • Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 4 A06 A N P01
HP320 HP500
Element length HP320 HP500
1 • •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p HP320 HP500 Execution


A NBR N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM H 210 bar • Pxx Customized
S 210 bar •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 522


FHM320 - FHM500 FHM
Dimensions
FHM320
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 293 150 -
2 416 150 -
3 548 150 -
4 702 150 550

OUT IN
Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4

Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Nr. 6 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

523 High Pressure filters


FHM FHM320 - FHM500
Dimensions
FHM500
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 355 150 -
2 445 150 -
3 521 150 -
4 679 150 480
5 845 150 650

OUT IN Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4 - 5

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
Recommended Drain
clearance space plug
for maintenance

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Nr. 6 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

High Pressure filters 524


SPARE PARTS FHM
Order number for spare parts
FHM 006 - 007 - 010
4

3d

3e

3f
3c

3b

3a

2 FHM 050 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500

3n

3h 3m
3e
3d
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4 5
4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
6 3g
FHM 006 See 02050324 02050325
FHM 007 order 02050600 02050601 T2H T2V
FHM 010 table 02050320 02050321 3h 3m 3a

3b

3c

3c

3b

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3m) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHM 050 02050410 02050411 02001400 02001401 02001402 02001403
FHM 065 See 02050268 02050279 02001400 02001401 02001402 02001403
FHM 135 order 02050271 02050282 T2H T2V 02001404 02001405 02001406 02001407
FHM 320 table 02050275 02050286 02001408 02001409 02001410 02001411
FHM 500 02050332 02050333 02001408 02001409 02001410 02001411

525 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 526
High Pressure filters

FHB series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 485 l/min

527 High Pressure filters


FHB GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Phosphatized cast iron
Manifold
- Housing: Phosphatized steel
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Bypass valve: Steel
Flow rate up to 485 l/min - Check valve: Steel
FHB is a range of high pressure filter for protection of sensitive
components in high pressure hydraulic systems in the mobile machines. Pressure
They are directly connected to the side of the manifold, through the - Working pressure: 32 MPa (320 bar)
proper flanged interface. - Test pressure: 48 MPa (480 bar)
- Burst pressure: 96 MPa (960 bar)
Available features: - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
- Manifold connections up to Ø30 mm, for a maximum flow rate of 485 l/min with pressure from 0 to 32 MPa (320 bar)
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Check valve, to protect the system against reverse flow Bypass valve
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
bypass valve - Other opening pressures on request.
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not provided with
bypass valve ∆p element type
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter element - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve in filters - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 210 bar
not provided with the bypass valve (not available for FHB050)
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar (only for FHB050)
- Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
Common applications: - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Delivery lines, in any high pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
Manifold mounting

Note
FHB filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
FHB 050 2.61 2.98 3.39 3.86 5.04 0.21 0.30 0.40 0.52 0.81
FHB 065 3.33 3.69 4.90 - - 0.20 0.27 0.49 - -
FHB 135 6.61 8.21 9.21 - - 0.40 0.73 0.94 - -
FHB 320 12.95 15.08 17.37 26.77 - 0.91 1.63 2.40 3.59 -

High Pressure filters 528


15
0.30
0.30 10 10

FHB
10
0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 GENERAL INFORMATION
0.00 5
5
5
0 20 40 60 80 100
0
Pressure drop
0
0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0 50
Valves
FHB 135 0
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop 12
0.90 Bypass valve pressure drop
FHB 050 - 065 FHB 135
0.90 0.90 FHB 135
15
FHB 135
0.60 Check Valve
Check Valve 15
0.60 0.60
10 FHB 050 - 065
15 15
FHB 320
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.30 10
0.30 0.30
105 10
0.00 5
0.00 0 40 80 120 160 200 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 40 50 80 120 160 200 5
Valves 0 18 36 54 72 90 0
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min 0 18
FHB 050 - 065 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.90 0 0
FHB 320 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 50
0.90 FHB 135
0.90 FHB 320
0.60 Check Valve 0.90
FHB 050 - 065 FHB 135 FHB 320
15 15 15
0.60
∆p bar

0.60 0.60
0.30
10 10 10
0.30
0.30 0.30
0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 5 5 5
0.00
0.00 0 Valves 75 150 225 300 375 0.00
0 Valves 80
40 pressureFlow
Bypass valve drop 120
rate l/min 160 200 0 0 75 150 225 300 375 0
0
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 12 0 24 18 36 3648 54 60 72 0
90 50 100 15
FHB 135
0.90 Bypass valve pressure drop
FHB 050 - 065 FHB FHB
135 320
15 15 15
FHB 050
FHB 320 - 065 FHB 320
0.60 0.90
15 15

10 10 10
∆p bar

∆p bar

0.60
10 10
0.30
5 5 5
0.00 0.30
5 5
0 40 80 120 160 200
0 0 0
0 0
0.00 12 24 36 48 60 00 0 18 50 36 100 54 150 72 200 90 250
0 75
12 150 225
24 rate l/min
Flow 36 300
48 375
60 0 50 Flow100
rate l/min150 200 250

FHB 135
FHB 320 15
0.90 FHB 135
15

10
0.60
10
∆p bar

5
0.30
5

0
0.00 36 54 72 90
0 0 18
0 75 150 225 300 375
0 18 36 54 72 90
266
Flow rate l/min
266
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

266

529 High Pressure filters


FHB GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - S Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 43 42 79 81 101 131 30 40 58 60 74
2 53 58 84 93 112 132 46 50 76 86 108
FHB 050 3 67 70 94 101 119 133 59 62 87 95 115
4 82 87 106 108 122 134 74 80 101 103 119
5 102 104 119 122 127 136 90 92 105 113 126

Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - H Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 25 33 55 62 87 133 23 25 49 58 81
2 33 51 70 76 101 134 33 38 66 75 94
FHB 065 3 60 71 97 103 118 138 60 68 95 102 116

1 67 72 120 129 177 212 49 55 97 100 160


FHB 135 2 109 116 152 154 224 250 90 110 137 140 182
3 153 155 201 205 226 253 126 142 175 187 207

1 130 143 238 286 343 442 110 117 192 201 304
2 259 281 391 409 454 468 200 230 319 325 392
FHB 320
3 332 368 441 455 463 476 269 312 381 389 432
4 368 390 446 462 481 488 311 334 388 394 437
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FHB 050 • • • •
FHB 065 • • • •
FHB 135 • • • •
FHB 320
OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN

High Pressure filters 530


FHB

531 High Pressure filters


FHB FHB050
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHB050 2 T A F1 A06 S P01
FHB050

Length
1 2 3 4 5

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections
F1 Manifold

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Valves
Element ∆p S B T D Execution
N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • • Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 2 A06 A S P01
HP050
Element length
1 2 3 4 5

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 532


FHB050 FHB
Dimensions
FHB050
Filter H
length [mm]
1 185
2 222
3 264
4 312
5 434

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Nr. 2 holes
OUT

IN

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

533 High Pressure filters


FHB FHB065 - FHB135 - FHB320
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHB320 4 S A F1 A06 H P01
FHB065 FHB135 FHB320
Length FHB065 FHB135 FHB320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Valves
Element ∆p S B T D Execution 1 2 3 4
N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard • • • •
H 210 bar • • P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing •
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 4 A06 A H P01
HP065 HP135 HP320
Element length HP065 HP135 HP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM H 210 bar Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 534


FHB065 - FHB135 - FHB320 FHB
Dimensions
FHB065
Filter H
length [mm]
1 194
2 225
3 327

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

Nr. 2 holes
OUT

IN

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

535 High Pressure filters


FHB FHB065 - FHB135 - FHB320
Dimensions
FHB135
Filter H
length [mm]
1 268
2 381
3 456

Nr. 4 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included

OUT

IN

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

High Pressure filters 536


FHB065 - FHB135 - FHB320 FHB
Dimensions
FHB320
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 301 150 -
2 424 150 -
3 556 150 -
4 709 150 550

Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4

Connection for
differential indicator Nr. 4 holes
T2 plug not included

OUT

IN

Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

537 High Pressure filters


FHB SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FHB 050 - 065 - 135 - 320

3m 3h
4
5
3d

3e
6

3m 3h

3g
3n

3a

3b

3c

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3n) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHB 050 02050412 02050413 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
FHB 065 See 02050266 02050277 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
order T2H T2V
FHB 135 02050270 02050281 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
table
FHB 320 02050273 02050284 02001381 02001382 02001383 02001384

High Pressure filters 538


FHB

539 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 540
High Pressure filters

FHF 325 series


Maximum working pressure up to 35 MPa (350 bar) - Flow rate up to 500 l/min
Filter housing according to SAE J2066 for HF4 filter elements

541 High Pressure filters


FHF 325 GENERAL INFORMATION
Filter housing according to SAE J2066 for HF4 filter elements
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Phosphatized cast iron
Manifold
- Housing: Phosphatized steel
Maximum working pressure up to 35 MPa (350 bar) - Cover: Cast iron (chemical heat treatment)
Flow rate up to 500 l/min - Bypass valve: Brass - Steel
FHF is a range of high pressure filter for protection of sensitive
components in high pressure hydraulic systems in the mobile machines. Pressure
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Working pressure: 35 MPa (350 bar)
hydraulic fittings or the proper flanged interface. - Test pressure: 52.5 MPa (525 bar)
- Burst pressure: 105 MPa (1050 bar)
Available features: - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
- 1 1/2” female threaded connections, 1 1/2” flanged connections and with pressure from 0 to 35 MPa (350 bar)
manifold connections up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 500 l/min
- Base-mounting design, for ease of the replacement of the filter element Bypass valve
- Filter element designed in accordance with SAE J2066 HF4 regulation - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with
∆p element type
bypass valve
- Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
- Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Common applications:
Delivery lines, in any high pressure industrial equipment
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V

Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C

Connections
FHF 325: In-line threaded connection
FHF 325: In-line flanged connection
FHF 325: Manifold mounting

Note
FHF filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 Length 1 2 3
FHF 325 23.90 32.68 41.47 3.50 5.80 8.11

High Pressure filters 542


GENERAL INFORMATION FHF 325
Filter housing according to SAE J2066 for HF4 filter elements
Pressure drop
1.50
FHF 325 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
1 1/2”

1.00
∆p bar

Manifold

0.50

0.00
0 120 240 360 480 600
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - N Series
Filter series Length
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
1
302 339 348 419 500 556
FHF 325 2
401 424 434 457 505 557
3
416 451 460 469 510 559
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FHF 325 • •

OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

543 High Pressure filters


FHF 325
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHF325 2 S A H 7 A10 N P01
FHF325

Length
1 2 3

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections
A G 1 1/2”
B 1 1/2” NPT
C SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/M
H 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
M Manifold ø1.38”
N Manifold ø1.50”

Connection for differential indicator


7 With two connections plugged on both sides

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HF325 2 A10 A N P01
HF325
Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 544


FHF 325
Dimensions
FHF325
Connection A - B - C
Filter H H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 452 250
2 690 485
3 928 725

Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN OUT

Drain plug Connection for


on both sides differential indicator
T2 plug on both sides

Vent IN

Vent OUT

545 High Pressure filters


FHF 325
Dimensions
FHF325
Connection G - H
Filter H H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 463 250
2 701 485
3 939 725

Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

IN OUT

Drain plug
on both sides Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug on both sides

Vent IN

Vent OUT

High Pressure filters 546


FHF 325
Dimensions
FHF325
Connection M - N
Filter H H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 452 250
2 690 485
3 928 725

Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Drain plug
on both sides

Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug on both sides
IN OUT

Vent IN

Vent OUT

547 High Pressure filters


FHF 325 SPARE PARTS
Filter housing according to SAE J2066 for HF4 filter elements

Order number for spare parts


FHF 325 FHF 325
Connections Connections
A-B-C-G-H M-N

3f 3f

3c 3c

3b 3b

3a 3a

2 2

3a 3a
3f 3f
3b 3b

4 4

3d 3d
3e 3e

3f 3f
3g
3h

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4 Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3h) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHF 325 See FHF 325 See
A-B-C-G-H order
table
02050588 02050589 T2H T2V M-N order 02050590 02050591
table
T2H T2V

High Pressure filters 548


FHF 325

549 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters 550
High Pressure filters

FHD series
Maximum working pressure up to 35 MPa (350 bar) - Flow rate up to 345 l/min

551 High Pressure filters


FHD GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

High Pressure filters Filter housing materials


- Head: Phosphatized cast iron
Duplex
- Housing: Phosphatized steel
Maximum working pressure up to 35 MPa (350 bar) - Bypass valve: Steel
Flow rate up to 345 l/min
FHD is a range of high pressure duplex filter with integrated changeover Pressure
function to allow the filter element replacement without the system
- Test pressure: 52.5 MPa (525 bar)
shut-down.
- Burst pressure: 105 MPa (1050 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
- Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
hydraulic fittings.
with pressure from 0 to 35 MPa (350 bar)
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/4” and flanged connections Bypass valve
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum flow rate of 345 l/min - Opening pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system - Other opening pressures on request.
- Balancing valve integrated in the changeover lever, to equalize the
housing pressure before the switch
∆p element type
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work - Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters provided with (not available for FHD 021)
bypass valve - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 210 bar
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not provided with (only for FHD 021)
bypass valve - Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, for filter element (not available for FHD 021)
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve or the - Wire mesh filter elements - series N: 20 bar
reverse flow in filters provided with the bypass valve - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”, for filter element
protection against the back pressure caused by the check valve or the Seals
reverse flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve - Standard NBR series A
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators - Optional FPM series V

Common applications: Temperature


- System where shut-down causes high costs From -25 °C to +110 °C
- System where shut-down causes safety issues
Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet 90°

Note
FHD filters are provided
for vertical mounting

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
FHD 021 - 8.0 9.0 9.9 - - 0.06 0.12 0.22 -
FHD 051 - 16.9 17.5 18.5 19.8 - 0.31 0.41 0.53 0.83
FHD 326 43.0 50.0 54.0 - - 0.88 1.60 2.37 - -
FHD 333 - 74.0 79.0 98.0 - - 1.75 2.52 3.35 -

High Pressure filters 552


2.00

1.00 1.00
1.00

FHD
1.00

0.00
0 8 16 24 32 40
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.00 0.00
0 8 80 16 160 24 240 32 320 40 400 0.00
0 0 80 160
Pressure drop
Valves
Valves
FHD 051 Bypass valve pressure drop FilterBypass
housings ∆p pressure drop
alvesValves 3.00 FHD 021 valve pressure drop
FHD 051
ypass
Bypass
valve valve
pressure 3.00 drop
pressure
drop Valves 3.00 FHD 333
3.00 FHD 051 FHD 326 - 333
Bypass valve pressure drop 12 15 051
FHD
12
2.00
2.00 2.00
2.00
∆p bar

∆p bar
8 10
8
1.00
1.00 1.00
1.00
4 5
0.00 4
0.00 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.00
0.00
0 8 16 24 32 40 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0
Flow rate l/min 0 32 l/min
16 Flow rate 48 64 80 0 50 100
0 16 32
FHD 333
FHD 333 Valves
3.00FHD
3.00
021
3.00 3.00 FHD 326 3.00
FHD 333
Bypass valve
FHD 051 FHD 326pressure drop
3.00 3.00
2.00 2.00 FHD 051 FHD 326 - 333
2.00 2.00 2.00 12 15
2.00
∆p bar

∆p bar
2.00
1.00 1.00
1.00 1.00 1.00 8 10
1.00 1.00
0.00 0.00
40 0.00 00.00 0 4 5
80 80 160 160 240 240 320 320 400 400 0.00
0 0.00 0 8 55 16 110 24 165 32 220 40 275 0.00 0 80 160 240 320 400
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 55 110 165 220 275
ValvesValves Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min 0
Valves 0 16 32 48 64 80 0 50 100
Bypass
Bypass
valve valve
pressure
pressure
drop drop
FHD 051 Bypass valve pressure drop Bypass valve pressure drop
3.00 FHD 051
FHD 051 FHD 326
FHD-326
333- 333
12 12 FHD 326 15 15
FHD 326 - 333
3.00 FHD 051
12 15
2.00
8 8 10 10
2.00
∆p bar

∆p bar

8 10
1.00
4 4 5 5
1.00
4 5
100 0.00
00 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 0
0 0 16 16 32 32 48 48 64 64 80 80 00 0 50 50 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 0
0 55 110 165 220 275
Flow rate l/min 0 16 32 rate l/min
Flow 48 64 80 0 50 100 1

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
FHD 326
3.00∆p varies proportionally with density.

2.00

1.00

275 0.00
0 55 110 165 220 275

553 High Pressure filters


FHD GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]

Filter element design - H Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25
2 6 8 14 16 19 26
FHD 021 3 10 12 18 20 22 27
4 13 16 21 22 24 27

Filter element design - R Series N Series Filter element design - S Series


Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
2 39 41 51 54 59 64 35 37 48 51 58
FHD 051 3 45 46 54 56 61 65 41 43 52 54 60
4 50 52 58 58 62 65 47 49 56 56 61
5 56 57 61 62 63 65 53 53 57 59 63

1 93 99 131 142 154 171 83 87 117 120 146


FHD 326 2 136 141 163 166 173 176 119 128 149 151 163
3 152 159 171 174 175 177 139 148 161 163 170

2 175 184 224 230 245 249 147 162 199 201 225
FHD 333 3 204 217 241 245 247 252 179 196 221 224 238
4 216 224 242 247 253 255 196 204 223 225 239
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style B
FHD 021 •
FHD 051 • •
FHD 326 • •
FHD 333 • •
OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN

High Pressure filters 554


FHD

555 High Pressure filters


FHD FHD021
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHD021 4 S A G1 A06 H P01
FHD021

Length
2 3 4

Valves
S Without bypass

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections
G1 G 1/2”
G2 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Filtration rating
Element ∆p Axx M25 Execution
N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar • Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 4 A06 A H P01
HP011
Element length
2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm

Filtration rating
Seals Element ∆p Axx M25 Execution
A NBR N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570

High Pressure filters 556


FHD021 FHD
Dimensions
FHD021
Filter H
length [mm]
2 172
3 222
4 272

Connections R
G1 M6
G2 - G3 1/4” UNC

Connection for
differential indicator
IN T2 plug

OUT

OUT

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes

IN
VENT
OUT

VENT VENT
A B

557 High Pressure filters


FHD FHD051 - FHD326 - FHD333
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHD326 3 S A G1 M25 N P01
FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
Length FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
1 •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 • •
5 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
G1 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” -
G2 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT -
G3 G 1/2” SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN -
G4 1/2” NPT - -
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF - -
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN - -
F1 - - 1 1/2” 6000 psi/M
F2 - - 1 1/2” 6000 psi/UNC

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
Filtration rating
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm Element ∆p Axx M25 Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm R 20 bar • • Pxx Customized
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm S 210 bar • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 3 M25 A N P01
FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
HP050 •
HP320 • •
Element length HP050 HP320
1 •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Filtration rating
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm Seals Element ∆p Axx M25 Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm A NBR N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm V FPM R 20 bar • • Pxx Customized
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm S 210 bar • •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569

Additional features page


T2 Plug 570
High Pressure filters 558
FHD051 - FHD326 - FHD333 FHD
Dimensions
FHD051
Filter H
length [mm]
2 253
3 295
4 343
5 465

Connections R
G1 M6
G2 1/4” UNC
G3 M6
G4-G5-G6 1/4” UNC
L L1 M
Valves [mm] [mm] [mm]
S 168 138 84
B 182.5 152.5 98.5

Connection for
differential indicator
IN T2 plug

OUT

OUT

BALANCING

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes

VENT
OUT

IN

VENT VENT
A B

559 High Pressure filters


FHD FHD051 - FHD326 - FHD333
Dimensions
FHD326
Filter H
length [mm]
1 309
2 432
3 564

Connections R
G1 M10
G2 - G3 3/8” UNC

Connection for
IN differential indicator
T2 plug

OUT

OUT

BALANCING

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 11 mm
Nr. 4 holes

IN
VENT
OUT

VENT VENT
A B

High Pressure filters 560


FHD051 - FHD326 - FHD333 FHD
Dimensions
FHD333
Length 2 - 3
Filter H
length [mm]
2 479
3 612

Connections R
F1 M10
F2 3/8” UNC

Connection for
differential indicator
IN T2 plug
142

OUT

OUT

BALANCING

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 11 mm
Nr. 4 holes

IN
VENT
OUT

VENT VENT
A B

561 High Pressure filters


FHD FHD051 - FHD326 - FHD333
Dimensions
FHD333
Length 4
Connections R
F1 M10
F2 3/8” UNC

Connection for
IN differential indicator
T2 plug
142

OUT

OUT

BALANCING

Filter Filter

Drain plug
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 11 mm
Nr. 4 holes

IN
VENT
OUT

VENT VENT
A B

High Pressure filters 562


SPARE PARTS FHD
Order number for spare parts
FHD 021 - 051 - 326 - 333

4
3d

3e
3g

3a

3b

3c

3c

3b

3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHD 021 See 02050511 02050512
FHD 051 order 02050420 02050421 T2H T2V
FHD 326-333 table 02050377 02050378

563 High Pressure filters


High Pressure filters

Clogging indicators
OUT OUT OUT

2 2
1 1
3 3

Differential indicators

IN IN IN

Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited. These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
The electronic model (only available for differential type indicators)
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase with warning signals (75% of clogging) and alarm (clogging).
OUT OUT OUT
in pressure drop across the filter element.

The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.

MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:


2 2
1 1
3 3
- Vacuum switches and gauges
- Pressure switches and gauges
IN IN IN
- Differential pressure indicators

Suitable indicator types

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

Differential indicators are used on the Pressure


OUT OUT OUT OUT
line to check the efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream
and downstream of the filter element
2
(differential pressure). 1
2
1
2 1
3
Standard items are produced with special 3 3

connection G 1/2” size.


Also available in Stainless Steel models.
IN IN IN IN

Quick reference guide


N

Hazardous
E

Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual Electronic area electronic


W

Filter series indicator indicator indicator indicator indicator


FMP 039 - 065 - 135 - 320
FHP 010 - 011 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DEH50xA48P01
DLA50xA51P01
With FMM 050 - 150 DEH50xA49P01
DLA50xA52P01
bypass FHA 051 DVA50xP01 DEA50xA50P01 DEH50xA70P01
DLA50xA71P01 DTA50xF70P01
valve FHM 006 - 007 - 010 - 050 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DVM50xP01 DEM50xAxxP01 DEH70xA48P01
DLE50xA50P01
FHB 050 - 135 - 320 DEH70xA49P01
DLE50xF50P01
FHF 325 DEH70xA70P01
FHD 021 - 051 - 326 - 333
FMP 039 - 065 - 135 - 320
FHP 010 - 011 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DEH50xA48P01
DLA70xA51P01
Without FMM 050 - 150 DEH50xA49P01
DLA70xA52P01
bypass FHA 051 DVA70xP01 DEA70xA50P01 DEH50xA70P01
DLA70xA71P01 DTA70xF70P01
valve FHM 006 - 007 - 010 - 050 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DVM70xP01 DEM70xAxxP01 DEH70xA48P01
DLE70xA50P01
FHB 050 - 135 - 320 DEH70xA49P01
DLE70xF50P01
FHF 325 DEH70xA70P01
FHD 021 - 051 - 326 - 333

High Pressure filters 564


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEA*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
5 bar ±10% DE A 50 x A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DE A 70 x A 50 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE A 95 x A 50 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic
3 fluids
1 1 HFA, HFB, HFC1 according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
53

53

50
3
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653

Electrical data
A/F 30 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
1
3 2

DEH*48 Connection diagram Materials


3
4
Hazardous Area - Body: AISI 316 Stainless steel
5
Electronic Differential Indicator - Contacts: Rhodium (tungsten optional)
Settings Ordering code Red Black - Seal: MFQ - FPM
5 bar ±10% DE H 50 x A 48 P01
White Protection class Ex ia IIC T4/T6: Intrinsically safe
7 bar ±10% DE H 70 x A 48 P01 4 4

28 Temperature class T4 (135 °C) and T6 (85 °C)


M20 x 1.5
3 3 3
Technical data
1 1 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 1

2 2 - Working temperature: From -60 °C to +1252 °C


- Connection type: M20 x 1.5 - 3 core polyrad
5
cable supplied with 5 meters
A/F 25 mm - Contact type: SPCO/SPDT (Hermetically sealed - volt free contacts)
Max tightening - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
87.5

torque: 50 N∙m HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


114

- Degree of protection: IP 66/67/68 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Certification / Approvals: - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO - Electrical Ratings: Ui 30V - Li 250mA - Pi 1.3W
- Certification included
as standard

DEH*49 Connection diagram Materials


Hazardous Area - Body: AISI 316 Stainless steel
Electronic Differential Indicator - Contacts: Rhodium (tungsten optional)
Red Black - Seal: MFQ - FPM
Settings Ordering code
5 bar ±10% DE H 50 x A 49 P01 White Protection class Ex d IIC T4/T6: Flameproof
7 bar ±10% DE H 70 x A 49 P01
28 Temperature class T4 (135 °C) and T6 (85 °C)
Green
1/2” NPT Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Working temperature: From -60 °C to +120 °C : ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO
From -60 °C to +105 °C : UL/CSA
- Connection type: 1/2” NPT - 3 core polyrad cable supplied with 5 meters
A/F 25 mm - Contact type: SPCO/SPDT (Hermetically sealed - volt free contacts)
Max tightening - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
87.5

torque: 50 N∙m HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


- Certification / Approvals: - Degree of protection: IP 66/67/68 according to EN 60529
114

ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO,


UL/CSA Class I Division 1 Electrical data
Groups A-D, - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
UL/CSA Class II Division 1 - Electrical Ratings: Supply Voltage 24 VDC 110 VAC
Groups E-G Max switching current 830mA 180mA
- Certification included Max voltage 150 V AC/DC
as standard Power watts 20 W VA

565 High Pressure filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEH*70 Connection diagram Materials


Hazardous Area - Body: AISI 316 Stainless steel housing with internal
Electronic Differential Indicator Brown engineered resin switch
Settings Ordering code
1
Blue - Contacts: Rhodium
4 2
5 bar ±10% DE H 50 x A 70 P01 3 Black - Seal: MFQ - FPM
7 bar ±10% DE H 70 x A 70 P01
Protection class EX ia IIC T6: Intrinsically safe

Temperature class T6 (85 °C)


M12
Technical data
28 mm O.D. - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Working temperature: From -20 °C to +80 °C
- Connection type: 4 pole male M12 connector - plastic
- Contact type: SPCO/SPDT (Hermetically sealed - volt free contacts)
42.5
90

A/F 25 mm - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids


Max tightening HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
torque: 50 N∙m - Degree of protection: IP 66/67 according to EN 60529
26.5

- Certification / Approvals: Electrical data


ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
- Electrical Ratings: Ui 30V - Li 250mA - Pi 1.3W

75
- Certification included

60
as standard

DEM*10 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering 1code
2
- Contacts: Silver
1 2
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 10 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DE M 70 x x 10 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE M 95 x x 10 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 - Working temperature: 2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
75
flexible cable: 290 to “A”

1
60

1
3 - Degree protection: 1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28
Max tightening
75

torque: 65 N∙m
60

2
1
1
3 2 C

2 DEM*20 Hydraulic
2 symbol
3
Materials 2
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass A
5
1 1 - Base: Black
1
Nylon B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 120 P01 1 2
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
7 bar ±10% DE M 70 x x 20 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE M 95 x x 20 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature: 2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
75

1 B
1 1 1
60

3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)

2
1
1
3 2

High Pressure filters 566 3 C


4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

75
60

DEM*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 30 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DE M 70 x x 30 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE M 95 x x 30 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Thermal lockout
- Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
75

3
B
1 1

Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
A/F 28 - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
Max tightening - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
torque: 65 N∙m

2
75

1
1
3 2

DEM*35 Hydraulic symbol


3
4
Materials
C - Body: Brass
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
2 - Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code A
2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 35 P01 B 3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar1±10% DE M 70 x x 35 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE M 95 x x 35 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”

1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53

53

50

- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-3-P


- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: SPDT contact
2 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28 1 1 2
3
Max tightening
2
torque: 65 N∙m 1
1
3 2

DLA*51
C - DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
A - Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings
B Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DL A 50 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DL A 70 x A xx P01 3

9.5 bar ±10% DL A 95 x A xx P01 Technical data


Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53

50

1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529

2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc

567 High Pressure filters


53

50
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS 1
2
1 2

Dimensions 3

DLA*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DL A 50 x A 71 P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DL A 70 x A 71 P01 3
9.5 bar ±10% DL A 95 x A 71 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
2
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical
1 symbol 1 2
3 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
4 4
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
50

GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58

DLE*A50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: Brass
58

58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
5 bar ±10% DL E 50 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
74 bar ±10% DL E 70 x A 50 P01 3
9.5 bar ±10% DL E 95 x A 50 P01 Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58

58

3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58

DLE*F50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator 3
- Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
58

3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
51bar ±10% DL E 50 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
2
72bar ±10% DL E 70 x F 50 P01 3
2
9.5 bar ±10% DL E 95 x F 50 P01 Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58

3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m

High Pressure filters 568


3
2
1

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3

Dimensions

DTA*70 Hydraulic symbol Materials

47

39
Electronic Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
5 bar ±10% DT A 50 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DT A 70 x x 70 P01 3
9.5 bar ±10% DT A 95 x x 70 P01 4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47

Electrical symbol

39
Electrical data

34
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
2 4 ÷ 20 mA
A/F 30 - Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
75% - N.O.
Max tightening 3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
torque: 50 N∙m 100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc

DVA Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
1 Settings Ordering
+24 Vdc code - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DV A 50 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 4 ÷ 20 mA
7 bar ±10% DV A 70 x P01
9.5
3 bar ±10% 75% - N.O.
DV A 95 x P01 Technical data
100% - N.O.
- Reset: Automatic reset
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
5 Green / Red
0 Vdc - Proof pressure: 630 bar
clogging indicator - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
39

34

1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

DVM Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DV M 50 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DV M 70 x P01
9.5 bar ±10% DV M 95 x P01 2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34

1 1 2 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


3
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

569 High Pressure filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
10
Dimensions
A/F30

T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m

High Pressure filters 570


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Designation & Ordering code

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS


Series Configuration example 1: DE M 50 H F 50 P01
DE Electrical or Electronic differential indicator Configuration example 2: DE H 50 F A 70 P01
DL Electrical / Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 3: DL E 70 V A 71 P01
DT Electronic differential indicator
DV Visual differential indicator Configuration example 4: DT A 50 H F 70 P01
Configuration example 5: DV M 95 V P01

Type DE DL DT DV
A Standard type • • • A With automatic reset
M With wired electrical connection • M With manual reset
E For high power supply •
H Hazardous area •

Pressure setting DEA DEH DEM DLA DLE DT DV


50 5 bar • • • • • • •
70 7 bar • • • • • • •
95 9.5 bar • • • • • •

Seals DEA DEH DEM DLA DLE DT DV


F MFQ •
H HNBR • • • • • •
V FPM • • • • • • •

Thermostat DEA DEH DEM DLA DLE DT DV


A Without • • • • •
F With thermostat • • •

Electrical connections DEA DEH DEM DLA DLE DT DV


10 Connection AMP Superseal series 1.5 •
20 Connection AMP Timer Junior •
30 Connection Deutsch DT-04-2-P •
35 Connection Deutsch DT-04-3-P •
48 Connection M20 •
49 Connection 1/2” NPT •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 • •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc •
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • Option
70 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12) • • P01 MP Filtri standard
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc • Pxx Customized

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATOR PLUG


Series Configuration example T2 H
T2 Indicator plug
Seals
H HNBR
V FPM

571 High Pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters are used as process filters
to protect individual valves or the entire hydraulic circuit from
contamination as per ISO 4406.
6 versions are available with operating pressures
ranging from 320 bar up to 1000 bar.

A range of products is available to resolve all filter


mounting problems, in the following configurations:
- FZP In-line pressure filter with threaded mount
- FZH In-line pressure filter with threaded mount for higher pressure
- FZX In-line pressure filter with threaded mount up to 1000 bar
- FZB Manifold side mounting
- FZM Manifold top mounting
- FZD Duplex pressure filter for continuous operation requirements

FZ stainless steel filters are specifically designed


for applications in the:
- Process engineering
- Water hydraulics
- Offshore technology
- Marine technology
- High pressure hydraulics
- Any application in harsh or aggressive environment

FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 25

Stainless steel high pressure filters 572


Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZP page 575


FZH 585
FZX 595
FZM 603
FZB 611
FZD 619
INDICATORS 629

573 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters 574
Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZP series
Maximum working pressure up to 42 Mpa (420 bar) - Flow rate up to 150 l/min

575 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZP GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
- Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
In-line
- Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Maximum working pressure up to 42 Mpa (420 bar)
- Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
Flow rate up to 150 l/min
- End cap: Nylon
FZP is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
protection of sensitive components in high pressure
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the lines of the system Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the hydraulic fittings. Element series “S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- 1 1/4” female threaded connections, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 150 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the filter media Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Low collapse filter element with external support From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
“R”, for filter element protection against the back - End cap: Stainless Steel
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse - Core tube: Stainless Steel
flow in filters provided with the bypass valve Note - External support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element with external support FZP filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
“S”, for filter element protection against the back for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse
flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators

Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
FZP 039 - 4.5 5.1 5.6 - 0.19 0.26 0.34
FZP 136 8.3 10.2 11.5 - 0.45 0.78 1.00 -

Stainless steel high pressure filters 576


0.7 0.40.4 0.4
FZH 011

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
0 0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 0 16 16 32 32 48 48 64 64 80 80
0
0 FZP 16 32 48

Pressure drop

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


FZP 039 - FZH 039 FZPFZM
136 039 FZD 010 - 021
1.2 1.21.2 4.2

F
1.8 1.80.8 2.8
∆p bar

∆p bar
0.4 0.40.4 1.4

0 0 0 0
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0 30 16 60 32 90 48 120 64 150 80 0 8 16 24
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZX 011 FZD 051
1.2
FZP 136 9 4.2 FZD 010 - 021 3

FZD 010
1.8 6 2.8 2

0.4 3 1.4 FZD 021 1

Flow rates [l/min]


0 00 0
0 30 60 90
Filter
120
element
150
design 4 16 6 24 Filter - R0Series
8 32element
0
design - S-U0 Series 20
10 40 2 8 40 60
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
2 19 25 43 50 59 19 23 41 45 55
FZP 039 3 34 37 53 62 74 31 34 48 52 66
4 42 46 63 72 81 38 41 55 71 78
FZX 011 FZD 051
9 1 63 67 102 108 136
3 47 53 87 89 127
FZP 136 2 95 100 122 123 159 81 95 113 115 138
3 122 124 148 150 160 106 116 135 141 151
6 2
Maximum flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
3
For different 1
pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 20 40 60 80 100

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D Style V Style Z
FZP 039 • • • • • •
FZP 136 • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN IN IN

577 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZP FZP039 IN-LINE
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZP039 2 B F B 2 A03 U P01
FZP039
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
A G 1/2”
B 1/2” NPT
C SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
Connections for differential indicators
1 Without
2 With connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm Valves
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm R 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • • • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • • • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 2 A03 F U P01
HP039

Element length
2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Valves
Seals Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A NBR R 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar • • • Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • • • •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 578


IN-LINE FZP039 FZP
Dimensions
FZP039
Filter H
length [mm]
2 179
3 222
4 266

Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

579 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZP FZP136 IN-LINE
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZP136 1 B A B 6 A03 R P01
FZP136
Length
1 2 3
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
A G 3/4”
B 3/4” NPT
C SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
D G 1”
E 1” NPT
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G G 1 1/4”
H 1 1/4” NPT
I SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
Connections for differential indicators
1 Without
6 With two connections on both sides
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Valves
Element ∆p S B Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm R 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP135 1 A03 A R P01
HP135

Element length
1 2 3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm Valves
Seals Element ∆p S B Execution
A NBR R 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar • Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 580


IN-LINE FZP136 FZP
Dimensions
FZP136
Filter H
length [mm]
1 222
2 335
3 410

Connections R
A M10
B-C 3/8” UNC
D M10
E-F 3/8” UNC
G M10
H-I 3/8” UNC

IN OUT

Recommended
Connection for clearance space
differential indicator for maintenance
X2 plug
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included

The position of the X2 plug is reversible

581 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZP SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FZP 039 FZP 136

4 4 3c 3d

3d

3e

3e 3d

3a 3g 3a

3b
3b

3c
3c

2
2

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
FZP 039 See 02050299 02050300
order X2H X2V
FZP 136 table 02050636 02050637

Stainless steel high pressure filters 582


FZP

583 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters 584
Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZH series
Maximum working pressure up to 70 Mpa (700 bar) - Flow rate up to 50 l/min

585 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZH GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
In-line - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 70 Mpa (700 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series N-R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 50 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “N - R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZH is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the lines of the system Microfibre filter elements - series H-S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the hydraulic fittings. Element series “H - S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- 1/2” female threaded connections, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 50 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the filter media Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
provided with bypass valve - End cap: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not - Core tube: Stainless Steel
provided with bypass valve Note - External support: Stainless Steel
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, FZH filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
for filter element protection against the back pressure for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”,
for filter element protection against the back pressure
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators

Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
FZH 010-011 2.1 2.2 2.7 3.3 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.20
FZH 039 - 7.8 8.9 10.1 - 0.19 0.26 0.34

Stainless steel high pressure filters 586


0.4
0.7 0.7 FZH 011 FZH 011 0.4 0.4

FZH
0
0 300 60
30 90
60 120
90 150
120 150
Flow rateFlow
l/minrate l/min
0
0 GENERAL INFORMATION
0
10
0 1020 20
30 30
40 4050 50
0
0
0
016 1632 32
48 48
64

Pressure drop

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


FZH 010 - 011 FZHFZB
FZP 039 - FZP 039 039
- FZH 039 FZM 039 FZM 039
2.1 1.2 1.21.2 1.2 1.2
FZH 010

1.4 1.8 1.81.8 0.8 0.8


∆p bar

∆p bar
0.7 FZH 011 0.4 0.40.4 0.4 0.4

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 0 0
16 163216 48 32
32 64 48
48 648064 80 80 0 0
16 1632 48
32 48
64
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

1.2
FZP 039 - FZH 039 FZPFZM
FZP 136 1.2 136 039 FZD 010 - FZD
021 010 - 021
1.2 1.2 4.2 4.2

FZD 010 F
1.8 1.8 1.80.8 2.8 2.8

0.4 0.4 0.40.4 1.4 1.4 FZD


Flow rates [l/min]
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 16 32 Filter
64 element
80 design
48 0 - R30
0Series
0 306016 9032
60 90 48 Filter
120 64element
150
120 design
150 80 0 - S-U08 Series 816 16
24 24
32
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 4 6 8 9 11 4 5 6 7 9
2 7 9 17 20 26 5 7 14 17 23
FZH 010
3 11 14 25 27 32 11 14 24 27 32
FZP 136
4 17 20 29 31 34 FZD 010 - 021 13 16 26 29 33
FZX 011 4.2FZX 011 FZD 051 FZD 051
1.2 9 9 3 3
1 4 6 8 9 11 3 5 6 7 9
FZD 010
2 7 9 17 21 28 5 7 14 17 24
FZH1.8011 6 6 2.8 2 2
3 11 14 26 30 37 11 14 25 29 36
4 17 21 32 36 40 12 16 28 32 38
0.4 3 3 1.4 FZD 021 1 1
2 19 25 43 50 59 19 23 41 45 55
FZH 039 3 34 37 53 62 74 31 34 48 52 66
0 4 42 46 63 72 81
0 00 38 41 55 71 78
0 0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 02 0 24 8 46 16 68 24 81032 10 40 0 020 2040 60
40 60
80
Maximum flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

FZX 011 FZD 051


9 3

6 2

3 1
Hydraulic symbols
Filter0 series Style S Style B 0
Style T Style D Style V Style Z
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 20 40 60 80 100
FZH 010-011 • • • •
FZH 039 • • • • • •

OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN IN IN

587 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZH FZH010 - FZH011 IN-LINE
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZH010 2 B F B 2 A03 U P01
FZH010 FZH011

Length
1 2 3 4

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ

Connections
A G 1/4”
B 1/4” NPT
C SAE 5 - 1/2” - 20 UNF
D G 3/8”
E 3/8” NPT
F SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF

Connections for differential indicator


1 Without
2 With connection on the top

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm Valves
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S B V Z Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 2 A03 F U P01
HP011

Element length
1 2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Valves
Seals Element ∆p S B V Z Execution
A NBR N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 588


IN-LINE FZH010 - FZH011 FZH
Dimensions
FZH010
Filter H

13 13
length [mm]
IN OUT 1 92
2 103
3 153
4 203

Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included

FZH011
OUT Filter H
length [mm]
1 92
2 103
13 13

IN 3 153
4 203

Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes

Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included

589 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZH FZH039 IN-LINE
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZH039 2 T A A 2 A03 S P01
FZH039

Length
2 3 4

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ

Connections
A G 1/2”
B 1/2” NPT
C SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF

Connections for differential indicator


1 Without
2 With connection on the top

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm Valves
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm R 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm S 210 bar • • • Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • • • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 2 A03 A S P01
HP039

Element length
2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Valves
Seals Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A NBR R 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar • • • Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • • • •

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 590


IN-LINE FZH039 FZH
Dimensions
FZH039
Filter H
length [mm]
2 200
3 243
4 287

Connections R
Connection for
differential indicator A M10
X2 plug not included B-C 3/8” UNC

IN OUT

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes

591 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZH SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FZH 010 - 011 FZH 039

3d

3e

4 3d 3e

3a

3a 3b

3b 3c

3c 2

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
FZH 010-011 See 02050501 02050492
order X2H X2V
FZH 039 table 02050335 02050336

Stainless steel high pressure filters 592


FZH

593 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters 594
Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZX series
Maximum working pressure up to 100 Mpa (1000 bar) - Flow rate up to 10 l/min

595 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
In-line - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 100 Mpa (1000 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series H: 210 bar.
Flow rate up to 10 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “H”:
- End cap: Tinned Steel
FZX is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C) - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the lines of the system
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the hydraulic fittings. Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
- Optional MFQ
series U: 210 bar.
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: Element series “U”:
- 1/2” female threaded connections, for a maximum - End cap: Stainless Steel
flow rate of 10 l/min Bypass valve - Core tube: Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - External support: Stainless Steel
the system - Internal support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
provided with bypass valve Temperature
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive From -50 °C to +120 °C
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators Note
FZX filters are provided
Common applications: for vertical mounting
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
FZX 011 - - 6.5 - - - 0.15 -

Stainless steel high pressure filters 596


0.4 1.4 FZD 021

0
0 30 60 90 120 150
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 8 16 24 32 40 FZX
Pressure drop

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


FZX 011 FZD 051
9 3

6 2
∆p bar

3 1

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.

Flow rates [l/min]


Filter element design - H-U Series
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
FZX 011 3 1.57 1.63 1.73 1.74 1.77

Maximum flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S
FZX 011 •

OUT

D.I.

IN

597 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZX FZX011 IN-LINE
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZX011 3 S V B 1 A03 U P01
FZX011

Length
3

Valves
S Without bypass

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ

Connections
700 bar
A G 1/4”
B 1/4” NPT
G G 1/2”
H 1/2” NPT”
Autoclave 20 000 psi
M 9/16” - 18 UNF
L 3/4” - 14 NPS

Connection for differential indicators


1 Without
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
Element ∆p Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
H 210 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 3 A03 V U P01
HP011

Element length
3

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals Element ∆p Execution
A NBR H 210 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element Pxx Customized
F MFQ

Stainless steel high pressure filters 598


IN-LINE FZX011 FZX
Dimensions
FZX011
Connection A - B - G - H
Connections R
A M8
IN OUT B 5/16” UNC
G M8
H 5/16” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes

FZX011
Connection M - L - N - P
Connections R

IN OUT M-L M8
N -P 5/16” UNC

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes

599 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZX SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FZX 011

3b

3c

3a

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3c)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
See
FZX 011 order 02050643 02050644
table

Stainless steel high pressure filters 600


FZX

601 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters 602
Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZM series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 70 l/min

603 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZM GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
Manifold - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 70 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZM is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
for protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the top of the manifold, Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the proper flanged interface. Element series “S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- Manifold connections up to Ø15 mm, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 70 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- ISO 4401 CETOP 3 and CETOP 5 interface, for direct Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
mounting on the CETOP valves.
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the system Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
the filter media - End cap: Stainless Steel
- Low collapse filter element with external support - Core tube: Stainless Steel
“R”, for filter element protection against the back Note - External support: Stainless Steel
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse FZM filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
flow in filters provided with the bypass valve for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
- High collapse filter element with external support
“S”, for filter element protection against the back
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse
flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators

Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
FZM 039 - 5.0 5.6 6.1 - 0.19 0.26 0.34

Stainless steel high pressure filters 604


0.4

50
0
0 16 32 48 64 80 GENERAL INFORMATION FZM
Pressure drop

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


FZM 039
1.2

0.8
∆p bar

0.4

0
80 0 16 32 48 64 80
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZD 010 - 021
4.2

FZD 010
2.8

1.4 FZD 021


Flow rates [l/min]
0
150 0 8 16 24 Filter
32 element
40 design - R Series Filter element design - S-U Series
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
2 19 25 41 47 54 19 23 39 43 51
FZM 039 3 33 36 50 56 65 30 33 45 49 60
4 41 44 58 64 70 37 39 51 63 68
Maximum
3 flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a return drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
FZD 051
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please,
2 contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

0
10 0 20 40 60 80 100

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FZM 039 • •

OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

605 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZM FZM039 MANIFOLD
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZM039 2 S A M 1 A10 H P01
FZM039

Length
2 3 4

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ

Connections
M Manifold

Connection for differential indicator


1 Without
2 With connection

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm Valves
Element ∆p S B Execution
R 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 3 A10 A S P01
HP039

Element length
2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals Element ∆p Execution
A NBR R 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 606


MANIFOLD FZM039 FZM
Dimensions
FZM039
Filter H
length [mm]
2 160
3 203
4 247

OUT IN
Connection for
differential indicator
Bypass plug X2 plug not included

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

Nr. 4 holes

607 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZM SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FZM 039

3n 3h 5

3e
3d

3a

3b

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3n) 4 5
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly / plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FZM 039 order 02050651 02050652 X2H X2V 010029083 010029083
table

Stainless steel high pressure filters 608


FZM

609 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters 610
Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZB series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 75 l/min

611 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZB GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
Manifold - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 75 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZB is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the side of the manifold, Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the proper flanged interface. Element series “S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- Manifold connections up to Ø16 mm, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 75 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the filter media Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Low collapse filter element with external support From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
“R”, for filter element protection against the back - End cap: Stainless Steel
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse - Core tube: Stainless Steel
flow in filters provided with the bypass valve Note - External support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element with external support FZB filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
“S”, for filter element protection against the back for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse
flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators

Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 Length 1 2 3 4
FZB 039 - 4.6 5.2 5.7 - 0.19 0.26 0.34

Stainless steel high pressure filters 612


GENERAL INFORMATION FZB
Pressure drop

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


FZB 039
1.2

1.8
∆p bar

0.4

0
50 0 16 32 48 64 80
Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZM 039
1.2

0.8

0.4

Flow rates [l/min]


0
80 0 16 32 Filter
48 element
64 design 80
- R Series Filter element design - S Series Filter element design - U Series
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
2 18 23 39 44 52 18 22 37 40 48 18 22 37 40 48
FZB 039 3 31 33 47 54 65 28 31 43 46 84 28 31 43 46 84
4 38 41 56 63 71 34 36 48 62 68 34 36 48 62 68
Maximum
4.2 flow
FZD 010 rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
- 021
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
FZD 010
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
2.8

1.4 FZD 021

0
150 0 8 16 24 32 40

FZD 051
3
Hydraulic symbols
Filter2 series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FZB 039 • • • •
1
OUT OUT OUT OUT

0
10 0 20 40 60 80 100
D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.

IN IN IN IN

613 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZB FZB039 MANIFOLD
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZB039 2 T A F 2 A06 S P01
FZB039

Length
2 3 4

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ

Connections
F Manifold

Connections for differential indicator


1 Without
2 With connection on the top

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Valves
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm Element ∆p S B T D Execution
R 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 2 A06 A S P01
HP039

Element length
2 3 4

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals Element ∆p Execution
A NBR R 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 614


MANIFOLD FZB039 FZB
Dimensions
FZB039
Filter H
length [mm]
2 190
3 233
4 277

Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included

Nr. 2 holes
OUT

IN

Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance

615 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZB SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts
FZB 039

3d

3e
5

3h

3m

3n 3a

3b

3c

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3n) 4 5
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly / plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FZB 039 order 02050647 02050648 X2H X2V 02001286 02001295
table

Stainless steel high pressure filters 616


FZB

617 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Stainless steel high pressure filters 618
Stainless steel high pressure filters

FZD series
Maximum working pressure up to 35 Mpa (350 bar) - Flow rate up to 90 l/min

619 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZD GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data

Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
Duplex - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 35 Mpa (350 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 90 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZD is a range of stainless steel high pressure duplex - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
filter with integrated changeover function to allow the - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
filter element replacement without the system shut-down.
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system
- Optional FPM
through the hydraulic fittings. Microfibre filter elements - series H-S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
Element series “H - S”:
- Optional MFQ
Available features: - End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
- Female threaded connections up to 3/4”, for a maximum - Core tube: Tinned Steel
flow rate of 90 l/min - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
the system Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
- Balancing valve integrated in the changeover lever,
to equalize the housing pressure before the switch. Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Temperature series U: 210 bar.
the filter media From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into - End cap: Stainless Steel
the system - Core tube: Stainless Steel
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior Note - External support: Stainless Steel
the maintenance work FZD filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
provided with bypass valve
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”,
for filter element protection against the back pressure
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”,
for filter element protection against the back pressure
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators

Common applications:
- System where shut-down causes high costs
- System where shut-down causes safety issues

Weights [kg] and volumes [dm3]


Filter series Weights [kg] Volumes [dm3]
Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 4
FZD 010 - 7.9 - - - - 0.10 - - -
FZD 021 - 9.6 9.8 10.3 - - 0.06 0.12 0.22 -
FZD 051 - 17.4 18.0 19.0 20.3 - 0.31 0.41 0.53 0.83

Stainless steel high pressure filters 620


0.40.4 1.4 FZD 021

80
0 0
0 0 30 16 60 32 90 48 120 64 150 80
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 8 16 24 32 40
FZD
Pressure drop

Filter housings ∆p pressure drop


FZXFZD
011010 - 021 FZD 051
9 4.2 3

FZD 010
6 2.8 2
∆p bar

∆p bar
3 1.4 FZD 021 1

00 0
150 0 0 2 8 4 16 6 24 8 32 10 40 0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZD 051
3

0 Flow rates [l/min]


10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Filter element design - H Series Filter element design - U Series
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
FZD 010 2 4 5 7 8 11 4 5 7 8 11

2 5 6 11 12 16 5 6 11 12 16
FZD 021 3 9 11 16 18 20 9 11 16 18 20
4 10 12 17 19 21 10 12 17 19 21

Filter element design - R Series Filter element design - S Series Filter element design - U Series
Filter series Length
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
2 39 41 51 54 59 35 37 48 51 58 35 37 48 51 58
3 45 46 54 56 61 41 43 52 54 60 41 43 52 54 60
FZD 051
4 50 52 58 58 62 47 49 56 56 61 47 49 56 56 61
5 56 57 61 62 63 53 53 57 59 63 53 53 57 59 63
Maximum flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.

Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FZD 010 •
FZD 021 •
FZD 051 • •
OUT OUT

D.I. D.I.

IN IN

621 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZD FZD010 - FZD021 DUPLEX
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZD021 4 S A G1 A06 H P01
FZD010 FZD021

Length FZD010 FZD021


2 • •
3 •
4 •

Valves
S Without bypass

Seals
A NBR
V FPM

Connections FZD010 FZD021


G1 G 3/8” G 1/2”
G2 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G3 - SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm Element ∆p Execution
H 210 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element Pxx Customized

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 4 A06 A H P01
FZD010 FZD021
HP010 •
HP011 •

Element length HP010 HP011


2 • •
3 •
4 •

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR H 210 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element Pxx Customized

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 622


DUPLEX FZD010 - FZD021 FZD
Dimensions
FZD010

OUT

IN
WORKING FILTER

FILTER

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

M6 - depth 10 mm
Nr. 4 holes

OUT
VENT
OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included

623 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZD FZD010 - FZD021 DUPLEX
Dimensions
FZD021
Filter H
length [mm]
2 172
3 222
4 272

Connections R
G1 M6
G2 - G3 1/4” UNC

Connection for
differential indicator
IN X2 plug

OUT

OUT

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes

IN
VENT
OUT

VENT VENT
A B

Stainless steel high pressure filters 624


FZD

625 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZD FZD051 DUPLEX
Designation & Ordering code

COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZD051 3 B A G3 A03 U P01
FZD051

Length
2 3 4 5

Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar

Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
G1 G 3/4”
G2 3/4” NPT
G3 G 1/2”
G4 1/2” NPT
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Valves
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm Element ∆p S B Execution
R 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • •

FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 3 A03 A U P01
HP050

Element length
2 3 4 5

Filtration rating (filter media)


A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm

Seals Element ∆p Execution


A NBR R 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element

ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632

Stainless steel high pressure filters 626


DUPLEX FZD051 FZD
Dimensions
FZD051
Filter H
length [mm]
2 253
3 295
4 343
5 465

Connections R
G1 M6
G2 1/4” UNC
G3 M6
G4-G5-G6 1/4” UNC
L L1 M
Valves [mm] [mm] [mm]
S 168 138 84
B 182.5 152.5 98.5

Connection for
IN differential indicator
X2 plug

OUT

OUT

BALANCING

Filter Filter

Recommended clearance
space for maintenance

R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes

VENT
OUT

IN

VENT VENT
A B

627 Stainless steel high pressure filters


FZD SPARE PARTS
Order number for spare parts

FZD 010 FZD 021 - FZD 051

3d
3g

3e

3g

3e
3d
4

3a
3a

3b
3b

3c
3c

2
2

3f
3f

Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.


Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
FZD 010 See 02050613 02050655
FZD 021 order 02050511 02050512 X2H X2V
FZD 051 table 02050420 02050421

Stainless steel high pressure filters 628


Clogging indicators
OUT OUT OUT

2 2
1 1
3 3

Differential indicators

IN IN IN

Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.

These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase
in pressure drop across the filter element. OUT OUT OUT

The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.

MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:


2 2
1 1
- Vacuum switches and gauges 3 3

- Pressure switches and gauges


- Differential pressure indicators IN IN IN

These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.

Suitable indicator types

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS

Differential indicators are used on the Pressure


OUT OUT OUT OUT
line to check the efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream
and downstream of the filter element
2
(differential pressure). 1
2
1
2 1
3
Standard items are produced with special 3 3

connection G 1/2” size.


Also available in Stainless Steel models.
IN IN IN IN

Quick reference guide


N

Hazardous
E

Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual area electronic


W

Filter series indicator indicator indicator indicator


FZH 010 - 011 - 039 DEH50xA48P01
FZP 039 - 136 DEH50xA49P01
With DEH50xA70P01
FZX 011 DVX50xP01 DEX50xA50P01 DLX50xA51P01
bypass DEH70xA48P01
FZB 039 DVY50xP01 DLX50xA52P01
valve DEH70xA49P01
FZM 039
FZD 051 DEH70xA70P01

FZH 010 - 011 - 039 DEH50xA48P01


Without FZP 039 - 136 DEH50xA49P01
DVX70xP01 DEX70xA50P01 DLX70xA51P01 DEH50xA70P01
bypass FZB 039
DVY70xP01 DLX70xA52P01 DEH70xA48P01
valve FZM 039
FZD 010 - 021 - 051 DEH70xA49P01
DEH70xA70P01
629 Stainless steel high pressure filters
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEH*48 Connection diagram Materials


Hazardous Area - Body: AISI 316 Stainless steel
Electronic Differential Indicator - Contacts: Rhodium (tungsten optional)
Settings Ordering code Red Black - Seal: MFQ - FPM
5 bar ±10% DE H 50 x A 48 P01
White Protection class EX ia IIC T4/T6: Intrinsically safe
7 bar ±10% DE H 70 x A 48 P01
28 Temperature class T4 (135 °C) and T6 (85 °C)
M20 x 1.5
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Working temperature: From -60 °C to +125 °C
- Connection type: M20 x 1.5 - 3 core polyrad cable supplied with 5 meters
A/F 25 mm - Contact type: SPCO/SPDT (Hermetically sealed - volt free contacts)
Max tightening - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
87.5

torque: 50 N∙m HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


114

- Degree of protection: IP 66/67/68 according to EN 60529

Electrical data
- Certification / Approvals: - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO - Electrical Ratings: Ui 30V - Li 250mA - Pi 1.3W
- Certification included
as standard

DEH*49 Connection diagram Materials


Hazardous Area - Body: AISI 316 Stainless steel
Electronic Differential Indicator - Contacts: Rhodium (tungsten optional)
Red Black - Seal: MFQ - FPM
Settings Ordering code
5 bar ±10% DE H 50 x A 49 P01 White Protection class Ex d IIC T4/T6: Flameproof
7 bar ±10% DE H 70 x A 49 P01
28 Temperature class T4 (135 °C) and T6 (85 °C)
Green
1/2” NPT Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Working temperature: From -60 °C to +120 °C : ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO
From -60 °C to +105 °C : UL/CSA
- Connection type: 1/2” NPT - 3 core polyrad cable supplied with 5 meters
A/F 25 mm - Contact type: SPCO/SPDT (Hermetically sealed - volt free contacts)
Max tightening - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
87.5

torque: 50 N∙m HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


- Certification / Approvals: - Degree of protection: IP 66/67/68 according to EN 60529
114

ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO,


UL/CSA Class I Division 1 Electrical data
Groups A-D, - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
UL/CSA Class II Division 1 - Electrical Ratings: Supply Voltage 24 VDC 110 VAC
Groups E-G Max switching current 830mA 180mA
- Certification included Max voltage 150 V AC/DC
as standard Power watts 20 W VA

DEH*70 Connection diagram Materials


Hazardous Area - Body: AISI 316 Stainless steel housing with internal
Electronic Differential Indicator Brown engineered resin switch
Settings Ordering code
1
Blue - Contacts: Rhodium
4 2
5 bar ±10% DE H 50 x A 70 P01 3 Black - Seal: MFQ - FPM
7 bar ±10% DE H 70 x A 70 P01
Protection class EX ia IIC T6: Intrinsically safe

Temperature class T6 (85 °C)


M12
Technical data
28 mm O.D. - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Working temperature: From -20 °C to +80 °C
- Connection type: 4 pole male M12 connector - plastic
- Contact type: SPCO/SPDT (Hermetically sealed - volt free contacts)
42.5
90

A/F 25 mm - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids


Max tightening HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
torque: 50 N∙m - Degree of protection: IP 66/67 according to EN 60529
26.5

- Certification / Approvals: Electrical data


ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
- Certification included - Electrical Ratings: Ui 30V - Li 250mA - Pi 1.3W
as standard

Stainless steel high pressure filters 630


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DEX*50 Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: AISI 316L
Electrical Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
5 bar ±10% DE X 50 x A 50 P01 3
- Seal: HNBR - MFQ
7 bar ±10% DE X 70 x A 50 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE X 95 x A 50 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3
2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids

1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943


- Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
53

53

50
3
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
53

53

50
Electrical data
A/F 30 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1 1 2
3
2
1
1
3 2

DLX*51 - DLX*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials 4


3

- Body: 5 AISI 316L


Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DL X 50 x A x x P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - MFQ
7 bar ±10% DL X 70 x A x x P01 3
4 4
9.5 bar ±10% DL X 95 x A x x P01 Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
3 3 3
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
1 - Working temperature: From -25 °C1 to +110 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,2Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
5
53

50

1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529

2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc

DVX Hydraulic symbol Materials


Visual Differential Indicator - Body: AISI 316L
- Internal parts: AISI 316L - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DV X 50 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - MFQ
7 bar4 ±10% DV X 70 x P01 4

9.5 bar ±10% DV X 95 x P01 Technical data


- Reset: Automatic reset
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
1 Green / Red 1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar
2 clogging indicator 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
5 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
39

34

1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

631 Stainless steel high pressure filters


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions

DVY Hydraulic symbol Materials


- Body: AISI 316L
Visual Differential Indicator
- Internal parts: AISI 316L - Nylon
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DV Y 50 x P01 - Seal: HNBR - MFQ
7 bar ±10% DV Y 70 x P01
9.5 bar ±10% DV Y 95 x P01 Technical data
- Reset: Manual reset
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
indicator 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34

1 1 2 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943


3
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m

2
1
3

X2 Materials
- Body: AISI 316L
Indicator plug
- Seal: HNBR / MFQ
Seal Ordering code
HNBR X2 H
MFQ X2 F
2
1
1
3 2
3
4
A/F30 10 5

A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m

Stainless steel high pressure filters 632


DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Designation & Ordering code

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS


Series Configuration example 1: DE H 50 F A 70 P01
DE Electrical or Electronic differential indicator Configuration example 2: DE X 50 H A 50 P01
DL Electrical / Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 3: DL X 95 V A 71 P01
DV Visual differential indicator
Configuration example 4: DV Y 70 V P01

Type DE DL DV
H Hazardous area •
X Standard type • • •
Y Optional type •

Pressure setting
50 5 bar
70 7 bar
95 9.5 bar

Seals DEH DEX DLX DV


F MFQ •
H HNBR • • •
V FPM • • • •

Thermostat
A Without

Electrical connections DEH DEX DLX DV


48 Connection M20 •
49 Connection 1/2” NPT •
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
70 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12) • Pxx Customized

DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE - DIFFERENTIAL INDICATOR PLUG


Series Configuration example X2 H
X2 Indicator plug
Seals
H HNBR
F MFQ

633 Stainless steel high pressure filters


Clogging indicators are devices that check the life time of the filter elements.
They measure the pressure drop through the filter element directly connected
to the filter housing.
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes a pressure drop
increasing across the filter element.
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.

MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:


- Vacuum switches and gauges
- Pressure switches and gauges
- Differential pressure indicators

These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
The electronic differential pressure clogging indicator is also available.
It provides both analogical 4-20 mA output and digital warning (75% of clogging)
and alarm (clogging) outputs.

Clogging Indicators 634


Clogging Indicators

635 Clogging Indicators


Clogging indicators

Clogging indicators

OUT OUT OUT

2 2
1 1
3 3

Suitable indicator types OUT OUT OUT

2 2
1 1
3 3
IN IN IN
OUT OUT OUT
VACUUM INDICATORS
Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the efficiency 1
2
1
2
of the filter element. 3 3

They measure the pressure downstream of the filter element. IN IN IN


Standard items are produced with R 1/4” EN 10226 connection.
Available products with R 1/8” EN 10226 to be fitted on MPS series.
IN IN IN

OUT OUT OUT

OUT 2
OUT 2
OUT
1 1
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS 3 3

Pressure indicators are used on the Return line to check the


IN IN IN
efficiency of the filter element. OUT OUT OUT
They measure the pressure upstream of the filter element. 2 2
1 1
Standard items are produced with R 1/8” EN 10226 connection. 3 3

IN IN IN
2 2
1 1
3 3

IN IN IN

DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS OUT OUT OUT OUT


Differential indicators are used on the Pressure line to check the
efficiency of the filter element. 2
They measure the pressure upstream and downstream of the 1
2
1
2 1
3
3 3
filter element (differential pressure). OUT OUT OUT O
Standard items are produced with special connection G 1/2” size.
Also available in Stainless Steel models.
IN IN 2
IN 2
IN 1
2
OUT 1 OUT 1 OUT 3 O
3 3

2
2 2 1
IN 1 IN 1 IN 3
3 3

IN IN IN

Clogging Indicators 636


CLOGGING INDICATORS QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
Filter Filter Visual Electrical Electrical / Visual Electronic
family series indicator indicator indicator indicator
SUCTION

VLA21AA51P01
FILTERS

SF2 250 - 350 VLA21AA52P01


VVA16P01
SF2 500 - 501 - 503 - 504 - 505 VEA21AA50P01 VLA21AA53P01
VVR16P01
SF2 510 - 535 - 540 VLA21AA71P01
BVA14P01 BLA15HA51P01
MPFX-MPTX-MPF-MPT with bypass 1.75 bar BVR14P01 BEA15HA50P01 BLA15HA52P01
MPH with bypass 1.75 bar BVP20HP01 BEM15HA41P01 BLA15HA53P01
BVQ20HP01 BLA15HA71P01
BVA25P01 BLA20HA51P01
RETURN

MPFX-MPTX-MPF-MPT with bypass 3 bar


FILTERS

BVR25P01 BEA20HA50P01 BLA20HA52P01


MPH with bypass 2.5 bar BLA20HA53P01
BVP20HP01 BEM20HA41P01
FRI 255 BLA20HA71P01
BVQ20HP01
DLA20xA51P01
MPLX DLA20xA52P01
DVA20xP01 DEA20xA50P01 DLA20xA71P01 DTA20xF70P01
FRI 025 - 040 - 100 - 250 - 630 - 850 DVM20xP01 DEM20xAxxP01 DLE20xA50P01
DLE20xF50P01
RETURN / SUCTION

VLB21AA51P01
Suction VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 VEB21AA50P01 VLB21AA53P01
line VVS16P01
FILTERS

VLB21AA71P01
BEA25HA50P01 BLA25HA51P01
BVA25P01
BEM25HA41P01 BLA25HA52P01
Return MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 BVR25P01
BET25HF10P01 BLA25HA53P01
line LMP 124 MULTIPORT BVP20HP01
BET25HF30P01 BLA25HA71P01
BVQ20HP01
BET25HF50P01
VLB21AA51P01
Suction MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
VEB21AA50P01 VLB21AA53P01
line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 VVS16P01
VLB21AA71P01
BVA14P01 BLA15HA51P01
SPIN-ON
FILTERS

Return MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 BVR14P01 BEA15HA50P01 BLA15HA52P01


line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 BVP20HP01 BEM15HA41P01 BLA15HA53P01
BVQ20HP01 BLA15HA71P01
DLA12xA51P01
MPS 051 - 071 - 101 - 151 DLA12xA52P01
DVA12xP01 DEA12xA50P01
In-line MPS 301 - 351 DLA12xA71P01
DVM12xP01 DEM12xAxxP01
MSH 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 DLE12xA50P01
DLE12xF50P01
LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 MULTIPORT
LMP 120 - 122 - 123 MULTIPORT
LMP 210 - 211 - LDP DLA20xA51P01
With LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 DLA20xA52P01
DVA20xP01 DEA20xA50P01 DTA20xF70P01
bypass LMP 900 - 901 DLA20xA71P01
PRESSURE FILTERS

DVM20xP01 DEM20xAxxP01
valve LMP 902 - 903 DLE20xA50P01
LOW & MEDIUM

LMP 950 - 951 DLE20xF50P01


LMP 952 - 953 - 954
LMD 211 - 400 - 401 - 431 - 951 - LDD
LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 MULTIPORT
LMP 120 - 122 - 123 MULTIPORT
LMP 210 - 211 - LDP DLA50xA51P01
Without LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 DLA50xA52P01
DVA50xP01 DEA50xA50P01 DTA50xF70P01
bypass LMP 900 - 901 DLA50xA71P01
DVM50xP01 DEM50xAxxP01
valve LMP 902 - 903 DLE50xA50P01
LMP 950 - 951 DLE50xF50P01 Hazardous N
LMP 952 - 953 - 954 E
area electronic W
LMD 211 - 400 - 401 - 431 - 951 - LDD indicator
FMP 039 - 065 - 135 - 320
FHP 010 - 011 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DLA50xA51P01 DEH50xA48P01
With FMM 050 - 150 DLA50xA52P01 DEH50xA49P01
bypass DVA50xP01 DEA50xA50P01 DTA50xF70P01
FHA 051 DLA50xA71P01 DEH50xA70P01
valve FHM 006 - 007 - 010 - 050 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DVM50xP01 DEM50xAxxP01 DLE50xA50P01 DEH70xA48P01
HIGH PRESSURE

FHB 050 - 135 - 320 DLE50xF50P01 DEH70xA49P01


FHF 325 DEH70xA70P01
FILTERS

FHD 021 - 051 - 326 - 333


FMP 039 - 065 - 135 - 320
FHP 010 - 011 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DLA70xA51P01 DEH50xA48P01
Without FMM 050 - 150 DLA70xA52P01 DEH50xA49P01
bypass FHA 051 DVA70xP01 DEA70xA50P01 DTA70xF70P01 DEH50xA70P01
DLA70xA71P01
valve FHM 006 - 007 - 010 - 050 - 065 - 135 - 320 - 500 DVM70xP01 DEM70xAxxP01 DEH70xA48P01
DLE70xA50P01
FHB 050 - 135 - 320 DLE70xF50P01 DEH70xA49P01
FHF 325 DEH70xA70P01
FHD 021 - 051 - 326 - 333
FZH 010 - 011 - 039 DEH50xA48P01
STAINLESS STEEL

FZP 039 - 136 DEH50xA49P01


HIGH PRESSURE

With
FZX 011 DVX50xP01 DLX50xA51P01 DEH50xA70P01
bypass DEX50xA50P01
FZB 039 DVY50xP01 DLX50xA52P01 DEH70xA48P01
FILTERS

valve
FZM 039 DEH70xA49P01
FZD 051 DEH70xA70P01
FZH 010 - 011 - 039 DEH50xA48P01
Without FZP 039 - 136 DEH50xA49P01
DVX70xP01 DLX70xA51P01 DEH50xA70P01
bypass FZB 039 DEX70xA50P01
DVY70xP01 DLX70xA52P01 DEH70xA48P01
valve FZM 039
FZD 010 - 021 - 051 DEH70xA49P01
DEH70xA70P01

637 Clogging Indicators


NOTES

Clogging Indicators 638


NOTES

639 Clogging Indicators


All data, details and words contained in this publication are provided for information purposes only.
MP Filtri reserves the right to make modifications to the models and versions of the described products at any time
for both technical and / or commercial reasons.
The colors and the pictures of the products are purely indicative.
Any reproduction, partial or total, of this document is strictly forbidden.
All rights are strictly reserved.

640
WORLDWIDE NETWORK

HEADQUARTERS
MP Filtri S.p.A.
Pessano con Bornago
Milano - Italy
+39 02 957031
sales@mpfiltri.it

BRANCH OFFICES
ITALFILTRI LLC MP Filtri India Pvt. Ltd.
Moscow - Russia Bangalore - India
+7 (495) 220 94 60 +91 80 4147 7444 / +91 80 4146 1444
mpfiltrirussia@yahoo.com sales@mpfiltri.co.in

MP Filtri Canada Inc. MP Filtri (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.


Concord, Ontario - Canada Shanghai Pudong - China
+1 905 303 1369 +86 21 58919916 116
sales@mpfiltricanada.com sales@mpfiltrishanghai.com

MP Filtri France SAS MP Filtri U.K. Ltd.


Villeneuve la Garenne Bourton on the Water
Paris - France Gloucestershire - United Kingdom
+33 (0)1 40 86 47 00 +44 (0) 1451 822 522
sales@mpfiltrifrance.com sales@mpfiltri.co.uk

MP Filtri Germany GmbH MP Filtri U.S.A. Inc.


St. Ingbert - Germany Quakertown, PA - U.S.A.
+49 (0) 6894 95652 2-0 +1 215 529 1300
sales@mpfiltri.de sales@mpfiltriusa.com

PASSION TO PERFORM
EN - Rev. 09-2019
CMPEN001G

mpfiltri.com

Potrebbero piacerti anche